1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package rds 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" 14) 15 16const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" 17 18// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21// successfuly. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 42func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 56 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 57 return 58} 59 60// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 61// 62// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora DB 63// cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access Other 64// AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). 65// 66// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 67// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 68// the error. 69// 70// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 71// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. 72// 73// Returned Error Codes: 74// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 75// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 76// 77// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists" 78// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with 79// the specified DB cluster. 80// 81// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 82// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 83// 84// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" 85// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated 86// with the specified DB cluster. 87// 88// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 89func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 90 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 91 return out, req.Send() 92} 93 94// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of 95// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 96// 97// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 98// 99// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 100// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 101// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 102// for more information on using Contexts. 103func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 104 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 105 req.SetContext(ctx) 106 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 107 return out, req.Send() 108} 109 110const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" 111 112// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 113// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return 114// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 115// successfuly. 116// 117// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 118// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 119// 120// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 121// API call, and error handling. 122// 123// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 124// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 125// 126// 127// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. 128// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) 129// 130// err := req.Send() 131// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 132// fmt.Println(resp) 133// } 134// 135// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 136func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { 137 op := &request.Operation{ 138 Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, 139 HTTPMethod: "POST", 140 HTTPPath: "/", 141 } 142 143 if input == nil { 144 input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} 145 } 146 147 output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} 148 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 149 return 150} 151 152// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 153// 154// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. 155// 156// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 157// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 158// the error. 159// 160// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 161// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. 162// 163// Returned Error Codes: 164// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 165// The subscription name does not exist. 166// 167// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 168// The requested source could not be found. 169// 170// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 171func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 172 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 173 return out, req.Send() 174} 175 176// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of 177// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 178// 179// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 180// 181// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 182// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 183// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 184// for more information on using Contexts. 185func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 186 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 187 req.SetContext(ctx) 188 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 189 return out, req.Send() 190} 191 192const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 193 194// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 195// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 196// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 197// successfuly. 198// 199// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 200// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 201// 202// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 203// API call, and error handling. 204// 205// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 206// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 207// 208// 209// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 210// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 211// 212// err := req.Send() 213// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 214// fmt.Println(resp) 215// } 216// 217// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 218func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 219 op := &request.Operation{ 220 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 221 HTTPMethod: "POST", 222 HTTPPath: "/", 223 } 224 225 if input == nil { 226 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 227 } 228 229 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 230 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 231 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 232 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 233 return 234} 235 236// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 237// 238// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used 239// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, 240// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. 241// 242// For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources 243// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 244// 245// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 246// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 247// the error. 248// 249// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 250// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 251// 252// Returned Error Codes: 253// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 254// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 255// 256// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 257// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 258// 259// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 260// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 261// 262// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 263func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 264 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 265 return out, req.Send() 266} 267 268// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 269// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 270// 271// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 272// 273// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 274// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 275// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 276// for more information on using Contexts. 277func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 278 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 279 req.SetContext(ctx) 280 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 281 return out, req.Send() 282} 283 284const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" 285 286// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 287// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return 288// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 289// successfuly. 290// 291// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 292// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 293// 294// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 295// API call, and error handling. 296// 297// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 298// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 299// 300// 301// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. 302// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) 303// 304// err := req.Send() 305// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 306// fmt.Println(resp) 307// } 308// 309// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 310func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { 311 op := &request.Operation{ 312 Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, 313 HTTPMethod: "POST", 314 HTTPPath: "/", 315 } 316 317 if input == nil { 318 input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} 319 } 320 321 output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} 322 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 323 return 324} 325 326// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 327// 328// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB 329// instance). 330// 331// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 332// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 333// the error. 334// 335// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 336// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. 337// 338// Returned Error Codes: 339// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 340// The specified resource ID was not found. 341// 342// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 343func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 344 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 345 return out, req.Send() 346} 347 348// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of 349// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 350// 351// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation. 352// 353// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 354// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 355// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 356// for more information on using Contexts. 357func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 358 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 359 req.SetContext(ctx) 360 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 361 return out, req.Send() 362} 363 364const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 365 366// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 367// client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 368// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 369// successfuly. 370// 371// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 372// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 373// 374// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 375// API call, and error handling. 376// 377// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 378// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 379// 380// 381// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 382// req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 383// 384// err := req.Send() 385// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 386// fmt.Println(resp) 387// } 388// 389// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 390func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 391 op := &request.Operation{ 392 Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 393 HTTPMethod: "POST", 394 HTTPPath: "/", 395 } 396 397 if input == nil { 398 input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 399 } 400 401 output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 402 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 403 return 404} 405 406// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 407// 408// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. 409// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if 410// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, 411// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running 412// on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, 413// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 414// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). 415// 416// You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one AWS Region 417// to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize ingress from 418// a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. 419// 420// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 421// 422// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 423// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 424// the error. 425// 426// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 427// API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 428// 429// Returned Error Codes: 430// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 431// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 432// 433// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 434// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 435// 436// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" 437// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized for 438// the specified DB security group. 439// 440// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" 441// The DB security group authorization quota has been reached. 442// 443// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 444func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 445 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 446 return out, req.Send() 447} 448 449// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 450// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 451// 452// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 453// 454// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 455// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 456// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 457// for more information on using Contexts. 458func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 459 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 460 req.SetContext(ctx) 461 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 462 return out, req.Send() 463} 464 465const opBacktrackDBCluster = "BacktrackDBCluster" 466 467// BacktrackDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 468// client's request for the BacktrackDBCluster operation. The "output" return 469// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 470// successfuly. 471// 472// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 473// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 474// 475// See BacktrackDBCluster for more information on using the BacktrackDBCluster 476// API call, and error handling. 477// 478// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 479// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 480// 481// 482// // Example sending a request using the BacktrackDBClusterRequest method. 483// req, resp := client.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(params) 484// 485// err := req.Send() 486// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 487// fmt.Println(resp) 488// } 489// 490// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster 491func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) { 492 op := &request.Operation{ 493 Name: opBacktrackDBCluster, 494 HTTPMethod: "POST", 495 HTTPPath: "/", 496 } 497 498 if input == nil { 499 input = &BacktrackDBClusterInput{} 500 } 501 502 output = &BacktrackDBClusterOutput{} 503 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 504 return 505} 506 507// BacktrackDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 508// 509// Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster. 510// 511// For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster 512// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Managing.Backtrack.html) 513// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 514// 515// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 516// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 517// the error. 518// 519// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 520// API operation BacktrackDBCluster for usage and error information. 521// 522// Returned Error Codes: 523// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 524// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 525// 526// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 527// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 528// 529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster 530func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBCluster(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) { 531 req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input) 532 return out, req.Send() 533} 534 535// BacktrackDBClusterWithContext is the same as BacktrackDBCluster with the addition of 536// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 537// 538// See BacktrackDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 539// 540// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 541// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 542// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 543// for more information on using Contexts. 544func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BacktrackDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) { 545 req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input) 546 req.SetContext(ctx) 547 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 548 return out, req.Send() 549} 550 551const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" 552 553// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 554// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 555// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 556// successfuly. 557// 558// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 559// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 560// 561// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 562// API call, and error handling. 563// 564// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 565// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 566// 567// 568// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 569// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 570// 571// err := req.Send() 572// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 573// fmt.Println(resp) 574// } 575// 576// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 577func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 578 op := &request.Operation{ 579 Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, 580 HTTPMethod: "POST", 581 HTTPPath: "/", 582 } 583 584 if input == nil { 585 input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 586 } 587 588 output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 589 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 590 return 591} 592 593// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 594// 595// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. 596// 597// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 598// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 599// the error. 600// 601// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 602// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 603// 604// Returned Error Codes: 605// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 606// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 607// 608// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 609// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 610// groups. 611// 612// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 613// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 614// 615// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 616func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 617 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 618 return out, req.Send() 619} 620 621// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 622// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 623// 624// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 625// 626// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 627// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 628// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 629// for more information on using Contexts. 630func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 631 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 632 req.SetContext(ctx) 633 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 634 return out, req.Send() 635} 636 637const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" 638 639// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 640// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 641// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 642// successfuly. 643// 644// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 645// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 646// 647// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 648// API call, and error handling. 649// 650// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 651// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 652// 653// 654// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 655// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 656// 657// err := req.Send() 658// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 659// fmt.Println(resp) 660// } 661// 662// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 663func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 664 op := &request.Operation{ 665 Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, 666 HTTPMethod: "POST", 667 HTTPPath: "/", 668 } 669 670 if input == nil { 671 input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 672 } 673 674 output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 675 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 676 return 677} 678 679// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 680// 681// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. 682// 683// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 684// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. 685// 686// You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In 687// that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action 688// is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be 689// copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, 690// you must provide the following values: 691// 692// * KmsKeyId - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for 693// the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination 694// AWS Region. 695// 696// * PreSignedUrl - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request 697// for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action to be called in the source AWS Region 698// where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must 699// be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be 700// executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster 701// snapshot to be copied. 702// 703// The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: 704// 705// KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy 706// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the 707// same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called 708// in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed 709// URL. 710// 711// DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot 712// will be created in. 713// 714// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for 715// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be 716// in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For 717// example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the 718// us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier looks 719// like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 720// 721// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 722// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 723// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 724// 725// * TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy 726// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. 727// 728// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 729// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 730// be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region and is the same value as 731// the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the pre-signed URL. 732// 733// To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB 734// cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that 735// DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status. 736// 737// For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS 738// Region to another, see Copying a DB Cluster Snapshot in the Same Account, 739// Either in the Same Region or Across Regions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBClusterSnapshot.CrossRegion) 740// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 741// 742// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 743// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 744// 745// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 746// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 747// the error. 748// 749// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 750// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 751// 752// Returned Error Codes: 753// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 754// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 755// 756// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 757// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 758// 759// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 760// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 761// 762// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 763// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 764// 765// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 766// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 767// 768// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 769// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 770// 771// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 772func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 773 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 774 return out, req.Send() 775} 776 777// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 778// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 779// 780// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 781// 782// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 783// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 784// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 785// for more information on using Contexts. 786func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 787 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 788 req.SetContext(ctx) 789 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 790 return out, req.Send() 791} 792 793const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" 794 795// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 796// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 797// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 798// successfuly. 799// 800// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 801// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 802// 803// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup 804// API call, and error handling. 805// 806// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 807// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 808// 809// 810// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 811// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 812// 813// err := req.Send() 814// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 815// fmt.Println(resp) 816// } 817// 818// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 819func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { 820 op := &request.Operation{ 821 Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, 822 HTTPMethod: "POST", 823 HTTPPath: "/", 824 } 825 826 if input == nil { 827 input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} 828 } 829 830 output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} 831 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 832 return 833} 834 835// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 836// 837// Copies the specified DB parameter group. 838// 839// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 840// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 841// the error. 842// 843// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 844// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 845// 846// Returned Error Codes: 847// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 848// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 849// 850// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 851// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 852// 853// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 854// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 855// groups. 856// 857// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 858func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 859 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 860 return out, req.Send() 861} 862 863// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 864// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 865// 866// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 867// 868// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 869// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 870// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 871// for more information on using Contexts. 872func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 873 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 874 req.SetContext(ctx) 875 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 876 return out, req.Send() 877} 878 879const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot" 880 881// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 882// client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 883// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 884// successfuly. 885// 886// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 887// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 888// 889// See CopyDBSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBSnapshot 890// API call, and error handling. 891// 892// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 893// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 894// 895// 896// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method. 897// req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 898// 899// err := req.Send() 900// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 901// fmt.Println(resp) 902// } 903// 904// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 905func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) { 906 op := &request.Operation{ 907 Name: opCopyDBSnapshot, 908 HTTPMethod: "POST", 909 HTTPPath: "/", 910 } 911 912 if input == nil { 913 input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{} 914 } 915 916 output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{} 917 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 918 return 919} 920 921// CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 922// 923// Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" 924// state. 925// 926// You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the 927// AWS Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot action is the destination AWS 928// Region for the DB snapshot copy. 929// 930// For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopyDBSnapshot.html) 931// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 932// 933// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 934// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 935// the error. 936// 937// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 938// API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 939// 940// Returned Error Codes: 941// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 942// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 943// 944// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 945// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 946// 947// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 948// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 949// 950// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 951// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 952// 953// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 954// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 955// 956// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 957func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 958 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 959 return out, req.Send() 960} 961 962// CopyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBSnapshot with the addition of 963// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 964// 965// See CopyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 966// 967// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 968// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 969// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 970// for more information on using Contexts. 971func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 972 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 973 req.SetContext(ctx) 974 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 975 return out, req.Send() 976} 977 978const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup" 979 980// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 981// client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 982// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 983// successfuly. 984// 985// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 986// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 987// 988// See CopyOptionGroup for more information on using the CopyOptionGroup 989// API call, and error handling. 990// 991// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 992// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 993// 994// 995// // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method. 996// req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params) 997// 998// err := req.Send() 999// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1000// fmt.Println(resp) 1001// } 1002// 1003// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 1004func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) { 1005 op := &request.Operation{ 1006 Name: opCopyOptionGroup, 1007 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1008 HTTPPath: "/", 1009 } 1010 1011 if input == nil { 1012 input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{} 1013 } 1014 1015 output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{} 1016 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1017 return 1018} 1019 1020// CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1021// 1022// Copies the specified option group. 1023// 1024// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1025// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1026// the error. 1027// 1028// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1029// API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 1030// 1031// Returned Error Codes: 1032// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 1033// The option group you are trying to create already exists. 1034// 1035// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1036// The specified option group could not be found. 1037// 1038// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 1039// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. 1040// 1041// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 1042func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 1043 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 1044 return out, req.Send() 1045} 1046 1047// CopyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CopyOptionGroup with the addition of 1048// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1049// 1050// See CopyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1051// 1052// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1053// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1054// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1055// for more information on using Contexts. 1056func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 1057 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 1058 req.SetContext(ctx) 1059 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1060 return out, req.Send() 1061} 1062 1063const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" 1064 1065// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1066// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return 1067// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1068// successfuly. 1069// 1070// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1071// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1072// 1073// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster 1074// API call, and error handling. 1075// 1076// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1077// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1078// 1079// 1080// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. 1081// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) 1082// 1083// err := req.Send() 1084// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1085// fmt.Println(resp) 1086// } 1087// 1088// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1089func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { 1090 op := &request.Operation{ 1091 Name: opCreateDBCluster, 1092 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1093 HTTPPath: "/", 1094 } 1095 1096 if input == nil { 1097 input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} 1098 } 1099 1100 output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} 1101 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1102 return 1103} 1104 1105// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1106// 1107// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 1108// 1109// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster 1110// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. 1111// For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified by ReplicationSourceIdentifier 1112// is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl parameter. 1113// 1114// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1115// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1116// 1117// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1118// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1119// the error. 1120// 1121// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1122// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. 1123// 1124// Returned Error Codes: 1125// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 1126// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 1127// 1128// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 1129// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 1130// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 1131// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 1132// 1133// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 1134// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 1135// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 1136// 1137// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1138// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 1139// available across all DB instances. 1140// 1141// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1142// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1143// 1144// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1145// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 1146// because of users' change. 1147// 1148// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1149// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 1150// 1151// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 1152// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 1153// 1154// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1155// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1156// are not all in a common VPC. 1157// 1158// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1159// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 1160// 1161// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 1162// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 1163// group. 1164// 1165// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1166// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 1167// 1168// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1169// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1170// 1171// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1172// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 1173// 1174// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1175// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1176// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1177// 1178// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1179func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1180 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1181 return out, req.Send() 1182} 1183 1184// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of 1185// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1186// 1187// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 1188// 1189// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1190// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1191// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1192// for more information on using Contexts. 1193func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1194 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1195 req.SetContext(ctx) 1196 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1197 return out, req.Send() 1198} 1199 1200const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" 1201 1202// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1203// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1204// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1205// successfuly. 1206// 1207// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1208// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1209// 1210// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1211// API call, and error handling. 1212// 1213// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1214// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1215// 1216// 1217// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 1218// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 1219// 1220// err := req.Send() 1221// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1222// fmt.Println(resp) 1223// } 1224// 1225// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1226func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 1227 op := &request.Operation{ 1228 Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, 1229 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1230 HTTPPath: "/", 1231 } 1232 1233 if input == nil { 1234 input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 1235 } 1236 1237 output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 1238 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1239 return 1240} 1241 1242// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1243// 1244// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. 1245// 1246// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances 1247// in a DB cluster. 1248// 1249// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters 1250// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom 1251// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating 1252// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster 1253// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. 1254// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, 1255// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for 1256// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. 1257// 1258// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 1259// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 1260// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 1261// the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default 1262// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are 1263// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the 1264// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 1265// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console 1266// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters 1267// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or 1268// modified. 1269// 1270// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1271// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1272// 1273// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1274// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1275// the error. 1276// 1277// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1278// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1279// 1280// Returned Error Codes: 1281// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1282// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1283// groups. 1284// 1285// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1286// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1287// 1288// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1289func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1290 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1291 return out, req.Send() 1292} 1293 1294// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 1295// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1296// 1297// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1298// 1299// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1300// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1301// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1302// for more information on using Contexts. 1303func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1304 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1305 req.SetContext(ctx) 1306 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1307 return out, req.Send() 1308} 1309 1310const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" 1311 1312// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1313// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1314// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1315// successfuly. 1316// 1317// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1318// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1319// 1320// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1321// API call, and error handling. 1322// 1323// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1324// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1325// 1326// 1327// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 1328// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 1329// 1330// err := req.Send() 1331// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1332// fmt.Println(resp) 1333// } 1334// 1335// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1336func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 1337 op := &request.Operation{ 1338 Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, 1339 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1340 HTTPPath: "/", 1341 } 1342 1343 if input == nil { 1344 input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1345 } 1346 1347 output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1348 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1349 return 1350} 1351 1352// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1353// 1354// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, 1355// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1356// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1357// 1358// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1359// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1360// the error. 1361// 1362// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1363// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1364// 1365// Returned Error Codes: 1366// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1367// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1368// 1369// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1370// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 1371// 1372// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1373// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1374// 1375// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1376// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1377// 1378// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1379// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1380// 1381// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1382func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1383 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1384 return out, req.Send() 1385} 1386 1387// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1388// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1389// 1390// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1391// 1392// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1393// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1394// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1395// for more information on using Contexts. 1396func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1397 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1398 req.SetContext(ctx) 1399 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1400 return out, req.Send() 1401} 1402 1403const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" 1404 1405// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1406// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1407// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1408// successfuly. 1409// 1410// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1411// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1412// 1413// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance 1414// API call, and error handling. 1415// 1416// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1417// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1418// 1419// 1420// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. 1421// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) 1422// 1423// err := req.Send() 1424// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1425// fmt.Println(resp) 1426// } 1427// 1428// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1429func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { 1430 op := &request.Operation{ 1431 Name: opCreateDBInstance, 1432 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1433 HTTPPath: "/", 1434 } 1435 1436 if input == nil { 1437 input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} 1438 } 1439 1440 output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} 1441 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1442 return 1443} 1444 1445// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1446// 1447// Creates a new DB instance. 1448// 1449// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1450// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1451// the error. 1452// 1453// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1454// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. 1455// 1456// Returned Error Codes: 1457// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1458// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1459// 1460// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1461// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 1462// Zone. 1463// 1464// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1465// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1466// 1467// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1468// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 1469// 1470// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1471// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1472// 1473// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1474// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 1475// available across all DB instances. 1476// 1477// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1478// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1479// 1480// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1481// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1482// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1483// 1484// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1485// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 1486// 1487// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1488// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1489// are not all in a common VPC. 1490// 1491// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1492// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 1493// because of users' change. 1494// 1495// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1496// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1497// 1498// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1499// The specified option group could not be found. 1500// 1501// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1502// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1503// 1504// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1505// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 1506// 1507// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 1508// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 1509// specified DB security group. 1510// 1511// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 1512// on your behalf. 1513// 1514// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1515// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 1516// 1517// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1518// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 1519// 1520// * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 1521// 1522// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1523func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1524 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1525 return out, req.Send() 1526} 1527 1528// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of 1529// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1530// 1531// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1532// 1533// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1534// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1535// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1536// for more information on using Contexts. 1537func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1538 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1539 req.SetContext(ctx) 1540 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1541 return out, req.Send() 1542} 1543 1544const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" 1545 1546// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1547// client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return 1548// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1549// successfuly. 1550// 1551// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1552// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1553// 1554// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for more information on using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1555// API call, and error handling. 1556// 1557// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1558// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1559// 1560// 1561// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method. 1562// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params) 1563// 1564// err := req.Send() 1565// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1566// fmt.Println(resp) 1567// } 1568// 1569// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1570func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) { 1571 op := &request.Operation{ 1572 Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica, 1573 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1574 HTTPPath: "/", 1575 } 1576 1577 if input == nil { 1578 input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{} 1579 } 1580 1581 output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{} 1582 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1583 return 1584} 1585 1586// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1587// 1588// Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source 1589// DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL, 1590// MariaDB, or PostgreSQL. For more information, see Working with PostgreSQL, 1591// MySQL, and MariaDB Read Replicas (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html). 1592// 1593// Amazon Aurora doesn't support this action. You must call the CreateDBInstance 1594// action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster. 1595// 1596// All Read Replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other 1597// DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) 1598// are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified following. 1599// 1600// Your source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. 1601// 1602// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1603// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1604// the error. 1605// 1606// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1607// API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. 1608// 1609// Returned Error Codes: 1610// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1611// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1612// 1613// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1614// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 1615// Zone. 1616// 1617// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1618// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1619// 1620// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1621// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 1622// 1623// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1624// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1625// 1626// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1627// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 1628// available across all DB instances. 1629// 1630// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1631// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 1632// 1633// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1634// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 1635// 1636// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1637// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1638// 1639// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1640// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1641// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1642// 1643// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1644// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1645// are not all in a common VPC. 1646// 1647// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1648// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 1649// because of users' change. 1650// 1651// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1652// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1653// 1654// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1655// The specified option group could not be found. 1656// 1657// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault" 1658// The DBSubnetGroup shouldn't be specified while creating read replicas that 1659// lie in the same region as the source instance. 1660// 1661// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault" 1662// The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region 1663// read replica of the same source instance. 1664// 1665// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1666// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 1667// 1668// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1669// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 1670// 1671// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1672func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 1673 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 1674 return out, req.Send() 1675} 1676 1677// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstanceReadReplica with the addition of 1678// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1679// 1680// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 1681// 1682// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1683// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1684// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1685// for more information on using Contexts. 1686func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 1687 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 1688 req.SetContext(ctx) 1689 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1690 return out, req.Send() 1691} 1692 1693const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" 1694 1695// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1696// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1697// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1698// successfuly. 1699// 1700// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1701// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1702// 1703// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup 1704// API call, and error handling. 1705// 1706// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1707// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1708// 1709// 1710// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1711// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1712// 1713// err := req.Send() 1714// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1715// fmt.Println(resp) 1716// } 1717// 1718// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1719func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1720 op := &request.Operation{ 1721 Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, 1722 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1723 HTTPPath: "/", 1724 } 1725 1726 if input == nil { 1727 input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} 1728 } 1729 1730 output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1731 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1732 return 1733} 1734 1735// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1736// 1737// Creates a new DB parameter group. 1738// 1739// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for 1740// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for 1741// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using 1742// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need 1743// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate 1744// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the 1745// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated 1746// settings to take effect. 1747// 1748// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 1749// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 1750// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 1751// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 1752// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 1753// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 1754// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 1755// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 1756// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 1757// has been created or modified. 1758// 1759// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1760// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1761// the error. 1762// 1763// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1764// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1765// 1766// Returned Error Codes: 1767// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1768// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1769// groups. 1770// 1771// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1772// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1773// 1774// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1775func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1776 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1777 return out, req.Send() 1778} 1779 1780// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1781// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1782// 1783// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1784// 1785// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1786// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1787// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1788// for more information on using Contexts. 1789func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1790 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1791 req.SetContext(ctx) 1792 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1793 return out, req.Send() 1794} 1795 1796const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup" 1797 1798// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1799// client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 1800// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1801// successfuly. 1802// 1803// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1804// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1805// 1806// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSecurityGroup 1807// API call, and error handling. 1808// 1809// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1810// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1811// 1812// 1813// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 1814// req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 1815// 1816// err := req.Send() 1817// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1818// fmt.Println(resp) 1819// } 1820// 1821// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 1822func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 1823 op := &request.Operation{ 1824 Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup, 1825 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1826 HTTPPath: "/", 1827 } 1828 1829 if input == nil { 1830 input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{} 1831 } 1832 1833 output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 1834 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1835 return 1836} 1837 1838// CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1839// 1840// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB 1841// instance. 1842// 1843// A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are 1844// not in a VPC. 1845// 1846// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1847// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1848// the error. 1849// 1850// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1851// API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 1852// 1853// Returned Error Codes: 1854// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists" 1855// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already 1856// exists. 1857// 1858// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup" 1859// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB security 1860// groups. 1861// 1862// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported" 1863// A DB security group isn't allowed for this action. 1864// 1865// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 1866func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1867 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1868 return out, req.Send() 1869} 1870 1871// CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 1872// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1873// 1874// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1875// 1876// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1877// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1878// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1879// for more information on using Contexts. 1880func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1881 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1882 req.SetContext(ctx) 1883 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1884 return out, req.Send() 1885} 1886 1887const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot" 1888 1889// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1890// client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1891// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1892// successfuly. 1893// 1894// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1895// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1896// 1897// See CreateDBSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBSnapshot 1898// API call, and error handling. 1899// 1900// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1901// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1902// 1903// 1904// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method. 1905// req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params) 1906// 1907// err := req.Send() 1908// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1909// fmt.Println(resp) 1910// } 1911// 1912// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 1913func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) { 1914 op := &request.Operation{ 1915 Name: opCreateDBSnapshot, 1916 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1917 HTTPPath: "/", 1918 } 1919 1920 if input == nil { 1921 input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{} 1922 } 1923 1924 output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{} 1925 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1926 return 1927} 1928 1929// CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1930// 1931// Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. 1932// 1933// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1934// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1935// the error. 1936// 1937// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1938// API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 1939// 1940// Returned Error Codes: 1941// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 1942// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 1943// 1944// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1945// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 1946// 1947// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1948// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 1949// 1950// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1951// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1952// 1953// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 1954func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1955 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1956 return out, req.Send() 1957} 1958 1959// CreateDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBSnapshot with the addition of 1960// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1961// 1962// See CreateDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1963// 1964// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1965// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1966// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1967// for more information on using Contexts. 1968func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1969 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1970 req.SetContext(ctx) 1971 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1972 return out, req.Send() 1973} 1974 1975const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" 1976 1977// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1978// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 1979// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1980// successfuly. 1981// 1982// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1983// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1984// 1985// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup 1986// API call, and error handling. 1987// 1988// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1989// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1990// 1991// 1992// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 1993// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 1994// 1995// err := req.Send() 1996// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1997// fmt.Println(resp) 1998// } 1999// 2000// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 2001func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 2002 op := &request.Operation{ 2003 Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, 2004 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2005 HTTPPath: "/", 2006 } 2007 2008 if input == nil { 2009 input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} 2010 } 2011 2012 output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 2013 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2014 return 2015} 2016 2017// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2018// 2019// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one 2020// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 2021// 2022// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2023// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2024// the error. 2025// 2026// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2027// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 2028// 2029// Returned Error Codes: 2030// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" 2031// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. 2032// 2033// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" 2034// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet 2035// groups. 2036// 2037// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 2038// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets 2039// in a DB subnet groups. 2040// 2041// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 2042// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 2043// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 2044// 2045// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 2046// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 2047// are not all in a common VPC. 2048// 2049// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 2050func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2051 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2052 return out, req.Send() 2053} 2054 2055// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 2056// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2057// 2058// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2059// 2060// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2061// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2062// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2063// for more information on using Contexts. 2064func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2065 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2066 req.SetContext(ctx) 2067 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2068 return out, req.Send() 2069} 2070 2071const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" 2072 2073// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2074// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 2075// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2076// successfuly. 2077// 2078// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2079// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2080// 2081// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription 2082// API call, and error handling. 2083// 2084// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2085// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2086// 2087// 2088// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. 2089// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 2090// 2091// err := req.Send() 2092// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2093// fmt.Println(resp) 2094// } 2095// 2096// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2097func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { 2098 op := &request.Operation{ 2099 Name: opCreateEventSubscription, 2100 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2101 HTTPPath: "/", 2102 } 2103 2104 if input == nil { 2105 input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} 2106 } 2107 2108 output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2109 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2110 return 2111} 2112 2113// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2114// 2115// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic 2116// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, 2117// or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon 2118// SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. 2119// 2120// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, 2121// provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide 2122// a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified 2123// of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, 2124// mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup. 2125// 2126// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance 2127// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance 2128// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify 2129// a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type 2130// for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor 2131// the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources 2132// belonging to your customer account. 2133// 2134// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2135// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2136// the error. 2137// 2138// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2139// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2140// 2141// Returned Error Codes: 2142// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 2143// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 2144// 2145// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" 2146// The supplied subscription name already exists. 2147// 2148// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 2149// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 2150// 2151// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 2152// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 2153// 2154// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 2155// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 2156// 2157// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 2158// The supplied category does not exist. 2159// 2160// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 2161// The requested source could not be found. 2162// 2163// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2164func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2165 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2166 return out, req.Send() 2167} 2168 2169// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of 2170// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2171// 2172// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2173// 2174// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2175// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2176// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2177// for more information on using Contexts. 2178func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2179 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2180 req.SetContext(ctx) 2181 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2182 return out, req.Send() 2183} 2184 2185const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup" 2186 2187// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2188// client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 2189// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2190// successfuly. 2191// 2192// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2193// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2194// 2195// See CreateOptionGroup for more information on using the CreateOptionGroup 2196// API call, and error handling. 2197// 2198// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2199// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2200// 2201// 2202// // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method. 2203// req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params) 2204// 2205// err := req.Send() 2206// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2207// fmt.Println(resp) 2208// } 2209// 2210// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2211func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) { 2212 op := &request.Operation{ 2213 Name: opCreateOptionGroup, 2214 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2215 HTTPPath: "/", 2216 } 2217 2218 if input == nil { 2219 input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{} 2220 } 2221 2222 output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{} 2223 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2224 return 2225} 2226 2227// CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2228// 2229// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. 2230// 2231// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2232// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2233// the error. 2234// 2235// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2236// API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. 2237// 2238// Returned Error Codes: 2239// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 2240// The option group you are trying to create already exists. 2241// 2242// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 2243// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. 2244// 2245// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2246func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2247 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2248 return out, req.Send() 2249} 2250 2251// CreateOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CreateOptionGroup with the addition of 2252// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2253// 2254// See CreateOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2255// 2256// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2257// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2258// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2259// for more information on using Contexts. 2260func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2261 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2262 req.SetContext(ctx) 2263 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2264 return out, req.Send() 2265} 2266 2267const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" 2268 2269// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2270// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return 2271// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2272// successfuly. 2273// 2274// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2275// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2276// 2277// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster 2278// API call, and error handling. 2279// 2280// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2281// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2282// 2283// 2284// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. 2285// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) 2286// 2287// err := req.Send() 2288// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2289// fmt.Println(resp) 2290// } 2291// 2292// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 2293func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { 2294 op := &request.Operation{ 2295 Name: opDeleteDBCluster, 2296 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2297 HTTPPath: "/", 2298 } 2299 2300 if input == nil { 2301 input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} 2302 } 2303 2304 output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} 2305 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2306 return 2307} 2308 2309// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2310// 2311// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When 2312// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted 2313// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster 2314// are not deleted. 2315// 2316// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2317// 2318// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2319// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2320// the error. 2321// 2322// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2323// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. 2324// 2325// Returned Error Codes: 2326// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2327// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 2328// 2329// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 2330// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 2331// 2332// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 2333// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 2334// 2335// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 2336// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 2337// 2338// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 2339// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 2340// 2341// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 2342func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 2343 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 2344 return out, req.Send() 2345} 2346 2347// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of 2348// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2349// 2350// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 2351// 2352// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2353// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2354// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2355// for more information on using Contexts. 2356func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 2357 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 2358 req.SetContext(ctx) 2359 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2360 return out, req.Send() 2361} 2362 2363const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" 2364 2365// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2366// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 2367// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2368// successfuly. 2369// 2370// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2371// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2372// 2373// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2374// API call, and error handling. 2375// 2376// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2377// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2378// 2379// 2380// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 2381// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 2382// 2383// err := req.Send() 2384// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2385// fmt.Println(resp) 2386// } 2387// 2388// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2389func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 2390 op := &request.Operation{ 2391 Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, 2392 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2393 HTTPPath: "/", 2394 } 2395 2396 if input == nil { 2397 input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 2398 } 2399 2400 output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 2401 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2402 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2403 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2404 return 2405} 2406 2407// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2408// 2409// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter 2410// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. 2411// 2412// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 2413// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2414// 2415// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2416// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2417// the error. 2418// 2419// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2420// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2421// 2422// Returned Error Codes: 2423// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 2424// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 2425// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 2426// is in this state. 2427// 2428// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2429// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2430// 2431// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2432func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2433 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 2434 return out, req.Send() 2435} 2436 2437// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 2438// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2439// 2440// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2441// 2442// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2443// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2444// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2445// for more information on using Contexts. 2446func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2447 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 2448 req.SetContext(ctx) 2449 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2450 return out, req.Send() 2451} 2452 2453const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" 2454 2455// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2456// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 2457// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2458// successfuly. 2459// 2460// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2461// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2462// 2463// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2464// API call, and error handling. 2465// 2466// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2467// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2468// 2469// 2470// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 2471// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 2472// 2473// err := req.Send() 2474// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2475// fmt.Println(resp) 2476// } 2477// 2478// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2479func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 2480 op := &request.Operation{ 2481 Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, 2482 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2483 HTTPPath: "/", 2484 } 2485 2486 if input == nil { 2487 input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 2488 } 2489 2490 output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 2491 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2492 return 2493} 2494 2495// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2496// 2497// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy 2498// operation is terminated. 2499// 2500// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 2501// 2502// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 2503// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2504// 2505// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2506// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2507// the error. 2508// 2509// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2510// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 2511// 2512// Returned Error Codes: 2513// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 2514// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 2515// 2516// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2517// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2518// 2519// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2520func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 2521 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 2522 return out, req.Send() 2523} 2524 2525// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 2526// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2527// 2528// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 2529// 2530// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2531// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2532// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2533// for more information on using Contexts. 2534func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 2535 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 2536 req.SetContext(ctx) 2537 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2538 return out, req.Send() 2539} 2540 2541const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" 2542 2543// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2544// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return 2545// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2546// successfuly. 2547// 2548// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2549// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2550// 2551// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance 2552// API call, and error handling. 2553// 2554// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2555// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2556// 2557// 2558// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. 2559// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) 2560// 2561// err := req.Send() 2562// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2563// fmt.Println(resp) 2564// } 2565// 2566// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 2567func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { 2568 op := &request.Operation{ 2569 Name: opDeleteDBInstance, 2570 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2571 HTTPPath: "/", 2572 } 2573 2574 if input == nil { 2575 input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} 2576 } 2577 2578 output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} 2579 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2580 return 2581} 2582 2583// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2584// 2585// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. 2586// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are 2587// deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to 2588// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. 2589// 2590// If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance 2591// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance 2592// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled 2593// or reverted once submitted. 2594// 2595// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, 2596// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when 2597// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true. 2598// 2599// If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you 2600// can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true: 2601// 2602// * The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 2603// 2604// * The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster. 2605// 2606// To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 2607// API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After 2608// the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete 2609// the final instance in the DB cluster. 2610// 2611// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2612// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2613// the error. 2614// 2615// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2616// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. 2617// 2618// Returned Error Codes: 2619// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2620// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 2621// 2622// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 2623// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 2624// 2625// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 2626// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 2627// 2628// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 2629// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 2630// 2631// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 2632// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 2633// 2634// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 2635func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 2636 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 2637 return out, req.Send() 2638} 2639 2640// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of 2641// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2642// 2643// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 2644// 2645// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2646// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2647// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2648// for more information on using Contexts. 2649func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 2650 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 2651 req.SetContext(ctx) 2652 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2653 return out, req.Send() 2654} 2655 2656const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" 2657 2658// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2659// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 2660// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2661// successfuly. 2662// 2663// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2664// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2665// 2666// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup 2667// API call, and error handling. 2668// 2669// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2670// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2671// 2672// 2673// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. 2674// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 2675// 2676// err := req.Send() 2677// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2678// fmt.Println(resp) 2679// } 2680// 2681// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 2682func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { 2683 op := &request.Operation{ 2684 Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, 2685 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2686 HTTPPath: "/", 2687 } 2688 2689 if input == nil { 2690 input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} 2691 } 2692 2693 output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} 2694 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2695 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2696 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2697 return 2698} 2699 2700// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2701// 2702// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted 2703// can't be associated with any DB instances. 2704// 2705// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2706// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2707// the error. 2708// 2709// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2710// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2711// 2712// Returned Error Codes: 2713// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 2714// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 2715// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 2716// is in this state. 2717// 2718// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2719// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2720// 2721// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 2722func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2723 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2724 return out, req.Send() 2725} 2726 2727// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of 2728// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2729// 2730// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2731// 2732// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2733// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2734// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2735// for more information on using Contexts. 2736func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2737 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2738 req.SetContext(ctx) 2739 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2740 return out, req.Send() 2741} 2742 2743const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" 2744 2745// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2746// client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 2747// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2748// successfuly. 2749// 2750// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2751// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2752// 2753// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2754// API call, and error handling. 2755// 2756// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2757// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2758// 2759// 2760// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 2761// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 2762// 2763// err := req.Send() 2764// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2765// fmt.Println(resp) 2766// } 2767// 2768// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2769func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 2770 op := &request.Operation{ 2771 Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup, 2772 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2773 HTTPPath: "/", 2774 } 2775 2776 if input == nil { 2777 input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{} 2778 } 2779 2780 output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 2781 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2782 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2783 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2784 return 2785} 2786 2787// DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2788// 2789// Deletes a DB security group. 2790// 2791// The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. 2792// 2793// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2794// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2795// the error. 2796// 2797// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2798// API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 2799// 2800// Returned Error Codes: 2801// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 2802// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 2803// 2804// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 2805// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 2806// 2807// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2808func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2809 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2810 return out, req.Send() 2811} 2812 2813// DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 2814// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2815// 2816// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2817// 2818// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2819// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2820// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2821// for more information on using Contexts. 2822func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2823 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2824 req.SetContext(ctx) 2825 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2826 return out, req.Send() 2827} 2828 2829const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot" 2830 2831// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2832// client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 2833// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2834// successfuly. 2835// 2836// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2837// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2838// 2839// See DeleteDBSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBSnapshot 2840// API call, and error handling. 2841// 2842// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2843// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2844// 2845// 2846// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method. 2847// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params) 2848// 2849// err := req.Send() 2850// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2851// fmt.Println(resp) 2852// } 2853// 2854// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 2855func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) { 2856 op := &request.Operation{ 2857 Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot, 2858 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2859 HTTPPath: "/", 2860 } 2861 2862 if input == nil { 2863 input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{} 2864 } 2865 2866 output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{} 2867 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2868 return 2869} 2870 2871// DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2872// 2873// Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation 2874// is terminated. 2875// 2876// The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 2877// 2878// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2879// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2880// the error. 2881// 2882// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2883// API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 2884// 2885// Returned Error Codes: 2886// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 2887// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 2888// 2889// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 2890// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 2891// 2892// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 2893func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2894 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2895 return out, req.Send() 2896} 2897 2898// DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSnapshot with the addition of 2899// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2900// 2901// See DeleteDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 2902// 2903// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2904// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2905// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2906// for more information on using Contexts. 2907func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2908 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2909 req.SetContext(ctx) 2910 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2911 return out, req.Send() 2912} 2913 2914const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" 2915 2916// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2917// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 2918// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2919// successfuly. 2920// 2921// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2922// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2923// 2924// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2925// API call, and error handling. 2926// 2927// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2928// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2929// 2930// 2931// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 2932// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 2933// 2934// err := req.Send() 2935// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2936// fmt.Println(resp) 2937// } 2938// 2939// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2940func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 2941 op := &request.Operation{ 2942 Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, 2943 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2944 HTTPPath: "/", 2945 } 2946 2947 if input == nil { 2948 input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} 2949 } 2950 2951 output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 2952 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2953 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2954 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2955 return 2956} 2957 2958// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2959// 2960// Deletes a DB subnet group. 2961// 2962// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 2963// 2964// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2965// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2966// the error. 2967// 2968// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2969// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 2970// 2971// Returned Error Codes: 2972// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 2973// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 2974// 2975// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" 2976// The DB subnet isn't in the available state. 2977// 2978// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 2979// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 2980// 2981// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2982func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2983 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2984 return out, req.Send() 2985} 2986 2987// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 2988// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2989// 2990// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2991// 2992// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2993// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2994// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2995// for more information on using Contexts. 2996func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2997 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2998 req.SetContext(ctx) 2999 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3000 return out, req.Send() 3001} 3002 3003const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" 3004 3005// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3006// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 3007// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3008// successfuly. 3009// 3010// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3011// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3012// 3013// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription 3014// API call, and error handling. 3015// 3016// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3017// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3018// 3019// 3020// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. 3021// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 3022// 3023// err := req.Send() 3024// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3025// fmt.Println(resp) 3026// } 3027// 3028// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 3029func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { 3030 op := &request.Operation{ 3031 Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, 3032 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3033 HTTPPath: "/", 3034 } 3035 3036 if input == nil { 3037 input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} 3038 } 3039 3040 output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} 3041 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3042 return 3043} 3044 3045// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3046// 3047// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. 3048// 3049// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3050// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3051// the error. 3052// 3053// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3054// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. 3055// 3056// Returned Error Codes: 3057// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 3058// The subscription name does not exist. 3059// 3060// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" 3061// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should 3062// retry the action. 3063// 3064// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 3065func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 3066 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 3067 return out, req.Send() 3068} 3069 3070// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of 3071// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3072// 3073// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 3074// 3075// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3076// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3077// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3078// for more information on using Contexts. 3079func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 3080 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 3081 req.SetContext(ctx) 3082 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3083 return out, req.Send() 3084} 3085 3086const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup" 3087 3088// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3089// client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 3090// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3091// successfuly. 3092// 3093// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3094// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3095// 3096// See DeleteOptionGroup for more information on using the DeleteOptionGroup 3097// API call, and error handling. 3098// 3099// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3100// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3101// 3102// 3103// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method. 3104// req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params) 3105// 3106// err := req.Send() 3107// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3108// fmt.Println(resp) 3109// } 3110// 3111// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 3112func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) { 3113 op := &request.Operation{ 3114 Name: opDeleteOptionGroup, 3115 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3116 HTTPPath: "/", 3117 } 3118 3119 if input == nil { 3120 input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{} 3121 } 3122 3123 output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{} 3124 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3125 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 3126 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3127 return 3128} 3129 3130// DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3131// 3132// Deletes an existing option group. 3133// 3134// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3135// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3136// the error. 3137// 3138// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3139// API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. 3140// 3141// Returned Error Codes: 3142// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 3143// The specified option group could not be found. 3144// 3145// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 3146// The option group isn't in the available state. 3147// 3148// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 3149func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 3150 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 3151 return out, req.Send() 3152} 3153 3154// DeleteOptionGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteOptionGroup with the addition of 3155// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3156// 3157// See DeleteOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 3158// 3159// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3160// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3161// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3162// for more information on using Contexts. 3163func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 3164 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 3165 req.SetContext(ctx) 3166 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3167 return out, req.Send() 3168} 3169 3170const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" 3171 3172// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3173// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return 3174// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3175// successfuly. 3176// 3177// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3178// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3179// 3180// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes 3181// API call, and error handling. 3182// 3183// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3184// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3185// 3186// 3187// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method. 3188// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params) 3189// 3190// err := req.Send() 3191// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3192// fmt.Println(resp) 3193// } 3194// 3195// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 3196func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) { 3197 op := &request.Operation{ 3198 Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes, 3199 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3200 HTTPPath: "/", 3201 } 3202 3203 if input == nil { 3204 input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{} 3205 } 3206 3207 output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{} 3208 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3209 return 3210} 3211 3212// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3213// 3214// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include 3215// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. 3216// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward 3217// that quota, and the quota's maximum value. 3218// 3219// This command doesn't take any parameters. 3220// 3221// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3222// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3223// the error. 3224// 3225// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3226// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. 3227// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 3228func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 3229 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 3230 return out, req.Send() 3231} 3232 3233// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of 3234// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3235// 3236// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 3237// 3238// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3239// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3240// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3241// for more information on using Contexts. 3242func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 3243 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 3244 req.SetContext(ctx) 3245 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3246 return out, req.Send() 3247} 3248 3249const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates" 3250 3251// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3252// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return 3253// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3254// successfuly. 3255// 3256// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3257// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3258// 3259// See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates 3260// API call, and error handling. 3261// 3262// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3263// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3264// 3265// 3266// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method. 3267// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params) 3268// 3269// err := req.Send() 3270// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3271// fmt.Println(resp) 3272// } 3273// 3274// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 3275func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) { 3276 op := &request.Operation{ 3277 Name: opDescribeCertificates, 3278 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3279 HTTPPath: "/", 3280 } 3281 3282 if input == nil { 3283 input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{} 3284 } 3285 3286 output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{} 3287 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3288 return 3289} 3290 3291// DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3292// 3293// Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account. 3294// 3295// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3296// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3297// the error. 3298// 3299// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3300// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. 3301// 3302// Returned Error Codes: 3303// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 3304// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate. 3305// 3306// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 3307func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 3308 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 3309 return out, req.Send() 3310} 3311 3312// DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of 3313// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3314// 3315// See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. 3316// 3317// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3318// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3319// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3320// for more information on using Contexts. 3321func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 3322 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 3323 req.SetContext(ctx) 3324 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3325 return out, req.Send() 3326} 3327 3328const opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks = "DescribeDBClusterBacktracks" 3329 3330// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3331// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation. The "output" return 3332// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3333// successfuly. 3334// 3335// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3336// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3337// 3338// See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 3339// API call, and error handling. 3340// 3341// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3342// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3343// 3344// 3345// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest method. 3346// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(params) 3347// 3348// err := req.Send() 3349// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3350// fmt.Println(resp) 3351// } 3352// 3353// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 3354func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) { 3355 op := &request.Operation{ 3356 Name: opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks, 3357 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3358 HTTPPath: "/", 3359 } 3360 3361 if input == nil { 3362 input = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput{} 3363 } 3364 3365 output = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput{} 3366 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3367 return 3368} 3369 3370// DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3371// 3372// Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster. 3373// 3374// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3375// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3376// 3377// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3378// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3379// the error. 3380// 3381// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3382// API operation DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for usage and error information. 3383// 3384// Returned Error Codes: 3385// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 3386// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 3387// 3388// * ErrCodeDBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault" 3389// BacktrackIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing backtrack. 3390// 3391// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 3392func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracks(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) { 3393 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input) 3394 return out, req.Send() 3395} 3396 3397// DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterBacktracks with the addition of 3398// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3399// 3400// See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for details on how to use this API operation. 3401// 3402// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3403// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3404// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3405// for more information on using Contexts. 3406func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) { 3407 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input) 3408 req.SetContext(ctx) 3409 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3410 return out, req.Send() 3411} 3412 3413const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" 3414 3415// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3416// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 3417// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3418// successfuly. 3419// 3420// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3421// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3422// 3423// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3424// API call, and error handling. 3425// 3426// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3427// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3428// 3429// 3430// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. 3431// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) 3432// 3433// err := req.Send() 3434// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3435// fmt.Println(resp) 3436// } 3437// 3438// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3439func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { 3440 op := &request.Operation{ 3441 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, 3442 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3443 HTTPPath: "/", 3444 } 3445 3446 if input == nil { 3447 input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} 3448 } 3449 3450 output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} 3451 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3452 return 3453} 3454 3455// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3456// 3457// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName 3458// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the 3459// specified DB cluster parameter group. 3460// 3461// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3462// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3463// 3464// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3465// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3466// the error. 3467// 3468// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3469// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. 3470// 3471// Returned Error Codes: 3472// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3473// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3474// 3475// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3476func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3477 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3478 return out, req.Send() 3479} 3480 3481// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of 3482// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3483// 3484// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3485// 3486// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3487// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3488// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3489// for more information on using Contexts. 3490func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3491 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3492 req.SetContext(ctx) 3493 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3494 return out, req.Send() 3495} 3496 3497const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" 3498 3499// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3500// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 3501// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3502// successfuly. 3503// 3504// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3505// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3506// 3507// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters 3508// API call, and error handling. 3509// 3510// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3511// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3512// 3513// 3514// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. 3515// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) 3516// 3517// err := req.Send() 3518// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3519// fmt.Println(resp) 3520// } 3521// 3522// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 3523func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { 3524 op := &request.Operation{ 3525 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, 3526 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3527 HTTPPath: "/", 3528 } 3529 3530 if input == nil { 3531 input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} 3532 } 3533 3534 output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} 3535 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3536 return 3537} 3538 3539// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3540// 3541// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter 3542// group. 3543// 3544// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3545// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3546// 3547// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3548// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3549// the error. 3550// 3551// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3552// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. 3553// 3554// Returned Error Codes: 3555// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3556// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3557// 3558// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 3559func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3560 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 3561 return out, req.Send() 3562} 3563 3564// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of 3565// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3566// 3567// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3568// 3569// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3570// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3571// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3572// for more information on using Contexts. 3573func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3574 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 3575 req.SetContext(ctx) 3576 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3577 return out, req.Send() 3578} 3579 3580const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" 3581 3582// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3583// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 3584// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3585// successfuly. 3586// 3587// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3588// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3589// 3590// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3591// API call, and error handling. 3592// 3593// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3594// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3595// 3596// 3597// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 3598// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 3599// 3600// err := req.Send() 3601// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3602// fmt.Println(resp) 3603// } 3604// 3605// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3606func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 3607 op := &request.Operation{ 3608 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, 3609 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3610 HTTPPath: "/", 3611 } 3612 3613 if input == nil { 3614 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} 3615 } 3616 3617 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 3618 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3619 return 3620} 3621 3622// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3623// 3624// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual 3625// DB cluster snapshot. 3626// 3627// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3628// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 3629// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all 3630// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual 3631// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 3632// 3633// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 3634// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, 3635// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 3636// 3637// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3638// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3639// the error. 3640// 3641// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3642// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 3643// 3644// Returned Error Codes: 3645// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 3646// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 3647// 3648// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3649func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 3650 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 3651 return out, req.Send() 3652} 3653 3654// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 3655// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3656// 3657// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 3658// 3659// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3660// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3661// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3662// for more information on using Contexts. 3663func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 3664 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 3665 req.SetContext(ctx) 3666 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3667 return out, req.Send() 3668} 3669 3670const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" 3671 3672// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3673// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return 3674// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3675// successfuly. 3676// 3677// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3678// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3679// 3680// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3681// API call, and error handling. 3682// 3683// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3684// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3685// 3686// 3687// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. 3688// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) 3689// 3690// err := req.Send() 3691// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3692// fmt.Println(resp) 3693// } 3694// 3695// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3696func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { 3697 op := &request.Operation{ 3698 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, 3699 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3700 HTTPPath: "/", 3701 } 3702 3703 if input == nil { 3704 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} 3705 } 3706 3707 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} 3708 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3709 return 3710} 3711 3712// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3713// 3714// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports 3715// pagination. 3716// 3717// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3718// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3719// 3720// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3721// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3722// the error. 3723// 3724// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3725// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. 3726// 3727// Returned Error Codes: 3728// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 3729// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 3730// 3731// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3732func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 3733 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 3734 return out, req.Send() 3735} 3736 3737// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of 3738// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3739// 3740// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 3741// 3742// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3743// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3744// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3745// for more information on using Contexts. 3746func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 3747 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 3748 req.SetContext(ctx) 3749 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3750 return out, req.Send() 3751} 3752 3753const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" 3754 3755// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3756// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return 3757// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3758// successfuly. 3759// 3760// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3761// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3762// 3763// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters 3764// API call, and error handling. 3765// 3766// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3767// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3768// 3769// 3770// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. 3771// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) 3772// 3773// err := req.Send() 3774// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3775// fmt.Println(resp) 3776// } 3777// 3778// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 3779func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { 3780 op := &request.Operation{ 3781 Name: opDescribeDBClusters, 3782 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3783 HTTPPath: "/", 3784 } 3785 3786 if input == nil { 3787 input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} 3788 } 3789 3790 output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} 3791 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3792 return 3793} 3794 3795// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3796// 3797// Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports 3798// pagination. 3799// 3800// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3801// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3802// 3803// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3804// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3805// the error. 3806// 3807// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3808// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. 3809// 3810// Returned Error Codes: 3811// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 3812// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 3813// 3814// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 3815func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 3816 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 3817 return out, req.Send() 3818} 3819 3820// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of 3821// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3822// 3823// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 3824// 3825// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3826// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3827// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3828// for more information on using Contexts. 3829func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 3830 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 3831 req.SetContext(ctx) 3832 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3833 return out, req.Send() 3834} 3835 3836const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" 3837 3838// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3839// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return 3840// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3841// successfuly. 3842// 3843// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3844// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3845// 3846// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions 3847// API call, and error handling. 3848// 3849// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3850// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3851// 3852// 3853// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. 3854// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) 3855// 3856// err := req.Send() 3857// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3858// fmt.Println(resp) 3859// } 3860// 3861// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 3862func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { 3863 op := &request.Operation{ 3864 Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, 3865 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3866 HTTPPath: "/", 3867 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3868 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3869 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3870 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3871 TruncationToken: "", 3872 }, 3873 } 3874 3875 if input == nil { 3876 input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} 3877 } 3878 3879 output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} 3880 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3881 return 3882} 3883 3884// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3885// 3886// Returns a list of the available DB engines. 3887// 3888// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3889// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3890// the error. 3891// 3892// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3893// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. 3894// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 3895func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 3896 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 3897 return out, req.Send() 3898} 3899 3900// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of 3901// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3902// 3903// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation. 3904// 3905// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3906// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3907// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3908// for more information on using Contexts. 3909func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 3910 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 3911 req.SetContext(ctx) 3912 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3913 return out, req.Send() 3914} 3915 3916// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, 3917// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3918// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3919// 3920// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. 3921// 3922// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3923// 3924// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. 3925// pageNum := 0 3926// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, 3927// func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3928// pageNum++ 3929// fmt.Println(page) 3930// return pageNum <= 3 3931// }) 3932// 3933func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3934 return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3935} 3936 3937// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except 3938// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3939// 3940// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3941// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3942// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3943// for more information on using Contexts. 3944func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3945 p := request.Pagination{ 3946 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3947 var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 3948 if input != nil { 3949 tmp := *input 3950 inCpy = &tmp 3951 } 3952 req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy) 3953 req.SetContext(ctx) 3954 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3955 return req, nil 3956 }, 3957 } 3958 3959 cont := true 3960 for p.Next() && cont { 3961 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 3962 } 3963 return p.Err() 3964} 3965 3966const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" 3967 3968// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3969// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return 3970// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3971// successfuly. 3972// 3973// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3974// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3975// 3976// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances 3977// API call, and error handling. 3978// 3979// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3980// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3981// 3982// 3983// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. 3984// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) 3985// 3986// err := req.Send() 3987// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3988// fmt.Println(resp) 3989// } 3990// 3991// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 3992func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { 3993 op := &request.Operation{ 3994 Name: opDescribeDBInstances, 3995 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3996 HTTPPath: "/", 3997 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3998 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3999 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4000 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4001 TruncationToken: "", 4002 }, 4003 } 4004 4005 if input == nil { 4006 input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} 4007 } 4008 4009 output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} 4010 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4011 return 4012} 4013 4014// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4015// 4016// Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. 4017// 4018// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4019// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4020// the error. 4021// 4022// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4023// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. 4024// 4025// Returned Error Codes: 4026// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4027// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 4028// 4029// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 4030func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 4031 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 4032 return out, req.Send() 4033} 4034 4035// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of 4036// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4037// 4038// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 4039// 4040// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4041// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4042// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4043// for more information on using Contexts. 4044func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 4045 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 4046 req.SetContext(ctx) 4047 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4048 return out, req.Send() 4049} 4050 4051// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, 4052// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4053// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4054// 4055// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 4056// 4057// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4058// 4059// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. 4060// pageNum := 0 4061// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, 4062// func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4063// pageNum++ 4064// fmt.Println(page) 4065// return pageNum <= 3 4066// }) 4067// 4068func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 4069 return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4070} 4071 4072// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except 4073// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4074// 4075// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4076// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4077// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4078// for more information on using Contexts. 4079func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4080 p := request.Pagination{ 4081 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4082 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput 4083 if input != nil { 4084 tmp := *input 4085 inCpy = &tmp 4086 } 4087 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 4088 req.SetContext(ctx) 4089 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4090 return req, nil 4091 }, 4092 } 4093 4094 cont := true 4095 for p.Next() && cont { 4096 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4097 } 4098 return p.Err() 4099} 4100 4101const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles" 4102 4103// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4104// client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return 4105// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4106// successfuly. 4107// 4108// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4109// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4110// 4111// See DescribeDBLogFiles for more information on using the DescribeDBLogFiles 4112// API call, and error handling. 4113// 4114// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4115// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4116// 4117// 4118// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method. 4119// req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params) 4120// 4121// err := req.Send() 4122// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4123// fmt.Println(resp) 4124// } 4125// 4126// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 4127func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) { 4128 op := &request.Operation{ 4129 Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles, 4130 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4131 HTTPPath: "/", 4132 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4133 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4134 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4135 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4136 TruncationToken: "", 4137 }, 4138 } 4139 4140 if input == nil { 4141 input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{} 4142 } 4143 4144 output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{} 4145 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4146 return 4147} 4148 4149// DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4150// 4151// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. 4152// 4153// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4154// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4155// the error. 4156// 4157// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4158// API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. 4159// 4160// Returned Error Codes: 4161// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4162// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 4163// 4164// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 4165func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 4166 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 4167 return out, req.Send() 4168} 4169 4170// DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBLogFiles with the addition of 4171// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4172// 4173// See DescribeDBLogFiles for details on how to use this API operation. 4174// 4175// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4176// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4177// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4178// for more information on using Contexts. 4179func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 4180 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 4181 req.SetContext(ctx) 4182 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4183 return out, req.Send() 4184} 4185 4186// DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation, 4187// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4188// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4189// 4190// See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation. 4191// 4192// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4193// 4194// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation. 4195// pageNum := 0 4196// err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params, 4197// func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4198// pageNum++ 4199// fmt.Println(page) 4200// return pageNum <= 3 4201// }) 4202// 4203func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool) error { 4204 return c.DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4205} 4206 4207// DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBLogFilesPages except 4208// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4209// 4210// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4211// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4212// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4213// for more information on using Contexts. 4214func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4215 p := request.Pagination{ 4216 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4217 var inCpy *DescribeDBLogFilesInput 4218 if input != nil { 4219 tmp := *input 4220 inCpy = &tmp 4221 } 4222 req, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(inCpy) 4223 req.SetContext(ctx) 4224 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4225 return req, nil 4226 }, 4227 } 4228 4229 cont := true 4230 for p.Next() && cont { 4231 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4232 } 4233 return p.Err() 4234} 4235 4236const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" 4237 4238// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4239// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 4240// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4241// successfuly. 4242// 4243// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4244// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4245// 4246// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups 4247// API call, and error handling. 4248// 4249// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4250// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4251// 4252// 4253// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. 4254// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) 4255// 4256// err := req.Send() 4257// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4258// fmt.Println(resp) 4259// } 4260// 4261// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 4262func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { 4263 op := &request.Operation{ 4264 Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, 4265 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4266 HTTPPath: "/", 4267 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4268 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4269 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4270 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4271 TruncationToken: "", 4272 }, 4273 } 4274 4275 if input == nil { 4276 input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} 4277 } 4278 4279 output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} 4280 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4281 return 4282} 4283 4284// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4285// 4286// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName 4287// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified 4288// DB parameter group. 4289// 4290// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4291// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4292// the error. 4293// 4294// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4295// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. 4296// 4297// Returned Error Codes: 4298// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4299// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4300// 4301// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 4302func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 4303 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 4304 return out, req.Send() 4305} 4306 4307// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of 4308// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4309// 4310// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4311// 4312// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4313// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4314// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4315// for more information on using Contexts. 4316func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 4317 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 4318 req.SetContext(ctx) 4319 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4320 return out, req.Send() 4321} 4322 4323// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, 4324// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4325// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4326// 4327// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4328// 4329// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4330// 4331// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. 4332// pageNum := 0 4333// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, 4334// func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4335// pageNum++ 4336// fmt.Println(page) 4337// return pageNum <= 3 4338// }) 4339// 4340func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4341 return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4342} 4343 4344// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except 4345// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4346// 4347// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4348// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4349// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4350// for more information on using Contexts. 4351func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4352 p := request.Pagination{ 4353 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4354 var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 4355 if input != nil { 4356 tmp := *input 4357 inCpy = &tmp 4358 } 4359 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4360 req.SetContext(ctx) 4361 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4362 return req, nil 4363 }, 4364 } 4365 4366 cont := true 4367 for p.Next() && cont { 4368 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4369 } 4370 return p.Err() 4371} 4372 4373const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" 4374 4375// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4376// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return 4377// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4378// successfuly. 4379// 4380// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4381// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4382// 4383// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters 4384// API call, and error handling. 4385// 4386// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4387// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4388// 4389// 4390// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. 4391// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) 4392// 4393// err := req.Send() 4394// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4395// fmt.Println(resp) 4396// } 4397// 4398// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 4399func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { 4400 op := &request.Operation{ 4401 Name: opDescribeDBParameters, 4402 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4403 HTTPPath: "/", 4404 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4405 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4406 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4407 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4408 TruncationToken: "", 4409 }, 4410 } 4411 4412 if input == nil { 4413 input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} 4414 } 4415 4416 output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} 4417 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4418 return 4419} 4420 4421// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4422// 4423// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 4424// 4425// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4426// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4427// the error. 4428// 4429// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4430// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. 4431// 4432// Returned Error Codes: 4433// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4434// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4435// 4436// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 4437func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 4438 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 4439 return out, req.Send() 4440} 4441 4442// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of 4443// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4444// 4445// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 4446// 4447// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4448// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4449// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4450// for more information on using Contexts. 4451func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 4452 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 4453 req.SetContext(ctx) 4454 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4455 return out, req.Send() 4456} 4457 4458// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, 4459// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4460// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4461// 4462// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 4463// 4464// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4465// 4466// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. 4467// pageNum := 0 4468// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, 4469// func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4470// pageNum++ 4471// fmt.Println(page) 4472// return pageNum <= 3 4473// }) 4474// 4475func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 4476 return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4477} 4478 4479// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except 4480// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4481// 4482// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4483// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4484// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4485// for more information on using Contexts. 4486func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4487 p := request.Pagination{ 4488 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4489 var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput 4490 if input != nil { 4491 tmp := *input 4492 inCpy = &tmp 4493 } 4494 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy) 4495 req.SetContext(ctx) 4496 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4497 return req, nil 4498 }, 4499 } 4500 4501 cont := true 4502 for p.Next() && cont { 4503 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4504 } 4505 return p.Err() 4506} 4507 4508const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" 4509 4510// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4511// client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 4512// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4513// successfuly. 4514// 4515// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4516// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4517// 4518// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4519// API call, and error handling. 4520// 4521// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4522// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4523// 4524// 4525// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method. 4526// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 4527// 4528// err := req.Send() 4529// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4530// fmt.Println(resp) 4531// } 4532// 4533// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4534func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) { 4535 op := &request.Operation{ 4536 Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups, 4537 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4538 HTTPPath: "/", 4539 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4540 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4541 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4542 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4543 TruncationToken: "", 4544 }, 4545 } 4546 4547 if input == nil { 4548 input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{} 4549 } 4550 4551 output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{} 4552 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4553 return 4554} 4555 4556// DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4557// 4558// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName 4559// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified 4560// DB security group. 4561// 4562// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4563// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4564// the error. 4565// 4566// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4567// API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 4568// 4569// Returned Error Codes: 4570// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 4571// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 4572// 4573// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4574func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 4575 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 4576 return out, req.Send() 4577} 4578 4579// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSecurityGroups with the addition of 4580// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4581// 4582// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4583// 4584// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4585// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4586// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4587// for more information on using Contexts. 4588func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 4589 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 4590 req.SetContext(ctx) 4591 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4592 return out, req.Send() 4593} 4594 4595// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation, 4596// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4597// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4598// 4599// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4600// 4601// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4602// 4603// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. 4604// pageNum := 0 4605// err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params, 4606// func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4607// pageNum++ 4608// fmt.Println(page) 4609// return pageNum <= 3 4610// }) 4611// 4612func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4613 return c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4614} 4615 4616// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages except 4617// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4618// 4619// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4620// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4621// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4622// for more information on using Contexts. 4623func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4624 p := request.Pagination{ 4625 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4626 var inCpy *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput 4627 if input != nil { 4628 tmp := *input 4629 inCpy = &tmp 4630 } 4631 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4632 req.SetContext(ctx) 4633 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4634 return req, nil 4635 }, 4636 } 4637 4638 cont := true 4639 for p.Next() && cont { 4640 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4641 } 4642 return p.Err() 4643} 4644 4645const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" 4646 4647// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4648// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 4649// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4650// successfuly. 4651// 4652// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4653// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4654// 4655// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4656// API call, and error handling. 4657// 4658// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4659// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4660// 4661// 4662// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 4663// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 4664// 4665// err := req.Send() 4666// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4667// fmt.Println(resp) 4668// } 4669// 4670// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4671func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 4672 op := &request.Operation{ 4673 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes, 4674 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4675 HTTPPath: "/", 4676 } 4677 4678 if input == nil { 4679 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{} 4680 } 4681 4682 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 4683 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4684 return 4685} 4686 4687// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4688// 4689// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB 4690// snapshot. 4691// 4692// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4693// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 4694// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included 4695// in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot 4696// is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 4697// 4698// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 4699// snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 4700// API action. 4701// 4702// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4703// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4704// the error. 4705// 4706// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4707// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 4708// 4709// Returned Error Codes: 4710// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4711// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4712// 4713// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4714func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 4715 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 4716 return out, req.Send() 4717} 4718 4719// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 4720// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4721// 4722// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 4723// 4724// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4725// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4726// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4727// for more information on using Contexts. 4728func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 4729 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 4730 req.SetContext(ctx) 4731 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4732 return out, req.Send() 4733} 4734 4735const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots" 4736 4737// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4738// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return 4739// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4740// successfuly. 4741// 4742// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4743// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4744// 4745// See DescribeDBSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshots 4746// API call, and error handling. 4747// 4748// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4749// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4750// 4751// 4752// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method. 4753// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params) 4754// 4755// err := req.Send() 4756// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4757// fmt.Println(resp) 4758// } 4759// 4760// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 4761func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) { 4762 op := &request.Operation{ 4763 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots, 4764 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4765 HTTPPath: "/", 4766 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4767 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4768 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4769 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4770 TruncationToken: "", 4771 }, 4772 } 4773 4774 if input == nil { 4775 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{} 4776 } 4777 4778 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{} 4779 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4780 return 4781} 4782 4783// DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4784// 4785// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. 4786// 4787// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4788// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4789// the error. 4790// 4791// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4792// API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. 4793// 4794// Returned Error Codes: 4795// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4796// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4797// 4798// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 4799func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 4800 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 4801 return out, req.Send() 4802} 4803 4804// DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshots with the addition of 4805// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4806// 4807// See DescribeDBSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 4808// 4809// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4810// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4811// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4812// for more information on using Contexts. 4813func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 4814 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 4815 req.SetContext(ctx) 4816 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4817 return out, req.Send() 4818} 4819 4820// DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation, 4821// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4822// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4823// 4824// See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. 4825// 4826// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4827// 4828// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation. 4829// pageNum := 0 4830// err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params, 4831// func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4832// pageNum++ 4833// fmt.Println(page) 4834// return pageNum <= 3 4835// }) 4836// 4837func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4838 return c.DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4839} 4840 4841// DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotsPages except 4842// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4843// 4844// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4845// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4846// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4847// for more information on using Contexts. 4848func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4849 p := request.Pagination{ 4850 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4851 var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput 4852 if input != nil { 4853 tmp := *input 4854 inCpy = &tmp 4855 } 4856 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) 4857 req.SetContext(ctx) 4858 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4859 return req, nil 4860 }, 4861 } 4862 4863 cont := true 4864 for p.Next() && cont { 4865 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4866 } 4867 return p.Err() 4868} 4869 4870const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" 4871 4872// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4873// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return 4874// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4875// successfuly. 4876// 4877// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4878// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4879// 4880// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4881// API call, and error handling. 4882// 4883// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4884// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4885// 4886// 4887// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. 4888// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) 4889// 4890// err := req.Send() 4891// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4892// fmt.Println(resp) 4893// } 4894// 4895// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4896func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { 4897 op := &request.Operation{ 4898 Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, 4899 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4900 HTTPPath: "/", 4901 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4902 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4903 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4904 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4905 TruncationToken: "", 4906 }, 4907 } 4908 4909 if input == nil { 4910 input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} 4911 } 4912 4913 output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} 4914 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4915 return 4916} 4917 4918// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4919// 4920// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, 4921// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. 4922// 4923// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 4924// 4925// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4926// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4927// the error. 4928// 4929// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4930// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. 4931// 4932// Returned Error Codes: 4933// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4934// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4935// 4936// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4937func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 4938 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 4939 return out, req.Send() 4940} 4941 4942// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of 4943// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4944// 4945// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4946// 4947// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4948// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4949// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4950// for more information on using Contexts. 4951func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 4952 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 4953 req.SetContext(ctx) 4954 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4955 return out, req.Send() 4956} 4957 4958// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, 4959// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4960// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4961// 4962// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4963// 4964// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4965// 4966// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. 4967// pageNum := 0 4968// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, 4969// func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4970// pageNum++ 4971// fmt.Println(page) 4972// return pageNum <= 3 4973// }) 4974// 4975func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4976 return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4977} 4978 4979// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except 4980// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4981// 4982// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4983// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4984// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4985// for more information on using Contexts. 4986func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4987 p := request.Pagination{ 4988 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4989 var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 4990 if input != nil { 4991 tmp := *input 4992 inCpy = &tmp 4993 } 4994 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4995 req.SetContext(ctx) 4996 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4997 return req, nil 4998 }, 4999 } 5000 5001 cont := true 5002 for p.Next() && cont { 5003 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5004 } 5005 return p.Err() 5006} 5007 5008const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" 5009 5010// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5011// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 5012// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5013// successfuly. 5014// 5015// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5016// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5017// 5018// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 5019// API call, and error handling. 5020// 5021// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5022// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5023// 5024// 5025// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. 5026// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) 5027// 5028// err := req.Send() 5029// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5030// fmt.Println(resp) 5031// } 5032// 5033// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 5034func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { 5035 op := &request.Operation{ 5036 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, 5037 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5038 HTTPPath: "/", 5039 } 5040 5041 if input == nil { 5042 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} 5043 } 5044 5045 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} 5046 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5047 return 5048} 5049 5050// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5051// 5052// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster 5053// database engine. 5054// 5055// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 5056// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 5057// 5058// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5059// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5060// the error. 5061// 5062// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5063// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. 5064// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 5065func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 5066 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 5067 return out, req.Send() 5068} 5069 5070// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of 5071// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5072// 5073// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 5074// 5075// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5076// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5077// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5078// for more information on using Contexts. 5079func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 5080 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 5081 req.SetContext(ctx) 5082 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5083 return out, req.Send() 5084} 5085 5086const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" 5087 5088// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5089// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return 5090// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5091// successfuly. 5092// 5093// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5094// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5095// 5096// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 5097// API call, and error handling. 5098// 5099// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5100// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5101// 5102// 5103// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. 5104// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) 5105// 5106// err := req.Send() 5107// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5108// fmt.Println(resp) 5109// } 5110// 5111// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 5112func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { 5113 op := &request.Operation{ 5114 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, 5115 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5116 HTTPPath: "/", 5117 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5118 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5119 OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, 5120 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5121 TruncationToken: "", 5122 }, 5123 } 5124 5125 if input == nil { 5126 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} 5127 } 5128 5129 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} 5130 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5131 return 5132} 5133 5134// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5135// 5136// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified 5137// database engine. 5138// 5139// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5140// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5141// the error. 5142// 5143// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5144// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. 5145// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 5146func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 5147 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 5148 return out, req.Send() 5149} 5150 5151// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of 5152// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5153// 5154// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 5155// 5156// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5157// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5158// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5159// for more information on using Contexts. 5160func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 5161 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 5162 req.SetContext(ctx) 5163 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5164 return out, req.Send() 5165} 5166 5167// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, 5168// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5169// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5170// 5171// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 5172// 5173// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5174// 5175// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. 5176// pageNum := 0 5177// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, 5178// func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5179// pageNum++ 5180// fmt.Println(page) 5181// return pageNum <= 3 5182// }) 5183// 5184func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 5185 return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5186} 5187 5188// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except 5189// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5190// 5191// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5192// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5193// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5194// for more information on using Contexts. 5195func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5196 p := request.Pagination{ 5197 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5198 var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 5199 if input != nil { 5200 tmp := *input 5201 inCpy = &tmp 5202 } 5203 req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy) 5204 req.SetContext(ctx) 5205 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5206 return req, nil 5207 }, 5208 } 5209 5210 cont := true 5211 for p.Next() && cont { 5212 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5213 } 5214 return p.Err() 5215} 5216 5217const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" 5218 5219// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5220// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return 5221// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5222// successfuly. 5223// 5224// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5225// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5226// 5227// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories 5228// API call, and error handling. 5229// 5230// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5231// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5232// 5233// 5234// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. 5235// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) 5236// 5237// err := req.Send() 5238// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5239// fmt.Println(resp) 5240// } 5241// 5242// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 5243func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { 5244 op := &request.Operation{ 5245 Name: opDescribeEventCategories, 5246 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5247 HTTPPath: "/", 5248 } 5249 5250 if input == nil { 5251 input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} 5252 } 5253 5254 output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} 5255 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5256 return 5257} 5258 5259// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5260// 5261// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, 5262// for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and 5263// source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 5264// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 5265// 5266// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5267// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5268// the error. 5269// 5270// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5271// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. 5272// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 5273func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 5274 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 5275 return out, req.Send() 5276} 5277 5278// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of 5279// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5280// 5281// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation. 5282// 5283// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5284// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5285// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5286// for more information on using Contexts. 5287func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 5288 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 5289 req.SetContext(ctx) 5290 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5291 return out, req.Send() 5292} 5293 5294const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" 5295 5296// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5297// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 5298// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5299// successfuly. 5300// 5301// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5302// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5303// 5304// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions 5305// API call, and error handling. 5306// 5307// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5308// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5309// 5310// 5311// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. 5312// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) 5313// 5314// err := req.Send() 5315// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5316// fmt.Println(resp) 5317// } 5318// 5319// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 5320func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { 5321 op := &request.Operation{ 5322 Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, 5323 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5324 HTTPPath: "/", 5325 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5326 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5327 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5328 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5329 TruncationToken: "", 5330 }, 5331 } 5332 5333 if input == nil { 5334 input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} 5335 } 5336 5337 output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} 5338 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5339 return 5340} 5341 5342// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5343// 5344// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description 5345// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, 5346// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. 5347// 5348// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 5349// 5350// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5351// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5352// the error. 5353// 5354// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5355// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. 5356// 5357// Returned Error Codes: 5358// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 5359// The subscription name does not exist. 5360// 5361// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 5362func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 5363 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 5364 return out, req.Send() 5365} 5366 5367// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of 5368// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5369// 5370// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5371// 5372// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5373// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5374// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5375// for more information on using Contexts. 5376func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 5377 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 5378 req.SetContext(ctx) 5379 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5380 return out, req.Send() 5381} 5382 5383// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, 5384// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5385// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5386// 5387// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5388// 5389// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5390// 5391// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. 5392// pageNum := 0 5393// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, 5394// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5395// pageNum++ 5396// fmt.Println(page) 5397// return pageNum <= 3 5398// }) 5399// 5400func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5401 return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5402} 5403 5404// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except 5405// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5406// 5407// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5408// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5409// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5410// for more information on using Contexts. 5411func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5412 p := request.Pagination{ 5413 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5414 var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 5415 if input != nil { 5416 tmp := *input 5417 inCpy = &tmp 5418 } 5419 req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) 5420 req.SetContext(ctx) 5421 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5422 return req, nil 5423 }, 5424 } 5425 5426 cont := true 5427 for p.Next() && cont { 5428 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5429 } 5430 return p.Err() 5431} 5432 5433const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" 5434 5435// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5436// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return 5437// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5438// successfuly. 5439// 5440// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5441// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5442// 5443// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents 5444// API call, and error handling. 5445// 5446// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5447// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5448// 5449// 5450// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. 5451// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) 5452// 5453// err := req.Send() 5454// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5455// fmt.Println(resp) 5456// } 5457// 5458// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 5459func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { 5460 op := &request.Operation{ 5461 Name: opDescribeEvents, 5462 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5463 HTTPPath: "/", 5464 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5465 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5466 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5467 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5468 TruncationToken: "", 5469 }, 5470 } 5471 5472 if input == nil { 5473 input = &DescribeEventsInput{} 5474 } 5475 5476 output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} 5477 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5478 return 5479} 5480 5481// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5482// 5483// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, 5484// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular 5485// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group 5486// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past 5487// hour of events are returned. 5488// 5489// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5490// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5491// the error. 5492// 5493// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5494// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. 5495// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 5496func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 5497 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 5498 return out, req.Send() 5499} 5500 5501// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of 5502// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5503// 5504// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation. 5505// 5506// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5507// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5508// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5509// for more information on using Contexts. 5510func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 5511 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 5512 req.SetContext(ctx) 5513 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5514 return out, req.Send() 5515} 5516 5517// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, 5518// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5519// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5520// 5521// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. 5522// 5523// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5524// 5525// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. 5526// pageNum := 0 5527// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, 5528// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5529// pageNum++ 5530// fmt.Println(page) 5531// return pageNum <= 3 5532// }) 5533// 5534func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5535 return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5536} 5537 5538// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except 5539// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5540// 5541// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5542// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5543// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5544// for more information on using Contexts. 5545func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5546 p := request.Pagination{ 5547 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5548 var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput 5549 if input != nil { 5550 tmp := *input 5551 inCpy = &tmp 5552 } 5553 req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy) 5554 req.SetContext(ctx) 5555 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5556 return req, nil 5557 }, 5558 } 5559 5560 cont := true 5561 for p.Next() && cont { 5562 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5563 } 5564 return p.Err() 5565} 5566 5567const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" 5568 5569// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5570// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return 5571// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5572// successfuly. 5573// 5574// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5575// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5576// 5577// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5578// API call, and error handling. 5579// 5580// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5581// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5582// 5583// 5584// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method. 5585// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params) 5586// 5587// err := req.Send() 5588// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5589// fmt.Println(resp) 5590// } 5591// 5592// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5593func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) { 5594 op := &request.Operation{ 5595 Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions, 5596 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5597 HTTPPath: "/", 5598 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5599 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5600 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5601 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5602 TruncationToken: "", 5603 }, 5604 } 5605 5606 if input == nil { 5607 input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{} 5608 } 5609 5610 output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{} 5611 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5612 return 5613} 5614 5615// DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5616// 5617// Describes all available options. 5618// 5619// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5620// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5621// the error. 5622// 5623// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5624// API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. 5625// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5626func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 5627 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 5628 return out, req.Send() 5629} 5630 5631// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroupOptions with the addition of 5632// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5633// 5634// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5635// 5636// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5637// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5638// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5639// for more information on using Contexts. 5640func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 5641 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 5642 req.SetContext(ctx) 5643 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5644 return out, req.Send() 5645} 5646 5647// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation, 5648// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5649// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5650// 5651// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5652// 5653// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5654// 5655// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. 5656// pageNum := 0 5657// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params, 5658// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5659// pageNum++ 5660// fmt.Println(page) 5661// return pageNum <= 3 5662// }) 5663// 5664func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5665 return c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5666} 5667 5668// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages except 5669// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5670// 5671// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5672// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5673// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5674// for more information on using Contexts. 5675func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5676 p := request.Pagination{ 5677 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5678 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput 5679 if input != nil { 5680 tmp := *input 5681 inCpy = &tmp 5682 } 5683 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(inCpy) 5684 req.SetContext(ctx) 5685 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5686 return req, nil 5687 }, 5688 } 5689 5690 cont := true 5691 for p.Next() && cont { 5692 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5693 } 5694 return p.Err() 5695} 5696 5697const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups" 5698 5699// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5700// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return 5701// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5702// successfuly. 5703// 5704// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5705// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5706// 5707// See DescribeOptionGroups for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroups 5708// API call, and error handling. 5709// 5710// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5711// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5712// 5713// 5714// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method. 5715// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params) 5716// 5717// err := req.Send() 5718// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5719// fmt.Println(resp) 5720// } 5721// 5722// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 5723func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) { 5724 op := &request.Operation{ 5725 Name: opDescribeOptionGroups, 5726 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5727 HTTPPath: "/", 5728 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5729 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5730 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5731 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5732 TruncationToken: "", 5733 }, 5734 } 5735 5736 if input == nil { 5737 input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{} 5738 } 5739 5740 output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{} 5741 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5742 return 5743} 5744 5745// DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5746// 5747// Describes the available option groups. 5748// 5749// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5750// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5751// the error. 5752// 5753// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5754// API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. 5755// 5756// Returned Error Codes: 5757// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 5758// The specified option group could not be found. 5759// 5760// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 5761func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 5762 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 5763 return out, req.Send() 5764} 5765 5766// DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroups with the addition of 5767// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5768// 5769// See DescribeOptionGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 5770// 5771// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5772// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5773// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5774// for more information on using Contexts. 5775func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 5776 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 5777 req.SetContext(ctx) 5778 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5779 return out, req.Send() 5780} 5781 5782// DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation, 5783// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5784// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5785// 5786// See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 5787// 5788// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5789// 5790// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation. 5791// pageNum := 0 5792// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params, 5793// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5794// pageNum++ 5795// fmt.Println(page) 5796// return pageNum <= 3 5797// }) 5798// 5799func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5800 return c.DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5801} 5802 5803// DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupsPages except 5804// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5805// 5806// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5807// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5808// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5809// for more information on using Contexts. 5810func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5811 p := request.Pagination{ 5812 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5813 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupsInput 5814 if input != nil { 5815 tmp := *input 5816 inCpy = &tmp 5817 } 5818 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(inCpy) 5819 req.SetContext(ctx) 5820 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5821 return req, nil 5822 }, 5823 } 5824 5825 cont := true 5826 for p.Next() && cont { 5827 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5828 } 5829 return p.Err() 5830} 5831 5832const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" 5833 5834// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5835// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return 5836// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5837// successfuly. 5838// 5839// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5840// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5841// 5842// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5843// API call, and error handling. 5844// 5845// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5846// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5847// 5848// 5849// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. 5850// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) 5851// 5852// err := req.Send() 5853// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5854// fmt.Println(resp) 5855// } 5856// 5857// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5858func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { 5859 op := &request.Operation{ 5860 Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, 5861 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5862 HTTPPath: "/", 5863 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5864 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5865 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5866 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5867 TruncationToken: "", 5868 }, 5869 } 5870 5871 if input == nil { 5872 input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} 5873 } 5874 5875 output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} 5876 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5877 return 5878} 5879 5880// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5881// 5882// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 5883// 5884// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5885// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5886// the error. 5887// 5888// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5889// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. 5890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5891func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 5892 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 5893 return out, req.Send() 5894} 5895 5896// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of 5897// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5898// 5899// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5900// 5901// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5902// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5903// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5904// for more information on using Contexts. 5905func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 5906 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 5907 req.SetContext(ctx) 5908 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5909 return out, req.Send() 5910} 5911 5912// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, 5913// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5914// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5915// 5916// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5917// 5918// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5919// 5920// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. 5921// pageNum := 0 5922// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, 5923// func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5924// pageNum++ 5925// fmt.Println(page) 5926// return pageNum <= 3 5927// }) 5928// 5929func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5930 return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5931} 5932 5933// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except 5934// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5935// 5936// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5937// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5938// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5939// for more information on using Contexts. 5940func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5941 p := request.Pagination{ 5942 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5943 var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 5944 if input != nil { 5945 tmp := *input 5946 inCpy = &tmp 5947 } 5948 req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy) 5949 req.SetContext(ctx) 5950 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5951 return req, nil 5952 }, 5953 } 5954 5955 cont := true 5956 for p.Next() && cont { 5957 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5958 } 5959 return p.Err() 5960} 5961 5962const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" 5963 5964// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5965// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return 5966// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5967// successfuly. 5968// 5969// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5970// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5971// 5972// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 5973// API call, and error handling. 5974// 5975// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5976// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5977// 5978// 5979// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. 5980// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) 5981// 5982// err := req.Send() 5983// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5984// fmt.Println(resp) 5985// } 5986// 5987// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 5988func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { 5989 op := &request.Operation{ 5990 Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, 5991 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5992 HTTPPath: "/", 5993 } 5994 5995 if input == nil { 5996 input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} 5997 } 5998 5999 output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} 6000 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6001 return 6002} 6003 6004// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6005// 6006// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least 6007// one pending maintenance action. 6008// 6009// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6010// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6011// the error. 6012// 6013// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6014// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. 6015// 6016// Returned Error Codes: 6017// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 6018// The specified resource ID was not found. 6019// 6020// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 6021func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 6022 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 6023 return out, req.Send() 6024} 6025 6026// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of 6027// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6028// 6029// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation. 6030// 6031// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6032// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6033// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6034// for more information on using Contexts. 6035func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 6036 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 6037 req.SetContext(ctx) 6038 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6039 return out, req.Send() 6040} 6041 6042const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances" 6043 6044// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6045// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return 6046// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6047// successfuly. 6048// 6049// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6050// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6051// 6052// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstances 6053// API call, and error handling. 6054// 6055// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6056// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6057// 6058// 6059// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method. 6060// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params) 6061// 6062// err := req.Send() 6063// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6064// fmt.Println(resp) 6065// } 6066// 6067// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 6068func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) { 6069 op := &request.Operation{ 6070 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances, 6071 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6072 HTTPPath: "/", 6073 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6074 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6075 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6076 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6077 TruncationToken: "", 6078 }, 6079 } 6080 6081 if input == nil { 6082 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{} 6083 } 6084 6085 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{} 6086 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6087 return 6088} 6089 6090// DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6091// 6092// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about 6093// a specified reserved DB instance. 6094// 6095// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6096// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6097// the error. 6098// 6099// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6100// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. 6101// 6102// Returned Error Codes: 6103// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound" 6104// The specified reserved DB Instance not found. 6105// 6106// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 6107func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 6108 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 6109 return out, req.Send() 6110} 6111 6112// DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstances with the addition of 6113// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6114// 6115// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 6116// 6117// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6118// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6119// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6120// for more information on using Contexts. 6121func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 6122 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 6123 req.SetContext(ctx) 6124 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6125 return out, req.Send() 6126} 6127 6128// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation, 6129// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6130// iterating, return false from the fn function. 6131// 6132// See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 6133// 6134// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6135// 6136// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. 6137// pageNum := 0 6138// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params, 6139// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6140// pageNum++ 6141// fmt.Println(page) 6142// return pageNum <= 3 6143// }) 6144// 6145func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 6146 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6147} 6148 6149// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages except 6150// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6151// 6152// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6153// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6154// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6155// for more information on using Contexts. 6156func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6157 p := request.Pagination{ 6158 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6159 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput 6160 if input != nil { 6161 tmp := *input 6162 inCpy = &tmp 6163 } 6164 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 6165 req.SetContext(ctx) 6166 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6167 return req, nil 6168 }, 6169 } 6170 6171 cont := true 6172 for p.Next() && cont { 6173 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6174 } 6175 return p.Err() 6176} 6177 6178const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" 6179 6180// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6181// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return 6182// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6183// successfuly. 6184// 6185// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6186// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6187// 6188// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6189// API call, and error handling. 6190// 6191// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6192// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6193// 6194// 6195// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method. 6196// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params) 6197// 6198// err := req.Send() 6199// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6200// fmt.Println(resp) 6201// } 6202// 6203// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6204func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) { 6205 op := &request.Operation{ 6206 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings, 6207 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6208 HTTPPath: "/", 6209 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6210 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6211 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6212 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6213 TruncationToken: "", 6214 }, 6215 } 6216 6217 if input == nil { 6218 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{} 6219 } 6220 6221 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{} 6222 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6223 return 6224} 6225 6226// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6227// 6228// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. 6229// 6230// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6231// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6232// the error. 6233// 6234// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6235// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. 6236// 6237// Returned Error Codes: 6238// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 6239// Specified offering does not exist. 6240// 6241// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6242func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 6243 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 6244 return out, req.Send() 6245} 6246 6247// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings with the addition of 6248// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6249// 6250// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 6251// 6252// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6253// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6254// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6255// for more information on using Contexts. 6256func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 6257 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 6258 req.SetContext(ctx) 6259 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6260 return out, req.Send() 6261} 6262 6263// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation, 6264// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6265// iterating, return false from the fn function. 6266// 6267// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 6268// 6269// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6270// 6271// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. 6272// pageNum := 0 6273// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params, 6274// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6275// pageNum++ 6276// fmt.Println(page) 6277// return pageNum <= 3 6278// }) 6279// 6280func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 6281 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6282} 6283 6284// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages except 6285// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6286// 6287// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6288// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6289// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6290// for more information on using Contexts. 6291func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6292 p := request.Pagination{ 6293 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6294 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput 6295 if input != nil { 6296 tmp := *input 6297 inCpy = &tmp 6298 } 6299 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 6300 req.SetContext(ctx) 6301 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6302 return req, nil 6303 }, 6304 } 6305 6306 cont := true 6307 for p.Next() && cont { 6308 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6309 } 6310 return p.Err() 6311} 6312 6313const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions" 6314 6315// DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6316// client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return 6317// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6318// successfuly. 6319// 6320// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6321// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6322// 6323// See DescribeSourceRegions for more information on using the DescribeSourceRegions 6324// API call, and error handling. 6325// 6326// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6327// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6328// 6329// 6330// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method. 6331// req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params) 6332// 6333// err := req.Send() 6334// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6335// fmt.Println(resp) 6336// } 6337// 6338// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 6339func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) { 6340 op := &request.Operation{ 6341 Name: opDescribeSourceRegions, 6342 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6343 HTTPPath: "/", 6344 } 6345 6346 if input == nil { 6347 input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{} 6348 } 6349 6350 output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{} 6351 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6352 return 6353} 6354 6355// DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6356// 6357// Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can 6358// create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports 6359// pagination. 6360// 6361// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6362// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6363// the error. 6364// 6365// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6366// API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. 6367// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 6368func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 6369 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 6370 return out, req.Send() 6371} 6372 6373// DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeSourceRegions with the addition of 6374// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6375// 6376// See DescribeSourceRegions for details on how to use this API operation. 6377// 6378// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6379// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6380// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6381// for more information on using Contexts. 6382func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 6383 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 6384 req.SetContext(ctx) 6385 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6386 return out, req.Send() 6387} 6388 6389const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" 6390 6391// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6392// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return 6393// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6394// successfuly. 6395// 6396// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6397// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6398// 6399// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6400// API call, and error handling. 6401// 6402// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6403// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6404// 6405// 6406// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method. 6407// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params) 6408// 6409// err := req.Send() 6410// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6411// fmt.Println(resp) 6412// } 6413// 6414// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6415func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) { 6416 op := &request.Operation{ 6417 Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications, 6418 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6419 HTTPPath: "/", 6420 } 6421 6422 if input == nil { 6423 input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{} 6424 } 6425 6426 output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{} 6427 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6428 return 6429} 6430 6431// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6432// 6433// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications 6434// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call 6435// ModifyDBInstance. 6436// 6437// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6438// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6439// the error. 6440// 6441// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6442// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information. 6443// 6444// Returned Error Codes: 6445// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6446// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 6447// 6448// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6449// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 6450// 6451// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6452func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 6453 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 6454 return out, req.Send() 6455} 6456 6457// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of 6458// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6459// 6460// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation. 6461// 6462// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6463// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6464// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6465// for more information on using Contexts. 6466func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 6467 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 6468 req.SetContext(ctx) 6469 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6470 return out, req.Send() 6471} 6472 6473const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" 6474 6475// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6476// client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return 6477// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6478// successfuly. 6479// 6480// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6481// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6482// 6483// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for more information on using the DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6484// API call, and error handling. 6485// 6486// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6487// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6488// 6489// 6490// // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method. 6491// req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params) 6492// 6493// err := req.Send() 6494// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6495// fmt.Println(resp) 6496// } 6497// 6498// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6499func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) { 6500 op := &request.Operation{ 6501 Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion, 6502 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6503 HTTPPath: "/", 6504 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6505 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6506 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6507 LimitToken: "NumberOfLines", 6508 TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending", 6509 }, 6510 } 6511 6512 if input == nil { 6513 input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{} 6514 } 6515 6516 output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{} 6517 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6518 return 6519} 6520 6521// DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6522// 6523// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. 6524// 6525// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6526// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6527// the error. 6528// 6529// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6530// API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. 6531// 6532// Returned Error Codes: 6533// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6534// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 6535// 6536// * ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault "DBLogFileNotFoundFault" 6537// LogFileName doesn't refer to an existing DB log file. 6538// 6539// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6540func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 6541 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 6542 return out, req.Send() 6543} 6544 6545// DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext is the same as DownloadDBLogFilePortion with the addition of 6546// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6547// 6548// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for details on how to use this API operation. 6549// 6550// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6551// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6552// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6553// for more information on using Contexts. 6554func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 6555 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 6556 req.SetContext(ctx) 6557 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6558 return out, req.Send() 6559} 6560 6561// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation, 6562// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6563// iterating, return false from the fn function. 6564// 6565// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation. 6566// 6567// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6568// 6569// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. 6570// pageNum := 0 6571// err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params, 6572// func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6573// pageNum++ 6574// fmt.Println(page) 6575// return pageNum <= 3 6576// }) 6577// 6578func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool) error { 6579 return c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6580} 6581 6582// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext same as DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages except 6583// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6584// 6585// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6586// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6587// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6588// for more information on using Contexts. 6589func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6590 p := request.Pagination{ 6591 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6592 var inCpy *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput 6593 if input != nil { 6594 tmp := *input 6595 inCpy = &tmp 6596 } 6597 req, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(inCpy) 6598 req.SetContext(ctx) 6599 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6600 return req, nil 6601 }, 6602 } 6603 6604 cont := true 6605 for p.Next() && cont { 6606 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6607 } 6608 return p.Err() 6609} 6610 6611const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" 6612 6613// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6614// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6615// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6616// successfuly. 6617// 6618// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6619// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6620// 6621// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster 6622// API call, and error handling. 6623// 6624// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6625// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6626// 6627// 6628// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. 6629// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) 6630// 6631// err := req.Send() 6632// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6633// fmt.Println(resp) 6634// } 6635// 6636// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 6637func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { 6638 op := &request.Operation{ 6639 Name: opFailoverDBCluster, 6640 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6641 HTTPPath: "/", 6642 } 6643 6644 if input == nil { 6645 input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} 6646 } 6647 6648 output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} 6649 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6650 return 6651} 6652 6653// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6654// 6655// Forces a failover for a DB cluster. 6656// 6657// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only 6658// instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). 6659// 6660// Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists, 6661// when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to 6662// simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance 6663// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and 6664// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when 6665// the failover is complete. 6666// 6667// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 6668// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6669// 6670// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6671// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6672// the error. 6673// 6674// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6675// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. 6676// 6677// Returned Error Codes: 6678// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6679// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 6680// 6681// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6682// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 6683// 6684// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6685// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 6686// 6687// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 6688func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 6689 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 6690 return out, req.Send() 6691} 6692 6693// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of 6694// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6695// 6696// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 6697// 6698// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6699// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6700// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6701// for more information on using Contexts. 6702func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 6703 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 6704 req.SetContext(ctx) 6705 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6706 return out, req.Send() 6707} 6708 6709const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 6710 6711// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6712// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 6713// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6714// successfuly. 6715// 6716// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6717// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6718// 6719// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 6720// API call, and error handling. 6721// 6722// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6723// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6724// 6725// 6726// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 6727// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 6728// 6729// err := req.Send() 6730// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6731// fmt.Println(resp) 6732// } 6733// 6734// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 6735func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 6736 op := &request.Operation{ 6737 Name: opListTagsForResource, 6738 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6739 HTTPPath: "/", 6740 } 6741 6742 if input == nil { 6743 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 6744 } 6745 6746 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 6747 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6748 return 6749} 6750 6751// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6752// 6753// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. 6754// 6755// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 6756// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 6757// 6758// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6759// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6760// the error. 6761// 6762// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6763// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 6764// 6765// Returned Error Codes: 6766// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6767// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 6768// 6769// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 6770// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 6771// 6772// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6773// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 6774// 6775// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 6776func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 6777 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 6778 return out, req.Send() 6779} 6780 6781// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 6782// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6783// 6784// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 6785// 6786// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6787// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6788// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6789// for more information on using Contexts. 6790func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 6791 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 6792 req.SetContext(ctx) 6793 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6794 return out, req.Send() 6795} 6796 6797const opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity = "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity" 6798 6799// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6800// client's request for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity operation. The "output" return 6801// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6802// successfuly. 6803// 6804// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6805// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6806// 6807// See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for more information on using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 6808// API call, and error handling. 6809// 6810// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6811// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6812// 6813// 6814// // Example sending a request using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest method. 6815// req, resp := client.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(params) 6816// 6817// err := req.Send() 6818// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6819// fmt.Println(resp) 6820// } 6821// 6822// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 6823func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) { 6824 op := &request.Operation{ 6825 Name: opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, 6826 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6827 HTTPPath: "/", 6828 } 6829 6830 if input == nil { 6831 input = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput{} 6832 } 6833 6834 output = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput{} 6835 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6836 return 6837} 6838 6839// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6840// 6841// Set the capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster to a specific value. 6842// 6843// Aurora Serverless scales seamlessly based on the workload on the DB cluster. 6844// In some cases, the capacity might not scale fast enough to meet a sudden 6845// change in workload, such as a large number of new transactions. Call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 6846// to set the capacity explicitly. 6847// 6848// After this call sets the DB cluster capacity, Aurora Serverless can automatically 6849// scale the DB cluster based on the cooldown period for scaling up and the 6850// cooldown period for scaling down. 6851// 6852// For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless 6853// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 6854// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6855// 6856// If you call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the default TimeoutAction, 6857// connections that prevent Aurora Serverless from finding a scaling point might 6858// be dropped. For more information about scaling points, see Autoscaling for 6859// Aurora Serverless (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling) 6860// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6861// 6862// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6863// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6864// the error. 6865// 6866// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6867// API operation ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for usage and error information. 6868// 6869// Returned Error Codes: 6870// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6871// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 6872// 6873// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6874// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 6875// 6876// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterCapacityFault "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault" 6877// Capacity isn't a valid Aurora Serverless DB cluster capacity. Valid capacity 6878// values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. 6879// 6880// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 6881func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) { 6882 req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input) 6883 return out, req.Send() 6884} 6885 6886// ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext is the same as ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the addition of 6887// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6888// 6889// See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for details on how to use this API operation. 6890// 6891// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6892// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6893// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6894// for more information on using Contexts. 6895func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) { 6896 req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input) 6897 req.SetContext(ctx) 6898 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6899 return out, req.Send() 6900} 6901 6902const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" 6903 6904// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6905// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6906// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6907// successfuly. 6908// 6909// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6910// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6911// 6912// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster 6913// API call, and error handling. 6914// 6915// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6916// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6917// 6918// 6919// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. 6920// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) 6921// 6922// err := req.Send() 6923// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6924// fmt.Println(resp) 6925// } 6926// 6927// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 6928func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { 6929 op := &request.Operation{ 6930 Name: opModifyDBCluster, 6931 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6932 HTTPPath: "/", 6933 } 6934 6935 if input == nil { 6936 input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} 6937 } 6938 6939 output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} 6940 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6941 return 6942} 6943 6944// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6945// 6946// Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more 6947// database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the 6948// new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora 6949// on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 6950// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6951// 6952// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6953// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6954// the error. 6955// 6956// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6957// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. 6958// 6959// Returned Error Codes: 6960// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6961// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 6962// 6963// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6964// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 6965// 6966// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 6967// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 6968// available across all DB instances. 6969// 6970// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 6971// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 6972// 6973// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 6974// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 6975// because of users' change. 6976// 6977// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 6978// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 6979// 6980// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 6981// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 6982// are not all in a common VPC. 6983// 6984// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 6985// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 6986// group. 6987// 6988// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 6989// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 6990// 6991// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6992// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 6993// 6994// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 6995// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 6996// 6997// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 6998func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 6999 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 7000 return out, req.Send() 7001} 7002 7003// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of 7004// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7005// 7006// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 7007// 7008// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7009// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7010// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7011// for more information on using Contexts. 7012func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 7013 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 7014 req.SetContext(ctx) 7015 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7016 return out, req.Send() 7017} 7018 7019const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" 7020 7021// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7022// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 7023// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7024// successfuly. 7025// 7026// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7027// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7028// 7029// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 7030// API call, and error handling. 7031// 7032// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7033// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7034// 7035// 7036// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 7037// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 7038// 7039// err := req.Send() 7040// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7041// fmt.Println(resp) 7042// } 7043// 7044// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 7045func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 7046 op := &request.Operation{ 7047 Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, 7048 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7049 HTTPPath: "/", 7050 } 7051 7052 if input == nil { 7053 input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 7054 } 7055 7056 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 7057 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7058 return 7059} 7060 7061// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7062// 7063// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than 7064// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 7065// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 7066// 7067// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 7068// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 7069// 7070// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 7071// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated 7072// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 7073// 7074// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 7075// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 7076// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 7077// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 7078// new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 7079// when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character 7080// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 7081// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 7082// or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster 7083// parameter group has been created or modified. 7084// 7085// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7086// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7087// the error. 7088// 7089// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7090// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 7091// 7092// Returned Error Codes: 7093// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 7094// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 7095// 7096// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 7097// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 7098// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 7099// is in this state. 7100// 7101// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 7102func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7103 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 7104 return out, req.Send() 7105} 7106 7107// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 7108// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7109// 7110// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7111// 7112// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7113// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7114// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7115// for more information on using Contexts. 7116func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7117 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 7118 req.SetContext(ctx) 7119 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7120 return out, req.Send() 7121} 7122 7123const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" 7124 7125// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7126// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 7127// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7128// successfuly. 7129// 7130// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7131// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7132// 7133// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 7134// API call, and error handling. 7135// 7136// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7137// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7138// 7139// 7140// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 7141// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 7142// 7143// err := req.Send() 7144// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7145// fmt.Println(resp) 7146// } 7147// 7148// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 7149func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 7150 op := &request.Operation{ 7151 Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, 7152 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7153 HTTPPath: "/", 7154 } 7155 7156 if input == nil { 7157 input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} 7158 } 7159 7160 output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 7161 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7162 return 7163} 7164 7165// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7166// 7167// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 7168// a manual DB cluster snapshot. 7169// 7170// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore 7171// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 7172// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster 7173// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, 7174// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not 7175// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private 7176// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual 7177// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying 7178// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't 7179// use all as a value for that parameter in this case. 7180// 7181// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster 7182// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use 7183// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. 7184// 7185// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7186// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7187// the error. 7188// 7189// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7190// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 7191// 7192// Returned Error Codes: 7193// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 7194// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 7195// 7196// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 7197// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 7198// 7199// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 7200// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 7201// DB snapshot with. 7202// 7203// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 7204func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7205 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7206 return out, req.Send() 7207} 7208 7209// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 7210// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7211// 7212// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 7213// 7214// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7215// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7216// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7217// for more information on using Contexts. 7218func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7219 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7220 req.SetContext(ctx) 7221 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7222 return out, req.Send() 7223} 7224 7225const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" 7226 7227// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7228// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return 7229// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7230// successfuly. 7231// 7232// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7233// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7234// 7235// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance 7236// API call, and error handling. 7237// 7238// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7239// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7240// 7241// 7242// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. 7243// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) 7244// 7245// err := req.Send() 7246// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7247// fmt.Println(resp) 7248// } 7249// 7250// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 7251func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { 7252 op := &request.Operation{ 7253 Name: opModifyDBInstance, 7254 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7255 HTTPPath: "/", 7256 } 7257 7258 if input == nil { 7259 input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} 7260 } 7261 7262 output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} 7263 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7264 return 7265} 7266 7267// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7268// 7269// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database 7270// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values 7271// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, 7272// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 7273// 7274// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7275// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7276// the error. 7277// 7278// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7279// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. 7280// 7281// Returned Error Codes: 7282// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 7283// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 7284// 7285// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 7286// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 7287// 7288// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 7289// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 7290// 7291// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 7292// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 7293// 7294// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 7295// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 7296// 7297// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 7298// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 7299// 7300// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 7301// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 7302// Zone. 7303// 7304// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 7305// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 7306// available across all DB instances. 7307// 7308// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 7309// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 7310// because of users' change. 7311// 7312// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 7313// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 7314// 7315// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 7316// The specified option group could not be found. 7317// 7318// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" 7319// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on can't be modified. 7320// 7321// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 7322// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 7323// 7324// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 7325// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 7326// specified DB security group. 7327// 7328// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 7329// on your behalf. 7330// 7331// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 7332// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate. 7333// 7334// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 7335// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 7336// 7337// * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 7338// 7339// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 7340func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7341 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 7342 return out, req.Send() 7343} 7344 7345// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of 7346// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7347// 7348// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 7349// 7350// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7351// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7352// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7353// for more information on using Contexts. 7354func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7355 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 7356 req.SetContext(ctx) 7357 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7358 return out, req.Send() 7359} 7360 7361const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" 7362 7363// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7364// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 7365// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7366// successfuly. 7367// 7368// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7369// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7370// 7371// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup 7372// API call, and error handling. 7373// 7374// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7375// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7376// 7377// 7378// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 7379// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 7380// 7381// err := req.Send() 7382// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7383// fmt.Println(resp) 7384// } 7385// 7386// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 7387func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 7388 op := &request.Operation{ 7389 Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, 7390 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7391 HTTPPath: "/", 7392 } 7393 7394 if input == nil { 7395 input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} 7396 } 7397 7398 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 7399 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7400 return 7401} 7402 7403// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7404// 7405// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one 7406// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 7407// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 7408// 7409// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 7410// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated 7411// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 7412// 7413// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 7414// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 7415// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 7416// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 7417// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 7418// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 7419// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 7420// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 7421// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 7422// has been created or modified. 7423// 7424// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7425// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7426// the error. 7427// 7428// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7429// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 7430// 7431// Returned Error Codes: 7432// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 7433// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 7434// 7435// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 7436// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 7437// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 7438// is in this state. 7439// 7440// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 7441func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7442 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 7443 return out, req.Send() 7444} 7445 7446// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 7447// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7448// 7449// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7450// 7451// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7452// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7453// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7454// for more information on using Contexts. 7455func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7456 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 7457 req.SetContext(ctx) 7458 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7459 return out, req.Send() 7460} 7461 7462const opModifyDBSnapshot = "ModifyDBSnapshot" 7463 7464// ModifyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7465// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 7466// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7467// successfuly. 7468// 7469// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7470// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7471// 7472// See ModifyDBSnapshot for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshot 7473// API call, and error handling. 7474// 7475// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7476// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7477// 7478// 7479// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotRequest method. 7480// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 7481// 7482// err := req.Send() 7483// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7484// fmt.Println(resp) 7485// } 7486// 7487// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 7488func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) { 7489 op := &request.Operation{ 7490 Name: opModifyDBSnapshot, 7491 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7492 HTTPPath: "/", 7493 } 7494 7495 if input == nil { 7496 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotInput{} 7497 } 7498 7499 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotOutput{} 7500 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7501 return 7502} 7503 7504// ModifyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7505// 7506// Updates a manual DB snapshot, which can be encrypted or not encrypted, with 7507// a new engine version. 7508// 7509// Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL and Oracle. 7510// 7511// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7512// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7513// the error. 7514// 7515// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7516// API operation ModifyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 7517// 7518// Returned Error Codes: 7519// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7520// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7521// 7522// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 7523func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshot(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 7524 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 7525 return out, req.Send() 7526} 7527 7528// ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshot with the addition of 7529// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7530// 7531// See ModifyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 7532// 7533// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7534// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7535// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7536// for more information on using Contexts. 7537func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 7538 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 7539 req.SetContext(ctx) 7540 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7541 return out, req.Send() 7542} 7543 7544const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute" 7545 7546// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7547// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 7548// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7549// successfuly. 7550// 7551// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7552// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7553// 7554// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7555// API call, and error handling. 7556// 7557// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7558// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7559// 7560// 7561// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 7562// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 7563// 7564// err := req.Send() 7565// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7566// fmt.Println(resp) 7567// } 7568// 7569// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7570func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 7571 op := &request.Operation{ 7572 Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute, 7573 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7574 HTTPPath: "/", 7575 } 7576 7577 if input == nil { 7578 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{} 7579 } 7580 7581 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 7582 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7583 return 7584} 7585 7586// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7587// 7588// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 7589// a manual DB snapshot. 7590// 7591// To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as 7592// the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 7593// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. 7594// Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it 7595// can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for 7596// any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want 7597// available to all AWS accounts. If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it 7598// can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs 7599// for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter 7600// in this case. 7601// 7602// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, 7603// or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7604// API action. 7605// 7606// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7607// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7608// the error. 7609// 7610// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7611// API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 7612// 7613// Returned Error Codes: 7614// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7615// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7616// 7617// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 7618// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 7619// 7620// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 7621// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 7622// DB snapshot with. 7623// 7624// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7625func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7626 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7627 return out, req.Send() 7628} 7629 7630// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 7631// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7632// 7633// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 7634// 7635// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7636// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7637// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7638// for more information on using Contexts. 7639func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7640 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7641 req.SetContext(ctx) 7642 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7643 return out, req.Send() 7644} 7645 7646const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" 7647 7648// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7649// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 7650// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7651// successfuly. 7652// 7653// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7654// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7655// 7656// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7657// API call, and error handling. 7658// 7659// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7660// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7661// 7662// 7663// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 7664// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 7665// 7666// err := req.Send() 7667// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7668// fmt.Println(resp) 7669// } 7670// 7671// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7672func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 7673 op := &request.Operation{ 7674 Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, 7675 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7676 HTTPPath: "/", 7677 } 7678 7679 if input == nil { 7680 input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} 7681 } 7682 7683 output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 7684 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7685 return 7686} 7687 7688// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7689// 7690// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least 7691// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 7692// 7693// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7694// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7695// the error. 7696// 7697// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7698// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 7699// 7700// Returned Error Codes: 7701// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 7702// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 7703// 7704// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 7705// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets 7706// in a DB subnet groups. 7707// 7708// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" 7709// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. 7710// 7711// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 7712// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 7713// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 7714// 7715// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 7716// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 7717// are not all in a common VPC. 7718// 7719// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7720func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 7721 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 7722 return out, req.Send() 7723} 7724 7725// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 7726// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7727// 7728// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7729// 7730// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7731// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7732// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7733// for more information on using Contexts. 7734func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 7735 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 7736 req.SetContext(ctx) 7737 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7738 return out, req.Send() 7739} 7740 7741const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" 7742 7743// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7744// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 7745// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7746// successfuly. 7747// 7748// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7749// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7750// 7751// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription 7752// API call, and error handling. 7753// 7754// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7755// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7756// 7757// 7758// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. 7759// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 7760// 7761// err := req.Send() 7762// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7763// fmt.Println(resp) 7764// } 7765// 7766// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 7767func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { 7768 op := &request.Operation{ 7769 Name: opModifyEventSubscription, 7770 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7771 HTTPPath: "/", 7772 } 7773 7774 if input == nil { 7775 input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} 7776 } 7777 7778 output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} 7779 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7780 return 7781} 7782 7783// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7784// 7785// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you can't 7786// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers 7787// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 7788// calls. 7789// 7790// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the 7791// Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 7792// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 7793// action. 7794// 7795// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7796// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7797// the error. 7798// 7799// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7800// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. 7801// 7802// Returned Error Codes: 7803// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 7804// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 7805// 7806// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 7807// The subscription name does not exist. 7808// 7809// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 7810// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 7811// 7812// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 7813// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 7814// 7815// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 7816// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 7817// 7818// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 7819// The supplied category does not exist. 7820// 7821// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 7822func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 7823 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 7824 return out, req.Send() 7825} 7826 7827// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of 7828// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7829// 7830// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 7831// 7832// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7833// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7834// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7835// for more information on using Contexts. 7836func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 7837 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 7838 req.SetContext(ctx) 7839 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7840 return out, req.Send() 7841} 7842 7843const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup" 7844 7845// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7846// client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 7847// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7848// successfuly. 7849// 7850// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7851// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7852// 7853// See ModifyOptionGroup for more information on using the ModifyOptionGroup 7854// API call, and error handling. 7855// 7856// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7857// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7858// 7859// 7860// // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method. 7861// req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params) 7862// 7863// err := req.Send() 7864// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7865// fmt.Println(resp) 7866// } 7867// 7868// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 7869func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) { 7870 op := &request.Operation{ 7871 Name: opModifyOptionGroup, 7872 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7873 HTTPPath: "/", 7874 } 7875 7876 if input == nil { 7877 input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{} 7878 } 7879 7880 output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{} 7881 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7882 return 7883} 7884 7885// ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7886// 7887// Modifies an existing option group. 7888// 7889// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7890// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7891// the error. 7892// 7893// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7894// API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 7895// 7896// Returned Error Codes: 7897// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 7898// The option group isn't in the available state. 7899// 7900// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 7901// The specified option group could not be found. 7902// 7903// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 7904func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 7905 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 7906 return out, req.Send() 7907} 7908 7909// ModifyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyOptionGroup with the addition of 7910// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7911// 7912// See ModifyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7913// 7914// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7915// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7916// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7917// for more information on using Contexts. 7918func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 7919 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 7920 req.SetContext(ctx) 7921 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7922 return out, req.Send() 7923} 7924 7925const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica" 7926 7927// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7928// client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return 7929// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7930// successfuly. 7931// 7932// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7933// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7934// 7935// See PromoteReadReplica for more information on using the PromoteReadReplica 7936// API call, and error handling. 7937// 7938// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7939// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7940// 7941// 7942// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method. 7943// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params) 7944// 7945// err := req.Send() 7946// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7947// fmt.Println(resp) 7948// } 7949// 7950// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 7951func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) { 7952 op := &request.Operation{ 7953 Name: opPromoteReadReplica, 7954 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7955 HTTPPath: "/", 7956 } 7957 7958 if input == nil { 7959 input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{} 7960 } 7961 7962 output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{} 7963 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7964 return 7965} 7966 7967// PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7968// 7969// Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. 7970// 7971// Backup duration is a function of the amount of changes to the database since 7972// the previous backup. If you plan to promote a Read Replica to a standalone 7973// instance, we recommend that you enable backups and complete at least one 7974// backup prior to promotion. In addition, a Read Replica cannot be promoted 7975// to a standalone instance when it is in the backing-up status. If you have 7976// enabled backups on your Read Replica, configure the automated backup window 7977// so that daily backups do not interfere with Read Replica promotion. 7978// 7979// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 7980// 7981// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7982// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7983// the error. 7984// 7985// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7986// API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. 7987// 7988// Returned Error Codes: 7989// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 7990// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 7991// 7992// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 7993// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 7994// 7995// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 7996func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 7997 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 7998 return out, req.Send() 7999} 8000 8001// PromoteReadReplicaWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplica with the addition of 8002// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8003// 8004// See PromoteReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 8005// 8006// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8007// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8008// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8009// for more information on using Contexts. 8010func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 8011 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 8012 req.SetContext(ctx) 8013 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8014 return out, req.Send() 8015} 8016 8017const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" 8018 8019// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8020// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return 8021// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8022// successfuly. 8023// 8024// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8025// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8026// 8027// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 8028// API call, and error handling. 8029// 8030// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8031// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8032// 8033// 8034// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. 8035// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) 8036// 8037// err := req.Send() 8038// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8039// fmt.Println(resp) 8040// } 8041// 8042// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 8043func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { 8044 op := &request.Operation{ 8045 Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, 8046 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8047 HTTPPath: "/", 8048 } 8049 8050 if input == nil { 8051 input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} 8052 } 8053 8054 output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} 8055 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8056 return 8057} 8058 8059// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8060// 8061// Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. 8062// 8063// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8064// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8065// the error. 8066// 8067// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8068// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. 8069// 8070// Returned Error Codes: 8071// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8072// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 8073// 8074// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8075// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 8076// 8077// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 8078func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 8079 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 8080 return out, req.Send() 8081} 8082 8083// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of 8084// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8085// 8086// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 8087// 8088// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8089// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8090// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8091// for more information on using Contexts. 8092func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 8093 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 8094 req.SetContext(ctx) 8095 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8096 return out, req.Send() 8097} 8098 8099const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" 8100 8101// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8102// client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return 8103// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8104// successfuly. 8105// 8106// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8107// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8108// 8109// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 8110// API call, and error handling. 8111// 8112// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8113// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8114// 8115// 8116// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method. 8117// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params) 8118// 8119// err := req.Send() 8120// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8121// fmt.Println(resp) 8122// } 8123// 8124// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 8125func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) { 8126 op := &request.Operation{ 8127 Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering, 8128 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8129 HTTPPath: "/", 8130 } 8131 8132 if input == nil { 8133 input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{} 8134 } 8135 8136 output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{} 8137 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8138 return 8139} 8140 8141// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8142// 8143// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. 8144// 8145// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8146// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8147// the error. 8148// 8149// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8150// API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. 8151// 8152// Returned Error Codes: 8153// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 8154// Specified offering does not exist. 8155// 8156// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists" 8157// User already has a reservation with the given identifier. 8158// 8159// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded" 8160// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota. 8161// 8162// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 8163func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 8164 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 8165 return out, req.Send() 8166} 8167 8168// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering with the addition of 8169// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8170// 8171// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 8172// 8173// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8174// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8175// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8176// for more information on using Contexts. 8177func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 8178 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 8179 req.SetContext(ctx) 8180 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8181 return out, req.Send() 8182} 8183 8184const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" 8185 8186// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8187// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return 8188// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8189// successfuly. 8190// 8191// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8192// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8193// 8194// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance 8195// API call, and error handling. 8196// 8197// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8198// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8199// 8200// 8201// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. 8202// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) 8203// 8204// err := req.Send() 8205// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8206// fmt.Println(resp) 8207// } 8208// 8209// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 8210func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { 8211 op := &request.Operation{ 8212 Name: opRebootDBInstance, 8213 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8214 HTTPPath: "/", 8215 } 8216 8217 if input == nil { 8218 input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} 8219 } 8220 8221 output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} 8222 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8223 return 8224} 8225 8226// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8227// 8228// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. 8229// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter 8230// group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the 8231// changes to take effect. 8232// 8233// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a 8234// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status 8235// is set to rebooting. 8236// 8237// For more information about rebooting, see Rebooting a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html). 8238// 8239// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8240// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8241// the error. 8242// 8243// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8244// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. 8245// 8246// Returned Error Codes: 8247// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 8248// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 8249// 8250// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 8251// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 8252// 8253// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 8254func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 8255 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 8256 return out, req.Send() 8257} 8258 8259// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of 8260// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8261// 8262// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 8263// 8264// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8265// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8266// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8267// for more information on using Contexts. 8268func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 8269 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 8270 req.SetContext(ctx) 8271 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8272 return out, req.Send() 8273} 8274 8275const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" 8276 8277// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8278// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return 8279// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8280// successfuly. 8281// 8282// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8283// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8284// 8285// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8286// API call, and error handling. 8287// 8288// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8289// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8290// 8291// 8292// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. 8293// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) 8294// 8295// err := req.Send() 8296// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8297// fmt.Println(resp) 8298// } 8299// 8300// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8301func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { 8302 op := &request.Operation{ 8303 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, 8304 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8305 HTTPPath: "/", 8306 } 8307 8308 if input == nil { 8309 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} 8310 } 8311 8312 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} 8313 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8314 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 8315 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 8316 return 8317} 8318 8319// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8320// 8321// Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora 8322// DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access 8323// Other AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). 8324// 8325// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8326// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8327// the error. 8328// 8329// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8330// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. 8331// 8332// Returned Error Codes: 8333// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8334// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 8335// 8336// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound" 8337// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) isn't associated with the 8338// specified DB cluster. 8339// 8340// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8341// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 8342// 8343// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8344func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 8345 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 8346 return out, req.Send() 8347} 8348 8349// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of 8350// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8351// 8352// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 8353// 8354// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8355// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8356// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8357// for more information on using Contexts. 8358func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 8359 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 8360 req.SetContext(ctx) 8361 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8362 return out, req.Send() 8363} 8364 8365const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" 8366 8367// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8368// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return 8369// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8370// successfuly. 8371// 8372// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8373// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8374// 8375// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8376// API call, and error handling. 8377// 8378// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8379// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8380// 8381// 8382// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. 8383// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) 8384// 8385// err := req.Send() 8386// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8387// fmt.Println(resp) 8388// } 8389// 8390// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8391func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { 8392 op := &request.Operation{ 8393 Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, 8394 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8395 HTTPPath: "/", 8396 } 8397 8398 if input == nil { 8399 input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} 8400 } 8401 8402 output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} 8403 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8404 return 8405} 8406 8407// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8408// 8409// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. 8410// 8411// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8412// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8413// the error. 8414// 8415// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8416// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. 8417// 8418// Returned Error Codes: 8419// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 8420// The subscription name does not exist. 8421// 8422// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 8423// The requested source could not be found. 8424// 8425// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8426func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 8427 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 8428 return out, req.Send() 8429} 8430 8431// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of 8432// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8433// 8434// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 8435// 8436// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8437// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8438// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8439// for more information on using Contexts. 8440func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 8441 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 8442 req.SetContext(ctx) 8443 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8444 return out, req.Send() 8445} 8446 8447const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 8448 8449// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8450// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 8451// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8452// successfuly. 8453// 8454// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8455// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8456// 8457// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 8458// API call, and error handling. 8459// 8460// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8461// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8462// 8463// 8464// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 8465// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 8466// 8467// err := req.Send() 8468// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8469// fmt.Println(resp) 8470// } 8471// 8472// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 8473func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 8474 op := &request.Operation{ 8475 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 8476 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8477 HTTPPath: "/", 8478 } 8479 8480 if input == nil { 8481 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 8482 } 8483 8484 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 8485 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8486 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 8487 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 8488 return 8489} 8490 8491// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8492// 8493// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. 8494// 8495// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 8496// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 8497// 8498// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8499// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8500// the error. 8501// 8502// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8503// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 8504// 8505// Returned Error Codes: 8506// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 8507// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 8508// 8509// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 8510// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 8511// 8512// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8513// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 8514// 8515// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 8516func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 8517 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 8518 return out, req.Send() 8519} 8520 8521// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 8522// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8523// 8524// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 8525// 8526// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8527// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8528// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8529// for more information on using Contexts. 8530func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 8531 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 8532 req.SetContext(ctx) 8533 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8534 return out, req.Send() 8535} 8536 8537const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" 8538 8539// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8540// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 8541// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8542// successfuly. 8543// 8544// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8545// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8546// 8547// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8548// API call, and error handling. 8549// 8550// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8551// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8552// 8553// 8554// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 8555// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 8556// 8557// err := req.Send() 8558// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8559// fmt.Println(resp) 8560// } 8561// 8562// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8563func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 8564 op := &request.Operation{ 8565 Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, 8566 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8567 HTTPPath: "/", 8568 } 8569 8570 if input == nil { 8571 input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 8572 } 8573 8574 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 8575 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8576 return 8577} 8578 8579// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8580// 8581// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. 8582// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName 8583// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify 8584// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. 8585// 8586// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately 8587// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next 8588// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance 8589// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static 8590// parameter to apply to. 8591// 8592// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 8593// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8594// 8595// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8596// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8597// the error. 8598// 8599// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8600// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 8601// 8602// Returned Error Codes: 8603// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 8604// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 8605// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 8606// is in this state. 8607// 8608// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 8609// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 8610// 8611// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8612func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8613 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 8614 return out, req.Send() 8615} 8616 8617// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 8618// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8619// 8620// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 8621// 8622// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8623// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8624// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8625// for more information on using Contexts. 8626func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8627 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 8628 req.SetContext(ctx) 8629 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8630 return out, req.Send() 8631} 8632 8633const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" 8634 8635// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8636// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 8637// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8638// successfuly. 8639// 8640// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8641// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8642// 8643// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup 8644// API call, and error handling. 8645// 8646// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8647// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8648// 8649// 8650// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. 8651// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 8652// 8653// err := req.Send() 8654// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8655// fmt.Println(resp) 8656// } 8657// 8658// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 8659func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 8660 op := &request.Operation{ 8661 Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, 8662 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8663 HTTPPath: "/", 8664 } 8665 8666 if input == nil { 8667 input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} 8668 } 8669 8670 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 8671 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8672 return 8673} 8674 8675// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8676// 8677// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default 8678// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName 8679// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup 8680// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, 8681// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set 8682// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance 8683// request. 8684// 8685// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8686// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8687// the error. 8688// 8689// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8690// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 8691// 8692// Returned Error Codes: 8693// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 8694// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 8695// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 8696// is in this state. 8697// 8698// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 8699// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 8700// 8701// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 8702func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8703 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 8704 return out, req.Send() 8705} 8706 8707// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of 8708// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8709// 8710// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 8711// 8712// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8713// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8714// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8715// for more information on using Contexts. 8716func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8717 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 8718 req.SetContext(ctx) 8719 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8720 return out, req.Send() 8721} 8722 8723const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3" 8724 8725// RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8726// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return 8727// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8728// successfuly. 8729// 8730// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8731// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8732// 8733// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8734// API call, and error handling. 8735// 8736// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8737// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8738// 8739// 8740// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method. 8741// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params) 8742// 8743// err := req.Send() 8744// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8745// fmt.Println(resp) 8746// } 8747// 8748// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8749func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) { 8750 op := &request.Operation{ 8751 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3, 8752 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8753 HTTPPath: "/", 8754 } 8755 8756 if input == nil { 8757 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{} 8758 } 8759 8760 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{} 8761 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8762 return 8763} 8764 8765// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8766// 8767// Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. 8768// Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data 8769// must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating 8770// Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.html#Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.S3). 8771// 8772// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8773// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8774// the error. 8775// 8776// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8777// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. 8778// 8779// Returned Error Codes: 8780// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 8781// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 8782// 8783// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 8784// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 8785// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 8786// 8787// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8788// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 8789// available across all DB instances. 8790// 8791// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8792// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8793// 8794// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8795// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 8796// because of users' change. 8797// 8798// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8799// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 8800// 8801// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 8802// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 8803// 8804// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8805// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8806// are not all in a common VPC. 8807// 8808// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 8809// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized 8810// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and 8811// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 8812// 8813// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 8814// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 8815// group. 8816// 8817// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8818// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 8819// 8820// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8821// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 8822// 8823// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 8824// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 8825// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 8826// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 8827// 8828// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8829func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 8830 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 8831 return out, req.Send() 8832} 8833 8834// RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromS3 with the addition of 8835// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8836// 8837// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 8838// 8839// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8840// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8841// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8842// for more information on using Contexts. 8843func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 8844 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 8845 req.SetContext(ctx) 8846 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8847 return out, req.Send() 8848} 8849 8850const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" 8851 8852// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8853// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 8854// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8855// successfuly. 8856// 8857// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8858// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8859// 8860// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8861// API call, and error handling. 8862// 8863// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8864// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8865// 8866// 8867// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. 8868// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) 8869// 8870// err := req.Send() 8871// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8872// fmt.Println(resp) 8873// } 8874// 8875// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8876func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { 8877 op := &request.Operation{ 8878 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, 8879 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8880 HTTPPath: "/", 8881 } 8882 8883 if input == nil { 8884 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} 8885 } 8886 8887 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} 8888 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8889 return 8890} 8891 8892// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8893// 8894// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 8895// 8896// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the 8897// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group. 8898// 8899// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from 8900// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original 8901// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default 8902// security group. 8903// 8904// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 8905// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8906// 8907// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8908// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8909// the error. 8910// 8911// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8912// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 8913// 8914// Returned Error Codes: 8915// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 8916// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 8917// 8918// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 8919// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 8920// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 8921// 8922// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8923// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 8924// available across all DB instances. 8925// 8926// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8927// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8928// 8929// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 8930// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 8931// 8932// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 8933// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 8934// 8935// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 8936// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation. 8937// 8938// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 8939// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 8940// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 8941// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 8942// 8943// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 8944// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 8945// 8946// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 8947// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 8948// 8949// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8950// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 8951// available across all DB instances. 8952// 8953// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8954// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 8955// because of users' change. 8956// 8957// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 8958// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 8959// 8960// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8961// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8962// 8963// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8964// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8965// are not all in a common VPC. 8966// 8967// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 8968// The specified option group could not be found. 8969// 8970// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8971// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 8972// 8973// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 8974// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 8975// group. 8976// 8977// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8978func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 8979 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 8980 return out, req.Send() 8981} 8982 8983// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of 8984// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8985// 8986// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 8987// 8988// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8989// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8990// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8991// for more information on using Contexts. 8992func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 8993 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 8994 req.SetContext(ctx) 8995 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8996 return out, req.Send() 8997} 8998 8999const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" 9000 9001// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9002// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 9003// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9004// successfuly. 9005// 9006// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9007// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9008// 9009// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 9010// API call, and error handling. 9011// 9012// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9013// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9014// 9015// 9016// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. 9017// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) 9018// 9019// err := req.Send() 9020// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9021// fmt.Println(resp) 9022// } 9023// 9024// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 9025func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { 9026 op := &request.Operation{ 9027 Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, 9028 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9029 HTTPPath: "/", 9030 } 9031 9032 if input == nil { 9033 input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} 9034 } 9035 9036 output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} 9037 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9038 return 9039} 9040 9041// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9042// 9043// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to 9044// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod 9045// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the 9046// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster 9047// is created with the default DB security group. 9048// 9049// This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 9050// cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 9051// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 9052// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 9053// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is 9054// available. 9055// 9056// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 9057// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 9058// 9059// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9060// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9061// the error. 9062// 9063// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9064// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. 9065// 9066// Returned Error Codes: 9067// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 9068// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 9069// 9070// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 9071// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 9072// 9073// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 9074// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 9075// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 9076// 9077// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 9078// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 9079// 9080// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9081// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9082// 9083// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 9084// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation. 9085// 9086// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 9087// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 9088// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 9089// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 9090// 9091// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 9092// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 9093// 9094// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 9095// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 9096// 9097// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 9098// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 9099// 9100// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 9101// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 9102// 9103// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9104// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9105// are not all in a common VPC. 9106// 9107// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9108// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 9109// because of users' change. 9110// 9111// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9112// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 9113// 9114// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9115// The specified option group could not be found. 9116// 9117// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9118// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 9119// available across all DB instances. 9120// 9121// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 9122// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 9123// group. 9124// 9125// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 9126func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9127 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9128 return out, req.Send() 9129} 9130 9131// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of 9132// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9133// 9134// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 9135// 9136// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9137// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9138// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9139// for more information on using Contexts. 9140func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9141 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9142 req.SetContext(ctx) 9143 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9144 return out, req.Send() 9145} 9146 9147const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" 9148 9149// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9150// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 9151// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9152// successfuly. 9153// 9154// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9155// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9156// 9157// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 9158// API call, and error handling. 9159// 9160// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9161// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9162// 9163// 9164// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method. 9165// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params) 9166// 9167// err := req.Send() 9168// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9169// fmt.Println(resp) 9170// } 9171// 9172// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 9173func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) { 9174 op := &request.Operation{ 9175 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, 9176 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9177 HTTPPath: "/", 9178 } 9179 9180 if input == nil { 9181 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{} 9182 } 9183 9184 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{} 9185 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9186 return 9187} 9188 9189// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9190// 9191// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created 9192// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration 9193// with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, 9194// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the 9195// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated 9196// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment 9197// and not a single-AZ deployment. 9198// 9199// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored 9200// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 9201// action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have 9202// renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can 9203// pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in 9204// the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that 9205// you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from 9206// the snapshot. 9207// 9208// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 9209// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 9210// 9211// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, 9212// use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot. 9213// 9214// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9215// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9216// the error. 9217// 9218// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9219// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 9220// 9221// Returned Error Codes: 9222// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 9223// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 9224// 9225// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 9226// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 9227// 9228// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 9229// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 9230// 9231// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9232// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 9233// Zone. 9234// 9235// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 9236// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 9237// 9238// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9239// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 9240// available across all DB instances. 9241// 9242// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9243// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 9244// because of users' change. 9245// 9246// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 9247// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 9248// 9249// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9250// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9251// 9252// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9253// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9254// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9255// 9256// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9257// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9258// are not all in a common VPC. 9259// 9260// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 9261// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 9262// 9263// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9264// The specified option group could not be found. 9265// 9266// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 9267// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 9268// 9269// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9270// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 9271// specified DB security group. 9272// 9273// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 9274// on your behalf. 9275// 9276// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9277// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 9278// 9279// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9280// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 9281// 9282// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 9283// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 9284// 9285// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 9286// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 9287// 9288// * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 9289// 9290// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 9291func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 9292 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 9293 return out, req.Send() 9294} 9295 9296// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot with the addition of 9297// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9298// 9299// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 9300// 9301// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9302// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9303// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9304// for more information on using Contexts. 9305func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 9306 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 9307 req.SetContext(ctx) 9308 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9309 return out, req.Send() 9310} 9311 9312const opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3" 9313 9314// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9315// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 operation. The "output" return 9316// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9317// successfuly. 9318// 9319// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9320// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9321// 9322// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9323// API call, and error handling. 9324// 9325// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9326// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9327// 9328// 9329// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request method. 9330// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params) 9331// 9332// err := req.Send() 9333// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9334// fmt.Println(resp) 9335// } 9336// 9337// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9338func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) { 9339 op := &request.Operation{ 9340 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3, 9341 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9342 HTTPPath: "/", 9343 } 9344 9345 if input == nil { 9346 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input{} 9347 } 9348 9349 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output{} 9350 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9351 return 9352} 9353 9354// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9355// 9356// Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL 9357// databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises 9358// database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then 9359// restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. 9360// For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance 9361// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html). 9362// 9363// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9364// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9365// the error. 9366// 9367// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9368// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for usage and error information. 9369// 9370// Returned Error Codes: 9371// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 9372// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 9373// 9374// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9375// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 9376// Zone. 9377// 9378// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 9379// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 9380// 9381// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9382// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 9383// 9384// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 9385// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 9386// 9387// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9388// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 9389// available across all DB instances. 9390// 9391// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9392// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9393// 9394// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9395// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9396// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9397// 9398// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9399// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9400// are not all in a common VPC. 9401// 9402// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9403// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 9404// because of users' change. 9405// 9406// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 9407// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized 9408// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and 9409// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 9410// 9411// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 9412// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 9413// 9414// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9415// The specified option group could not be found. 9416// 9417// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 9418// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 9419// 9420// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9421// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 9422// specified DB security group. 9423// 9424// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 9425// on your behalf. 9426// 9427// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9428// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 9429// 9430// * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 9431// 9432// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9433func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 9434 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 9435 return out, req.Send() 9436} 9437 9438// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 with the addition of 9439// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9440// 9441// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 9442// 9443// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9444// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9445// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9446// for more information on using Contexts. 9447func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 9448 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 9449 req.SetContext(ctx) 9450 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9451 return out, req.Send() 9452} 9453 9454const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" 9455 9456// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9457// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 9458// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9459// successfuly. 9460// 9461// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9462// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9463// 9464// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9465// API call, and error handling. 9466// 9467// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9468// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9469// 9470// 9471// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method. 9472// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params) 9473// 9474// err := req.Send() 9475// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9476// fmt.Println(resp) 9477// } 9478// 9479// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9480func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) { 9481 op := &request.Operation{ 9482 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, 9483 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9484 HTTPPath: "/", 9485 } 9486 9487 if input == nil { 9488 input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{} 9489 } 9490 9491 output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{} 9492 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9493 return 9494} 9495 9496// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9497// 9498// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to 9499// any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime 9500// property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by 9501// the BackupRetentionPeriod property. 9502// 9503// The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but 9504// in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group, 9505// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, 9506// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the 9507// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated 9508// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment 9509// and not a single-AZ deployment. 9510// 9511// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, 9512// use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime. 9513// 9514// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9515// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9516// the error. 9517// 9518// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9519// API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. 9520// 9521// Returned Error Codes: 9522// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 9523// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 9524// 9525// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9526// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 9527// 9528// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 9529// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 9530// 9531// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9532// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 9533// Zone. 9534// 9535// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9536// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 9537// 9538// * ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled" 9539// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod 9540// equal to 0. 9541// 9542// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9543// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 9544// available across all DB instances. 9545// 9546// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9547// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 9548// because of users' change. 9549// 9550// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 9551// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 9552// 9553// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9554// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9555// 9556// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9557// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9558// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9559// 9560// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9561// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9562// are not all in a common VPC. 9563// 9564// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 9565// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 9566// 9567// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9568// The specified option group could not be found. 9569// 9570// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 9571// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 9572// 9573// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9574// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 9575// specified DB security group. 9576// 9577// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 9578// on your behalf. 9579// 9580// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9581// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 9582// 9583// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9584// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 9585// 9586// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 9587// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 9588// 9589// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 9590// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 9591// 9592// * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 9593// 9594// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9595func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9596 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9597 return out, req.Send() 9598} 9599 9600// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime with the addition of 9601// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9602// 9603// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 9604// 9605// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9606// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9607// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9608// for more information on using Contexts. 9609func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9610 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9611 req.SetContext(ctx) 9612 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9613 return out, req.Send() 9614} 9615 9616const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 9617 9618// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9619// client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 9620// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9621// successfuly. 9622// 9623// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9624// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9625// 9626// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9627// API call, and error handling. 9628// 9629// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9630// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9631// 9632// 9633// // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 9634// req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 9635// 9636// err := req.Send() 9637// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9638// fmt.Println(resp) 9639// } 9640// 9641// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9642func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 9643 op := &request.Operation{ 9644 Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 9645 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9646 HTTPPath: "/", 9647 } 9648 9649 if input == nil { 9650 input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 9651 } 9652 9653 output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 9654 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9655 return 9656} 9657 9658// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9659// 9660// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges 9661// or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of 9662// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 9663// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). 9664// 9665// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9666// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9667// the error. 9668// 9669// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9670// API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 9671// 9672// Returned Error Codes: 9673// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9674// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 9675// 9676// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9677// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 9678// specified DB security group. 9679// 9680// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 9681// on your behalf. 9682// 9683// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 9684// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 9685// 9686// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9687func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 9688 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 9689 return out, req.Send() 9690} 9691 9692// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 9693// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9694// 9695// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 9696// 9697// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9698// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9699// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9700// for more information on using Contexts. 9701func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 9702 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 9703 req.SetContext(ctx) 9704 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9705 return out, req.Send() 9706} 9707 9708const opStartDBInstance = "StartDBInstance" 9709 9710// StartDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9711// client's request for the StartDBInstance operation. The "output" return 9712// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9713// successfuly. 9714// 9715// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9716// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9717// 9718// See StartDBInstance for more information on using the StartDBInstance 9719// API call, and error handling. 9720// 9721// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9722// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9723// 9724// 9725// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceRequest method. 9726// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params) 9727// 9728// err := req.Send() 9729// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9730// fmt.Println(resp) 9731// } 9732// 9733// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 9734func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceOutput) { 9735 op := &request.Operation{ 9736 Name: opStartDBInstance, 9737 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9738 HTTPPath: "/", 9739 } 9740 9741 if input == nil { 9742 input = &StartDBInstanceInput{} 9743 } 9744 9745 output = &StartDBInstanceOutput{} 9746 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9747 return 9748} 9749 9750// StartDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9751// 9752// Starts a DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance 9753// AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action. For more information, see 9754// Stopping and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide. 9755// 9756// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 9757// 9758// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9759// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9760// the error. 9761// 9762// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9763// API operation StartDBInstance for usage and error information. 9764// 9765// Returned Error Codes: 9766// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9767// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 9768// 9769// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9770// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 9771// 9772// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9773// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 9774// Zone. 9775// 9776// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9777// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9778// 9779// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9780// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9781// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9782// 9783// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 9784// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 9785// 9786// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9787// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9788// are not all in a common VPC. 9789// 9790// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9791// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 9792// because of users' change. 9793// 9794// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 9795// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 9796// 9797// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9798// The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the 9799// specified DB security group. 9800// 9801// RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions 9802// on your behalf. 9803// 9804// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9805// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. 9806// 9807// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 9808func (c *RDS) StartDBInstance(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9809 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 9810 return out, req.Send() 9811} 9812 9813// StartDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StartDBInstance with the addition of 9814// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9815// 9816// See StartDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 9817// 9818// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9819// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9820// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9821// for more information on using Contexts. 9822func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9823 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 9824 req.SetContext(ctx) 9825 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9826 return out, req.Send() 9827} 9828 9829const opStopDBInstance = "StopDBInstance" 9830 9831// StopDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9832// client's request for the StopDBInstance operation. The "output" return 9833// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9834// successfuly. 9835// 9836// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9837// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9838// 9839// See StopDBInstance for more information on using the StopDBInstance 9840// API call, and error handling. 9841// 9842// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9843// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9844// 9845// 9846// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceRequest method. 9847// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params) 9848// 9849// err := req.Send() 9850// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9851// fmt.Println(resp) 9852// } 9853// 9854// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 9855func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceOutput) { 9856 op := &request.Operation{ 9857 Name: opStopDBInstance, 9858 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9859 HTTPPath: "/", 9860 } 9861 9862 if input == nil { 9863 input = &StopDBInstanceInput{} 9864 } 9865 9866 output = &StopDBInstanceOutput{} 9867 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9868 return 9869} 9870 9871// StopDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9872// 9873// Stops a DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the 9874// DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option 9875// group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can 9876// do a point-in-time restore if necessary. For more information, see Stopping 9877// and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide. 9878// 9879// This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 9880// 9881// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9882// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9883// the error. 9884// 9885// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9886// API operation StopDBInstance for usage and error information. 9887// 9888// Returned Error Codes: 9889// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9890// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 9891// 9892// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9893// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state. 9894// 9895// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 9896// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 9897// 9898// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 9899// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 9900// 9901// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 9902// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. 9903// 9904// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 9905func (c *RDS) StopDBInstance(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9906 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 9907 return out, req.Send() 9908} 9909 9910// StopDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StopDBInstance with the addition of 9911// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9912// 9913// See StopDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 9914// 9915// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9916// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9917// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9918// for more information on using Contexts. 9919func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9920 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 9921 req.SetContext(ctx) 9922 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9923 return out, req.Send() 9924} 9925 9926// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances 9927// allowed. 9928type AccountQuota struct { 9929 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9930 9931 // The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. 9932 AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"` 9933 9934 // The maximum allowed value for the quota. 9935 Max *int64 `type:"long"` 9936 9937 // The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. 9938 Used *int64 `type:"long"` 9939} 9940 9941// String returns the string representation 9942func (s AccountQuota) String() string { 9943 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9944} 9945 9946// GoString returns the string representation 9947func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string { 9948 return s.String() 9949} 9950 9951// SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value. 9952func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota { 9953 s.AccountQuotaName = &v 9954 return s 9955} 9956 9957// SetMax sets the Max field's value. 9958func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota { 9959 s.Max = &v 9960 return s 9961} 9962 9963// SetUsed sets the Used field's value. 9964func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota { 9965 s.Used = &v 9966 return s 9967} 9968 9969type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { 9970 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9971 9972 // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. 9973 // 9974 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 9975 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9976 9977 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora 9978 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 9979 // 9980 // RoleArn is a required field 9981 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9982} 9983 9984// String returns the string representation 9985func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { 9986 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9987} 9988 9989// GoString returns the string representation 9990func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 9991 return s.String() 9992} 9993 9994// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9995func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 9996 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} 9997 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 9998 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 9999 } 10000 if s.RoleArn == nil { 10001 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 10002 } 10003 10004 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10005 return invalidParams 10006 } 10007 return nil 10008} 10009 10010// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 10011func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 10012 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 10013 return s 10014} 10015 10016// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 10017func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 10018 s.RoleArn = &v 10019 return s 10020} 10021 10022type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { 10023 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10024} 10025 10026// String returns the string representation 10027func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { 10028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10029} 10030 10031// GoString returns the string representation 10032func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 10033 return s.String() 10034} 10035 10036type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { 10037 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10038 10039 // The identifier of the event source to be added. 10040 // 10041 // Constraints: 10042 // 10043 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 10044 // be supplied. 10045 // 10046 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 10047 // be supplied. 10048 // 10049 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 10050 // be supplied. 10051 // 10052 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 10053 // supplied. 10054 // 10055 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 10056 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10057 10058 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source 10059 // identifier to. 10060 // 10061 // SubscriptionName is a required field 10062 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10063} 10064 10065// String returns the string representation 10066func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { 10067 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10068} 10069 10070// GoString returns the string representation 10071func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 10072 return s.String() 10073} 10074 10075// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10076func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 10077 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} 10078 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 10079 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 10080 } 10081 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 10082 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 10083 } 10084 10085 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10086 return invalidParams 10087 } 10088 return nil 10089} 10090 10091// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 10092func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 10093 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 10094 return s 10095} 10096 10097// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 10098func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 10099 s.SubscriptionName = &v 10100 return s 10101} 10102 10103type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { 10104 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10105 10106 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 10107 // action. 10108 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 10109} 10110 10111// String returns the string representation 10112func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 10113 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10114} 10115 10116// GoString returns the string representation 10117func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 10118 return s.String() 10119} 10120 10121// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 10122func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { 10123 s.EventSubscription = v 10124 return s 10125} 10126 10127type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 10128 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10129 10130 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon 10131 // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 10132 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10133 // 10134 // ResourceName is a required field 10135 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10136 10137 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. 10138 // 10139 // Tags is a required field 10140 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` 10141} 10142 10143// String returns the string representation 10144func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 10145 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10146} 10147 10148// GoString returns the string representation 10149func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 10150 return s.String() 10151} 10152 10153// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10154func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 10155 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 10156 if s.ResourceName == nil { 10157 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 10158 } 10159 if s.Tags == nil { 10160 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 10161 } 10162 10163 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10164 return invalidParams 10165 } 10166 return nil 10167} 10168 10169// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 10170func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 10171 s.ResourceName = &v 10172 return s 10173} 10174 10175// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10176func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 10177 s.Tags = v 10178 return s 10179} 10180 10181type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 10182 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10183} 10184 10185// String returns the string representation 10186func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 10187 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10188} 10189 10190// GoString returns the string representation 10191func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 10192 return s.String() 10193} 10194 10195type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { 10196 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10197 10198 // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. 10199 // 10200 // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade 10201 // 10202 // ApplyAction is a required field 10203 ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10204 10205 // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. 10206 // An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. 10207 // 10208 // Valid values: 10209 // 10210 // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 10211 // 10212 // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance 10213 // window for the resource. 10214 // 10215 // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. 10216 // 10217 // OptInType is a required field 10218 OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10219 10220 // The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance 10221 // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 10222 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10223 // 10224 // ResourceIdentifier is a required field 10225 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10226} 10227 10228// String returns the string representation 10229func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { 10230 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10231} 10232 10233// GoString returns the string representation 10234func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { 10235 return s.String() 10236} 10237 10238// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10239func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { 10240 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} 10241 if s.ApplyAction == nil { 10242 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) 10243 } 10244 if s.OptInType == nil { 10245 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) 10246 } 10247 if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { 10248 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) 10249 } 10250 10251 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10252 return invalidParams 10253 } 10254 return nil 10255} 10256 10257// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. 10258func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 10259 s.ApplyAction = &v 10260 return s 10261} 10262 10263// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. 10264func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 10265 s.OptInType = &v 10266 return s 10267} 10268 10269// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 10270func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 10271 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 10272 return s 10273} 10274 10275type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { 10276 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10277 10278 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 10279 ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` 10280} 10281 10282// String returns the string representation 10283func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { 10284 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10285} 10286 10287// GoString returns the string representation 10288func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { 10289 return s.String() 10290} 10291 10292// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 10293func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { 10294 s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v 10295 return s 10296} 10297 10298type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 10299 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10300 10301 // The IP range to authorize. 10302 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 10303 10304 // The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. 10305 // 10306 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 10307 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10308 10309 // Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId 10310 // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 10311 // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 10312 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 10313 10314 // Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, 10315 // EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and 10316 // either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 10317 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10318 10319 // AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the 10320 // EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable 10321 // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, 10322 // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId 10323 // must be provided. 10324 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 10325} 10326 10327// String returns the string representation 10328func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 10329 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10330} 10331 10332// GoString returns the string representation 10333func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 10334 return s.String() 10335} 10336 10337// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10338func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 10339 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 10340 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 10341 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 10342 } 10343 10344 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10345 return invalidParams 10346 } 10347 return nil 10348} 10349 10350// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 10351func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10352 s.CIDRIP = &v 10353 return s 10354} 10355 10356// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 10357func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10358 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 10359 return s 10360} 10361 10362// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 10363func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10364 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 10365 return s 10366} 10367 10368// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 10369func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10370 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 10371 return s 10372} 10373 10374// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 10375func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10376 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 10377 return s 10378} 10379 10380type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 10381 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10382 10383 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 10384 // 10385 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 10386 // action. 10387 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 10388} 10389 10390// String returns the string representation 10391func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 10392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10393} 10394 10395// GoString returns the string representation 10396func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 10397 return s.String() 10398} 10399 10400// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 10401func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 10402 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 10403 return s 10404} 10405 10406// Contains Availability Zone information. 10407// 10408// This data type is used as an element in the following data type: 10409// 10410// * OrderableDBInstanceOption 10411type AvailabilityZone struct { 10412 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10413 10414 // The name of the Availability Zone. 10415 Name *string `type:"string"` 10416} 10417 10418// String returns the string representation 10419func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { 10420 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10421} 10422 10423// GoString returns the string representation 10424func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 10425 return s.String() 10426} 10427 10428// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10429func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { 10430 s.Name = &v 10431 return s 10432} 10433 10434// Contains the available processor feature information for the DB instance 10435// class of a DB instance. 10436// 10437// For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class 10438// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) 10439// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 10440type AvailableProcessorFeature struct { 10441 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10442 10443 // The allowed values for the processor feature of the DB instance class. 10444 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 10445 10446 // The default value for the processor feature of the DB instance class. 10447 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 10448 10449 // The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore. 10450 Name *string `type:"string"` 10451} 10452 10453// String returns the string representation 10454func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) String() string { 10455 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10456} 10457 10458// GoString returns the string representation 10459func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) GoString() string { 10460 return s.String() 10461} 10462 10463// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 10464func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetAllowedValues(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 10465 s.AllowedValues = &v 10466 return s 10467} 10468 10469// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 10470func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetDefaultValue(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 10471 s.DefaultValue = &v 10472 return s 10473} 10474 10475// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10476func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 10477 s.Name = &v 10478 return s 10479} 10480 10481type BacktrackDBClusterInput struct { 10482 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10483 10484 // The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO 10485 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the ISO8601 Wikipedia 10486 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 10487 // 10488 // If the specified time is not a consistent time for the DB cluster, Aurora 10489 // automatically chooses the nearest possible consistent time for the DB cluster. 10490 // 10491 // Constraints: 10492 // 10493 // * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp. 10494 // 10495 // * Cannot contain a timestamp set in the future. 10496 // 10497 // Example: 2017-07-08T18:00Z 10498 // 10499 // BacktrackTo is a required field 10500 BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` 10501 10502 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter 10503 // is stored as a lowercase string. 10504 // 10505 // Constraints: 10506 // 10507 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. 10508 // 10509 // * First character must be a letter. 10510 // 10511 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 10512 // 10513 // Example: my-cluster1 10514 // 10515 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 10516 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10517 10518 // A value that, if specified, forces the DB cluster to backtrack when binary 10519 // logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging is enabled. 10520 Force *bool `type:"boolean"` 10521 10522 // If BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack 10523 // time, this value backtracks the DB cluster to the earliest possible backtrack 10524 // time. Otherwise, an error occurs. 10525 UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable *bool `type:"boolean"` 10526} 10527 10528// String returns the string representation 10529func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) String() string { 10530 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10531} 10532 10533// GoString returns the string representation 10534func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 10535 return s.String() 10536} 10537 10538// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10539func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 10540 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BacktrackDBClusterInput"} 10541 if s.BacktrackTo == nil { 10542 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BacktrackTo")) 10543 } 10544 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 10545 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 10546 } 10547 10548 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10549 return invalidParams 10550 } 10551 return nil 10552} 10553 10554// SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value. 10555func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 10556 s.BacktrackTo = &v 10557 return s 10558} 10559 10560// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 10561func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 10562 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 10563 return s 10564} 10565 10566// SetForce sets the Force field's value. 10567func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetForce(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 10568 s.Force = &v 10569 return s 10570} 10571 10572// SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable sets the UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable field's value. 10573func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 10574 s.UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = &v 10575 return s 10576} 10577 10578// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 10579// action. 10580type BacktrackDBClusterOutput struct { 10581 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10582 10583 // Contains the backtrack identifier. 10584 BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10585 10586 // The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested. 10587 BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10588 10589 // The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked. 10590 BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10591 10592 // The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked. 10593 BacktrackedFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10594 10595 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 10596 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 10597 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10598 10599 // The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values: 10600 // 10601 // * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back 10602 // from the DB cluster. 10603 // 10604 // * completed - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled 10605 // back from the DB cluster. 10606 // 10607 // * failed - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled 10608 // back from the DB cluster. 10609 // 10610 // * pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback 10611 // from the DB cluster. 10612 Status *string `type:"string"` 10613} 10614 10615// String returns the string representation 10616func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) String() string { 10617 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10618} 10619 10620// GoString returns the string representation 10621func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 10622 return s.String() 10623} 10624 10625// SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value. 10626func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10627 s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v 10628 return s 10629} 10630 10631// SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime sets the BacktrackRequestCreationTime field's value. 10632func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10633 s.BacktrackRequestCreationTime = &v 10634 return s 10635} 10636 10637// SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value. 10638func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10639 s.BacktrackTo = &v 10640 return s 10641} 10642 10643// SetBacktrackedFrom sets the BacktrackedFrom field's value. 10644func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackedFrom(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10645 s.BacktrackedFrom = &v 10646 return s 10647} 10648 10649// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 10650func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10651 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 10652 return s 10653} 10654 10655// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 10656func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetStatus(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 10657 s.Status = &v 10658 return s 10659} 10660 10661// A CA certificate for an AWS account. 10662type Certificate struct { 10663 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10664 10665 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. 10666 CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` 10667 10668 // The unique key that identifies a certificate. 10669 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10670 10671 // The type of the certificate. 10672 CertificateType *string `type:"string"` 10673 10674 // The thumbprint of the certificate. 10675 Thumbprint *string `type:"string"` 10676 10677 // The starting date from which the certificate is valid. 10678 ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10679 10680 // The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. 10681 ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10682} 10683 10684// String returns the string representation 10685func (s Certificate) String() string { 10686 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10687} 10688 10689// GoString returns the string representation 10690func (s Certificate) GoString() string { 10691 return s.String() 10692} 10693 10694// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value. 10695func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate { 10696 s.CertificateArn = &v 10697 return s 10698} 10699 10700// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 10701func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate { 10702 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 10703 return s 10704} 10705 10706// SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value. 10707func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate { 10708 s.CertificateType = &v 10709 return s 10710} 10711 10712// SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value. 10713func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate { 10714 s.Thumbprint = &v 10715 return s 10716} 10717 10718// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value. 10719func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate { 10720 s.ValidFrom = &v 10721 return s 10722} 10723 10724// SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value. 10725func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate { 10726 s.ValidTill = &v 10727 return s 10728} 10729 10730// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 10731type CharacterSet struct { 10732 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10733 10734 // The description of the character set. 10735 CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` 10736 10737 // The name of the character set. 10738 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 10739} 10740 10741// String returns the string representation 10742func (s CharacterSet) String() string { 10743 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10744} 10745 10746// GoString returns the string representation 10747func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { 10748 return s.String() 10749} 10750 10751// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. 10752func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { 10753 s.CharacterSetDescription = &v 10754 return s 10755} 10756 10757// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 10758func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { 10759 s.CharacterSetName = &v 10760 return s 10761} 10762 10763// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 10764// Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 10765// 10766// The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be 10767// exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. The values within these arrays 10768// depend on the DB engine being used. For more information, see Publishing 10769// Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 10770// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 10771type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct { 10772 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10773 10774 // The list of log types to disable. 10775 DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 10776 10777 // The list of log types to enable. 10778 EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 10779} 10780 10781// String returns the string representation 10782func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string { 10783 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10784} 10785 10786// GoString returns the string representation 10787func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string { 10788 return s.String() 10789} 10790 10791// SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value. 10792func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 10793 s.DisableLogTypes = v 10794 return s 10795} 10796 10797// SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value. 10798func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 10799 s.EnableLogTypes = v 10800 return s 10801} 10802 10803type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 10804 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10805 10806 // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter 10807 // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon 10808 // Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10809 // 10810 // Constraints: 10811 // 10812 // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. 10813 // 10814 // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as 10815 // the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, 10816 // or a valid ARN. 10817 // 10818 // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the 10819 // copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. 10820 // 10821 // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10822 SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10823 10824 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10825 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10826 10827 // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 10828 // 10829 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field 10830 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10831 10832 // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 10833 // 10834 // Constraints: 10835 // 10836 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 10837 // 10838 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 10839 // 10840 // * First character must be a letter 10841 // 10842 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10843 // 10844 // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 10845 // 10846 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10847 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10848} 10849 10850// String returns the string representation 10851func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 10852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10853} 10854 10855// GoString returns the string representation 10856func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 10857 return s.String() 10858} 10859 10860// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10861func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 10862 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 10863 if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10864 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10865 } 10866 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { 10867 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) 10868 } 10869 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10870 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10871 } 10872 10873 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10874 return invalidParams 10875 } 10876 return nil 10877} 10878 10879// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10880func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10881 s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10882 return s 10883} 10884 10885// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10886func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10887 s.Tags = v 10888 return s 10889} 10890 10891// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. 10892func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10893 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v 10894 return s 10895} 10896 10897// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10898func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10899 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10900 return s 10901} 10902 10903type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 10904 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10905 10906 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 10907 // 10908 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 10909 // action. 10910 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 10911} 10912 10913// String returns the string representation 10914func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 10915 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10916} 10917 10918// GoString returns the string representation 10919func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10920 return s.String() 10921} 10922 10923// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 10924func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 10925 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 10926 return s 10927} 10928 10929type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 10930 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10931 10932 // True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB 10933 // cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. 10934 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 10935 10936 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 10937 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 10938 10939 // The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key 10940 // ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key 10941 // alias for the KMS encryption key. 10942 // 10943 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can 10944 // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 10945 // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster 10946 // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. 10947 // 10948 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another 10949 // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. 10950 // 10951 // To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must 10952 // set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the 10953 // DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are 10954 // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption 10955 // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 10956 // 10957 // If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the 10958 // KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned. 10959 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 10960 10961 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 10962 // API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot 10963 // to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted 10964 // DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. 10965 // 10966 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSClusterSnapshot 10967 // API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the 10968 // encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must 10969 // contain the following parameter values: 10970 // 10971 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 10972 // the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This 10973 // is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that 10974 // is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the 10975 // pre-signed URL. 10976 // 10977 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot 10978 // will be created in. 10979 // 10980 // * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 10981 // for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 10982 // be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. 10983 // For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from 10984 // the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 10985 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 10986 // 10987 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 10988 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 10989 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 10990 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 10991 10992 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not 10993 // case-sensitive. 10994 // 10995 // You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region 10996 // to another. 10997 // 10998 // Constraints: 10999 // 11000 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 11001 // 11002 // * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify 11003 // a valid DB snapshot identifier. 11004 // 11005 // * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify 11006 // a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying 11007 // a DB Snapshot or DB Cluster Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html). 11008 // 11009 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 11010 // 11011 // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11012 SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11013 11014 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 11015 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 11016 // have the same region as the source ARN. 11017 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 11018 11019 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11020 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11021 11022 // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB 11023 // cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 11024 // 11025 // Constraints: 11026 // 11027 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11028 // 11029 // * First character must be a letter. 11030 // 11031 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 11032 // 11033 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 11034 // 11035 // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11036 TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11037} 11038 11039// String returns the string representation 11040func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 11041 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11042} 11043 11044// GoString returns the string representation 11045func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 11046 return s.String() 11047} 11048 11049// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11050func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 11051 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 11052 if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11053 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 11054 } 11055 if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11056 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 11057 } 11058 11059 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11060 return invalidParams 11061 } 11062 return nil 11063} 11064 11065// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 11066func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11067 s.CopyTags = &v 11068 return s 11069} 11070 11071// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 11072func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11073 s.DestinationRegion = &v 11074 return s 11075} 11076 11077// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 11078func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11079 s.KmsKeyId = &v 11080 return s 11081} 11082 11083// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 11084func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11085 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 11086 return s 11087} 11088 11089// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11090func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11091 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11092 return s 11093} 11094 11095// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 11096func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11097 s.SourceRegion = &v 11098 return s 11099} 11100 11101// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11102func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11103 s.Tags = v 11104 return s 11105} 11106 11107// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11108func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11109 s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11110 return s 11111} 11112 11113type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 11114 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11115 11116 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 11117 // 11118 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 11119 // action. 11120 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 11121} 11122 11123// String returns the string representation 11124func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 11125 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11126} 11127 11128// GoString returns the string representation 11129func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 11130 return s.String() 11131} 11132 11133// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 11134func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 11135 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 11136 return s 11137} 11138 11139type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 11140 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11141 11142 // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information 11143 // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) 11144 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 11145 // 11146 // Constraints: 11147 // 11148 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. 11149 // 11150 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, 11151 // or a valid ARN. 11152 // 11153 // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 11154 SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11155 11156 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11157 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11158 11159 // A description for the copied DB parameter group. 11160 // 11161 // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field 11162 TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11163 11164 // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. 11165 // 11166 // Constraints: 11167 // 11168 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 11169 // 11170 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 11171 // 11172 // * First character must be a letter 11173 // 11174 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11175 // 11176 // Example: my-db-parameter-group 11177 // 11178 // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 11179 TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11180} 11181 11182// String returns the string representation 11183func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 11184 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11185} 11186 11187// GoString returns the string representation 11188func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 11189 return s.String() 11190} 11191 11192// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11193func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 11194 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} 11195 if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 11196 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 11197 } 11198 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { 11199 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) 11200 } 11201 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 11202 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 11203 } 11204 11205 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11206 return invalidParams 11207 } 11208 return nil 11209} 11210 11211// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 11212func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 11213 s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 11214 return s 11215} 11216 11217// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11218func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 11219 s.Tags = v 11220 return s 11221} 11222 11223// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. 11224func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 11225 s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v 11226 return s 11227} 11228 11229// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 11230func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 11231 s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 11232 return s 11233} 11234 11235type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 11236 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11237 11238 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 11239 // 11240 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 11241 // action. 11242 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 11243} 11244 11245// String returns the string representation 11246func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 11247 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11248} 11249 11250// GoString returns the string representation 11251func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11252 return s.String() 11253} 11254 11255// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 11256func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { 11257 s.DBParameterGroup = v 11258 return s 11259} 11260 11261type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { 11262 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11263 11264 // True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot, 11265 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 11266 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 11267 11268 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 11269 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 11270 11271 // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon 11272 // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS 11273 // encryption key. 11274 // 11275 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify 11276 // a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 11277 // key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the 11278 // DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. 11279 // 11280 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, 11281 // then you must specify a value for this parameter. 11282 // 11283 // If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the 11284 // copy is encrypted. 11285 // 11286 // If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must 11287 // specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are 11288 // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption 11289 // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 11290 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 11291 11292 // The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. 11293 // 11294 // Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to 11295 // another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source 11296 // DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL 11297 // Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For 11298 // more information, see Option Group Considerations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options). 11299 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11300 11301 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot 11302 // API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot 11303 // to copy. 11304 // 11305 // You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from 11306 // another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the --source-region 11307 // option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from 11308 // another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. 11309 // 11310 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action 11311 // that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted 11312 // DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following 11313 // parameter values: 11314 // 11315 // * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is 11316 // copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the CopyDBSnapshot action 11317 // is called that contains this presigned URL. 11318 // 11319 // For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS 11320 // Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the CopyDBSnapshot action 11321 // in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains 11322 // a call to the CopyDBSnapshot action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this 11323 // example, the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must be set to the 11324 // us-east-1 AWS Region. 11325 // 11326 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 11327 // the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the 11328 // same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the 11329 // destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. 11330 // 11331 // 11332 // * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted 11333 // snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 11334 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying 11335 // an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier 11336 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115. 11337 // 11338 // 11339 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 11340 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 11341 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 11342 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 11343 11344 // The identifier for the source DB snapshot. 11345 // 11346 // If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid 11347 // DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 11348 // 11349 // If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify 11350 // a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 11351 // 11352 // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must 11353 // be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot. 11354 // 11355 // If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN 11356 // format for the source AWS Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier 11357 // in the PreSignedUrl parameter. 11358 // 11359 // Constraints: 11360 // 11361 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 11362 // 11363 // Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 11364 // 11365 // Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805 11366 // 11367 // SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11368 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11369 11370 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 11371 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 11372 // have the same region as the source ARN. 11373 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 11374 11375 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11376 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11377 11378 // The identifier for the copy of the snapshot. 11379 // 11380 // Constraints: 11381 // 11382 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 11383 // 11384 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 11385 // 11386 // * First character must be a letter 11387 // 11388 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11389 // 11390 // Example: my-db-snapshot 11391 // 11392 // TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11393 TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11394} 11395 11396// String returns the string representation 11397func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 11398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11399} 11400 11401// GoString returns the string representation 11402func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 11403 return s.String() 11404} 11405 11406// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11407func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 11408 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"} 11409 if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11410 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 11411 } 11412 if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11413 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 11414 } 11415 11416 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11417 return invalidParams 11418 } 11419 return nil 11420} 11421 11422// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 11423func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11424 s.CopyTags = &v 11425 return s 11426} 11427 11428// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 11429func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11430 s.DestinationRegion = &v 11431 return s 11432} 11433 11434// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 11435func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11436 s.KmsKeyId = &v 11437 return s 11438} 11439 11440// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 11441func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11442 s.OptionGroupName = &v 11443 return s 11444} 11445 11446// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 11447func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11448 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 11449 return s 11450} 11451 11452// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11453func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11454 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11455 return s 11456} 11457 11458// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 11459func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11460 s.SourceRegion = &v 11461 return s 11462} 11463 11464// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11465func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11466 s.Tags = v 11467 return s 11468} 11469 11470// SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11471func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 11472 s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11473 return s 11474} 11475 11476type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 11477 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11478 11479 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 11480 // 11481 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 11482 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 11483} 11484 11485// String returns the string representation 11486func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 11487 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11488} 11489 11490// GoString returns the string representation 11491func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 11492 return s.String() 11493} 11494 11495// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 11496func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput { 11497 s.DBSnapshot = v 11498 return s 11499} 11500 11501type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { 11502 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11503 11504 // The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about 11505 // creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 11506 // 11507 // Constraints: 11508 // 11509 // * Must specify a valid option group. 11510 // 11511 // * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify 11512 // a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid 11513 // ARN. 11514 // 11515 // * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, 11516 // specify a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options. 11517 // 11518 // SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 11519 SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11520 11521 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11522 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11523 11524 // The description for the copied option group. 11525 // 11526 // TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field 11527 TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11528 11529 // The identifier for the copied option group. 11530 // 11531 // Constraints: 11532 // 11533 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 11534 // 11535 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 11536 // 11537 // * First character must be a letter 11538 // 11539 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11540 // 11541 // Example: my-option-group 11542 // 11543 // TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 11544 TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11545} 11546 11547// String returns the string representation 11548func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 11549 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11550} 11551 11552// GoString returns the string representation 11553func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 11554 return s.String() 11555} 11556 11557// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11558func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 11559 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"} 11560 if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 11561 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier")) 11562 } 11563 if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil { 11564 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription")) 11565 } 11566 if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 11567 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier")) 11568 } 11569 11570 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11571 return invalidParams 11572 } 11573 return nil 11574} 11575 11576// SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 11577func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11578 s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 11579 return s 11580} 11581 11582// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11583func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11584 s.Tags = v 11585 return s 11586} 11587 11588// SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value. 11589func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11590 s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v 11591 return s 11592} 11593 11594// SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 11595func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11596 s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 11597 return s 11598} 11599 11600type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct { 11601 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11602 11603 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 11604} 11605 11606// String returns the string representation 11607func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 11608 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11609} 11610 11611// GoString returns the string representation 11612func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11613 return s.String() 11614} 11615 11616// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 11617func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput { 11618 s.OptionGroup = v 11619 return s 11620} 11621 11622type CreateDBClusterInput struct { 11623 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11624 11625 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be 11626 // created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions 11627 // and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 11628 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 11629 11630 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 11631 // value to 0. 11632 // 11633 // Default: 0 11634 // 11635 // Constraints: 11636 // 11637 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 11638 // hours). 11639 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 11640 11641 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 11642 // a minimum value of 1. 11643 // 11644 // Default: 1 11645 // 11646 // Constraints: 11647 // 11648 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 11649 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 11650 11651 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 11652 // specified CharacterSet. 11653 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 11654 11655 // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 11656 // 11657 // Constraints: 11658 // 11659 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11660 // 11661 // * First character must be a letter. 11662 // 11663 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 11664 // 11665 // Example: my-cluster1 11666 // 11667 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 11668 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11669 11670 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 11671 // If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. 11672 // 11673 // Constraints: 11674 // 11675 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11676 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11677 11678 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. 11679 // 11680 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 11681 // default. 11682 // 11683 // Example: mySubnetgroup 11684 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11685 11686 // The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do 11687 // not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster 11688 // you are creating. 11689 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 11690 11691 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 11692 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 11693 11694 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 11695 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 11696 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 11697 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 11698 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 11699 11700 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 11701 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 11702 // 11703 // Default: false 11704 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 11705 11706 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 11707 // 11708 // Valid Values: aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), aurora-mysql (for 11709 // MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and aurora-postgresql 11710 // 11711 // Engine is a required field 11712 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11713 11714 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless. 11715 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 11716 11717 // The version number of the database engine to use. 11718 // 11719 // Aurora MySQL 11720 // 11721 // Example: 5.6.10a, 5.7.12 11722 // 11723 // Aurora PostgreSQL 11724 // 11725 // Example: 9.6.3 11726 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 11727 11728 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 11729 // 11730 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 11731 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 11732 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 11733 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 11734 // 11735 // If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: 11736 // 11737 // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then 11738 // Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, 11739 // Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. 11740 // 11741 // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier 11742 // is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. 11743 // 11744 // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS 11745 // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 11746 // 11747 // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, 11748 // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS 11749 // Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. 11750 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 11751 11752 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 11753 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 11754 // 11755 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 11756 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 11757 11758 // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. 11759 // 11760 // Constraints: 11761 // 11762 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 11763 // 11764 // * First character must be a letter. 11765 // 11766 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 11767 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 11768 11769 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 11770 // specified option group. 11771 // 11772 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 11773 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 11774 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11775 11776 // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. 11777 // 11778 // Default: 3306 if engine is set as aurora or 5432 if set to aurora-postgresql. 11779 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 11780 11781 // A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster 11782 // action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated 11783 // from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region 11784 // replication from an encrypted DB cluster. 11785 // 11786 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action 11787 // that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted 11788 // DB cluster to be copied. 11789 // 11790 // The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: 11791 // 11792 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 11793 // the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should 11794 // refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster action that is 11795 // called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the 11796 // pre-signed URL. 11797 // 11798 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica 11799 // will be created in. 11800 // 11801 // * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted 11802 // DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 11803 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying 11804 // an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier 11805 // would look like Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1. 11806 // 11807 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 11808 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 11809 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 11810 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 11811 11812 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 11813 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 11814 // 11815 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 11816 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 11817 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 11818 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 11819 // 11820 // Constraints: 11821 // 11822 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 11823 // 11824 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 11825 // 11826 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 11827 // 11828 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 11829 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 11830 11831 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 11832 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 11833 // 11834 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 11835 // 11836 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 11837 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 11838 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 11839 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 11840 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 11841 // 11842 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 11843 // 11844 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 11845 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 11846 11847 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if 11848 // this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. 11849 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11850 11851 // For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the 11852 // DB cluster. 11853 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 11854 11855 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 11856 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 11857 // have the same region as the source ARN. 11858 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 11859 11860 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 11861 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 11862 11863 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11864 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11865 11866 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. 11867 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 11868} 11869 11870// String returns the string representation 11871func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { 11872 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11873} 11874 11875// GoString returns the string representation 11876func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 11877 return s.String() 11878} 11879 11880// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11881func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 11882 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} 11883 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 11884 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 11885 } 11886 if s.Engine == nil { 11887 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 11888 } 11889 11890 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11891 return invalidParams 11892 } 11893 return nil 11894} 11895 11896// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 11897func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11898 s.AvailabilityZones = v 11899 return s 11900} 11901 11902// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 11903func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11904 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 11905 return s 11906} 11907 11908// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 11909func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11910 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 11911 return s 11912} 11913 11914// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 11915func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11916 s.CharacterSetName = &v 11917 return s 11918} 11919 11920// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11921func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11922 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11923 return s 11924} 11925 11926// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11927func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11928 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11929 return s 11930} 11931 11932// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 11933func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11934 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 11935 return s 11936} 11937 11938// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 11939func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11940 s.DatabaseName = &v 11941 return s 11942} 11943 11944// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 11945func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11946 s.DestinationRegion = &v 11947 return s 11948} 11949 11950// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 11951func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11952 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 11953 return s 11954} 11955 11956// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 11957func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11958 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 11959 return s 11960} 11961 11962// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 11963func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11964 s.Engine = &v 11965 return s 11966} 11967 11968// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 11969func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11970 s.EngineMode = &v 11971 return s 11972} 11973 11974// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 11975func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11976 s.EngineVersion = &v 11977 return s 11978} 11979 11980// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 11981func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11982 s.KmsKeyId = &v 11983 return s 11984} 11985 11986// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 11987func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11988 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 11989 return s 11990} 11991 11992// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 11993func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11994 s.MasterUsername = &v 11995 return s 11996} 11997 11998// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 11999func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12000 s.OptionGroupName = &v 12001 return s 12002} 12003 12004// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 12005func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12006 s.Port = &v 12007 return s 12008} 12009 12010// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 12011func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12012 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 12013 return s 12014} 12015 12016// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 12017func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12018 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 12019 return s 12020} 12021 12022// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 12023func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12024 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 12025 return s 12026} 12027 12028// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 12029func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12030 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 12031 return s 12032} 12033 12034// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 12035func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12036 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 12037 return s 12038} 12039 12040// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 12041func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12042 s.SourceRegion = &v 12043 return s 12044} 12045 12046// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 12047func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12048 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 12049 return s 12050} 12051 12052// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 12053func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12054 s.Tags = v 12055 return s 12056} 12057 12058// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 12059func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 12060 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 12061 return s 12062} 12063 12064type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { 12065 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12066 12067 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 12068 // 12069 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 12070 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 12071} 12072 12073// String returns the string representation 12074func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { 12075 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12076} 12077 12078// GoString returns the string representation 12079func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 12080 return s.String() 12081} 12082 12083// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 12084func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { 12085 s.DBCluster = v 12086 return s 12087} 12088 12089type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 12090 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12091 12092 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 12093 // 12094 // Constraints: 12095 // 12096 // * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 12097 // 12098 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 12099 // 12100 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 12101 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12102 12103 // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group 12104 // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, 12105 // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine 12106 // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. 12107 // 12108 // Aurora MySQL 12109 // 12110 // Example: aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7 12111 // 12112 // Aurora PostgreSQL 12113 // 12114 // Example: aurora-postgresql9.6 12115 // 12116 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 12117 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12118 12119 // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. 12120 // 12121 // Description is a required field 12122 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12123 12124 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 12125 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 12126} 12127 12128// String returns the string representation 12129func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 12130 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12131} 12132 12133// GoString returns the string representation 12134func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 12135 return s.String() 12136} 12137 12138// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12139func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 12140 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 12141 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 12142 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 12143 } 12144 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 12145 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 12146 } 12147 if s.Description == nil { 12148 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 12149 } 12150 12151 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12152 return invalidParams 12153 } 12154 return nil 12155} 12156 12157// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 12158func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 12159 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 12160 return s 12161} 12162 12163// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 12164func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 12165 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 12166 return s 12167} 12168 12169// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 12170func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 12171 s.Description = &v 12172 return s 12173} 12174 12175// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 12176func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 12177 s.Tags = v 12178 return s 12179} 12180 12181type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 12182 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12183 12184 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 12185 // 12186 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 12187 // action. 12188 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 12189} 12190 12191// String returns the string representation 12192func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 12193 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12194} 12195 12196// GoString returns the string representation 12197func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 12198 return s.String() 12199} 12200 12201// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 12202func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 12203 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 12204 return s 12205} 12206 12207type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 12208 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12209 12210 // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter 12211 // is not case-sensitive. 12212 // 12213 // Constraints: 12214 // 12215 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 12216 // 12217 // Example: my-cluster1 12218 // 12219 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 12220 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12221 12222 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a 12223 // lowercase string. 12224 // 12225 // Constraints: 12226 // 12227 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 12228 // 12229 // * First character must be a letter. 12230 // 12231 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 12232 // 12233 // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 12234 // 12235 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 12236 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12237 12238 // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. 12239 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 12240} 12241 12242// String returns the string representation 12243func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 12244 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12245} 12246 12247// GoString returns the string representation 12248func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 12249 return s.String() 12250} 12251 12252// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12253func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 12254 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 12255 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 12256 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 12257 } 12258 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 12259 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 12260 } 12261 12262 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12263 return invalidParams 12264 } 12265 return nil 12266} 12267 12268// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 12269func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 12270 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 12271 return s 12272} 12273 12274// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 12275func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 12276 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 12277 return s 12278} 12279 12280// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 12281func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 12282 s.Tags = v 12283 return s 12284} 12285 12286type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 12287 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12288 12289 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 12290 // 12291 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 12292 // action. 12293 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 12294} 12295 12296// String returns the string representation 12297func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 12298 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12299} 12300 12301// GoString returns the string representation 12302func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 12303 return s.String() 12304} 12305 12306// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 12307func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 12308 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 12309 return s 12310} 12311 12312type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { 12313 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12314 12315 // The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 12316 // 12317 // Type: Integer 12318 // 12319 // Amazon Aurora 12320 // 12321 // Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of 12322 // data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space 12323 // that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. 12324 // 12325 // MySQL 12326 // 12327 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 12328 // 12329 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 12330 // 12331 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 12332 // 12333 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 12334 // 12335 // MariaDB 12336 // 12337 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 12338 // 12339 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 12340 // 12341 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 12342 // 12343 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 12344 // 12345 // PostgreSQL 12346 // 12347 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 12348 // 12349 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 12350 // 12351 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 12352 // 12353 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 12354 // 12355 // Oracle 12356 // 12357 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 12358 // 12359 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 12360 // 12361 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 12362 // 12363 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. 12364 // 12365 // SQL Server 12366 // 12367 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 12368 // 12369 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): 12370 // 12371 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. 12372 // 12373 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 12374 // 12375 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): 12376 // 12377 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. 12378 // 12379 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 12380 // 12381 // * Magnetic storage (standard): 12382 // 12383 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. 12384 // 12385 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. 12386 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 12387 12388 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 12389 // instance during the maintenance window. 12390 // 12391 // Default: true 12392 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 12393 12394 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information 12395 // on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones 12396 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 12397 // 12398 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 12399 // Region. 12400 // 12401 // Example: us-east-1d 12402 // 12403 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 12404 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 12405 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 12406 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 12407 12408 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 12409 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 12410 // 0 disables automated backups. 12411 // 12412 // Amazon Aurora 12413 // 12414 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 12415 // the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12416 // 12417 // Default: 1 12418 // 12419 // Constraints: 12420 // 12421 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 12422 // 12423 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 12424 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 12425 12426 // For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated 12427 // with the specified CharacterSet. 12428 // 12429 // Amazon Aurora 12430 // 12431 // Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more 12432 // information, see CreateDBCluster. 12433 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 12434 12435 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 12436 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 12437 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 12438 12439 // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. 12440 // 12441 // For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. 12442 // 12443 // Type: String 12444 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12445 12446 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 12447 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 12448 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 12449 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 12450 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12451 // 12452 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 12453 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12454 12455 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 12456 // 12457 // Constraints: 12458 // 12459 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 12460 // 12461 // * First character must be a letter. 12462 // 12463 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 12464 // 12465 // Example: mydbinstance 12466 // 12467 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 12468 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12469 12470 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 12471 // use. 12472 // 12473 // Type: String 12474 // 12475 // MySQL 12476 // 12477 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 12478 // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 12479 // 12480 // Constraints: 12481 // 12482 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 12483 // 12484 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 12485 // 12486 // MariaDB 12487 // 12488 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 12489 // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 12490 // 12491 // Constraints: 12492 // 12493 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 12494 // 12495 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 12496 // 12497 // PostgreSQL 12498 // 12499 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 12500 // parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in 12501 // the DB instance. 12502 // 12503 // Constraints: 12504 // 12505 // * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. 12506 // 12507 // * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can 12508 // be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). 12509 // 12510 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 12511 // 12512 // Oracle 12513 // 12514 // The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null, 12515 // the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any 12516 // other reserved word, for DBName. 12517 // 12518 // Default: ORCL 12519 // 12520 // Constraints: 12521 // 12522 // * Cannot be longer than 8 characters 12523 // 12524 // SQL Server 12525 // 12526 // Not applicable. Must be null. 12527 // 12528 // Amazon Aurora 12529 // 12530 // The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster 12531 // is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in 12532 // the DB instance. 12533 // 12534 // Constraints: 12535 // 12536 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 12537 // 12538 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 12539 DBName *string `type:"string"` 12540 12541 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 12542 // this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified 12543 // engine is used. 12544 // 12545 // Constraints: 12546 // 12547 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 12548 // 12549 // * First character must be a letter 12550 // 12551 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 12552 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12553 12554 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 12555 // 12556 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 12557 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 12558 12559 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 12560 // 12561 // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. 12562 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12563 12564 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. 12565 Domain *string `type:"string"` 12566 12567 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 12568 // Directory Service. 12569 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 12570 12571 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 12572 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 12573 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 12574 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 12575 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 12576 12577 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 12578 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 12579 // 12580 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: 12581 // 12582 // Amazon Aurora 12583 // 12584 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 12585 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12586 // 12587 // MySQL 12588 // 12589 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 12590 // 12591 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 12592 // 12593 // Default: false 12594 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 12595 12596 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 12597 // 12598 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 12599 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 12600 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 12601 12602 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 12603 // 12604 // Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. 12605 // 12606 // Valid Values: 12607 // 12608 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 12609 // 12610 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 12611 // 12612 // * aurora-postgresql 12613 // 12614 // * mariadb 12615 // 12616 // * mysql 12617 // 12618 // * oracle-ee 12619 // 12620 // * oracle-se2 12621 // 12622 // * oracle-se1 12623 // 12624 // * oracle-se 12625 // 12626 // * postgres 12627 // 12628 // * sqlserver-ee 12629 // 12630 // * sqlserver-se 12631 // 12632 // * sqlserver-ex 12633 // 12634 // * sqlserver-web 12635 // 12636 // Engine is a required field 12637 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12638 12639 // The version number of the database engine to use. 12640 // 12641 // For a list of valid engine versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 12642 // 12643 // The following are the database engines and links to information about the 12644 // major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database 12645 // engine is available for every AWS Region. 12646 // 12647 // Amazon Aurora 12648 // 12649 // Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the 12650 // DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12651 // 12652 // MariaDB 12653 // 12654 // See MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) 12655 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12656 // 12657 // Microsoft SQL Server 12658 // 12659 // See Version and Feature Support on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport) 12660 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12661 // 12662 // MySQL 12663 // 12664 // See MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) 12665 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12666 // 12667 // Oracle 12668 // 12669 // See Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) 12670 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12671 // 12672 // PostgreSQL 12673 // 12674 // See Supported PostgreSQL Database Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts.General.DBVersions) 12675 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12676 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 12677 12678 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 12679 // initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops 12680 // values, see see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance 12681 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 12682 // 12683 // Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for 12684 // the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if 12685 // the size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your Iops value can be 2000, 12686 // 3000, 4000, or 5000. 12687 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 12688 12689 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 12690 // 12691 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 12692 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 12693 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 12694 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 12695 // 12696 // Amazon Aurora 12697 // 12698 // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For 12699 // more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12700 // 12701 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 12702 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 12703 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 12704 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 12705 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12706 12707 // License model information for this DB instance. 12708 // 12709 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 12710 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 12711 12712 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 12713 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 12714 // 12715 // Amazon Aurora 12716 // 12717 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 12718 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12719 // 12720 // MariaDB 12721 // 12722 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 12723 // 12724 // Microsoft SQL Server 12725 // 12726 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 12727 // 12728 // MySQL 12729 // 12730 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 12731 // 12732 // Oracle 12733 // 12734 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 12735 // 12736 // PostgreSQL 12737 // 12738 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 12739 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 12740 12741 // The name for the master user. 12742 // 12743 // Amazon Aurora 12744 // 12745 // Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 12746 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12747 // 12748 // MariaDB 12749 // 12750 // Constraints: 12751 // 12752 // * Required for MariaDB. 12753 // 12754 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 12755 // 12756 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12757 // 12758 // Microsoft SQL Server 12759 // 12760 // Constraints: 12761 // 12762 // * Required for SQL Server. 12763 // 12764 // * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers. 12765 // 12766 // * The first character must be a letter. 12767 // 12768 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12769 // 12770 // MySQL 12771 // 12772 // Constraints: 12773 // 12774 // * Required for MySQL. 12775 // 12776 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 12777 // 12778 // * First character must be a letter. 12779 // 12780 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12781 // 12782 // Oracle 12783 // 12784 // Constraints: 12785 // 12786 // * Required for Oracle. 12787 // 12788 // * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers. 12789 // 12790 // * First character must be a letter. 12791 // 12792 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12793 // 12794 // PostgreSQL 12795 // 12796 // Constraints: 12797 // 12798 // * Required for PostgreSQL. 12799 // 12800 // * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers. 12801 // 12802 // * First character must be a letter. 12803 // 12804 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12805 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 12806 12807 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 12808 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 12809 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 12810 // 12811 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 12812 // to a value other than 0. 12813 // 12814 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 12815 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 12816 12817 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 12818 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 12819 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling 12820 // Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling). 12821 // 12822 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 12823 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 12824 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 12825 12826 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the 12827 // AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. 12828 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 12829 12830 // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option 12831 // group. 12832 // 12833 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 12834 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 12835 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 12836 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12837 12838 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 12839 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 12840 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 12841 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12842 12843 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 12844 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 12845 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 12846 12847 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 12848 // 12849 // MySQL 12850 // 12851 // Default: 3306 12852 // 12853 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12854 // 12855 // Type: Integer 12856 // 12857 // MariaDB 12858 // 12859 // Default: 3306 12860 // 12861 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12862 // 12863 // Type: Integer 12864 // 12865 // PostgreSQL 12866 // 12867 // Default: 5432 12868 // 12869 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12870 // 12871 // Type: Integer 12872 // 12873 // Oracle 12874 // 12875 // Default: 1521 12876 // 12877 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12878 // 12879 // SQL Server 12880 // 12881 // Default: 1433 12882 // 12883 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through 12884 // 49156. 12885 // 12886 // Amazon Aurora 12887 // 12888 // Default: 3306 12889 // 12890 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12891 // 12892 // Type: Integer 12893 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 12894 12895 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 12896 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more 12897 // information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow). 12898 // 12899 // Amazon Aurora 12900 // 12901 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 12902 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12903 // 12904 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 12905 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 12906 // the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow). 12907 // 12908 // Constraints: 12909 // 12910 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 12911 // 12912 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 12913 // 12914 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 12915 // 12916 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 12917 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 12918 12919 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 12920 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 12921 // Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). 12922 // 12923 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 12924 // 12925 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 12926 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 12927 // 12928 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 12929 // 12930 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 12931 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 12932 12933 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 12934 // class of the DB instance. 12935 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 12936 12937 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 12938 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 12939 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 12940 // 12941 // Default: 1 12942 // 12943 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 12944 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 12945 12946 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 12947 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 12948 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 12949 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 12950 // 12951 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName 12952 // is specified. 12953 // 12954 // If DBSubnetGroupName is not specified, and PubliclyAccessible is not specified, 12955 // the following applies: 12956 // 12957 // * If the default VPC in the target region doesn’t have an Internet gateway 12958 // attached to it, the DB instance is private. 12959 // 12960 // * If the default VPC in the target region has an Internet gateway attached 12961 // to it, the DB instance is public. 12962 // 12963 // If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible is not specified, 12964 // the following applies: 12965 // 12966 // * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an Internet gateway 12967 // attached to it, the DB instance is private. 12968 // 12969 // * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an Internet gateway attached 12970 // to it, the DB instance is public. 12971 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 12972 12973 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 12974 // 12975 // Amazon Aurora 12976 // 12977 // Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 12978 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12979 // 12980 // Default: false 12981 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 12982 12983 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 12984 // 12985 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 12986 // 12987 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 12988 // 12989 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 12990 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 12991 12992 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 12993 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 12994 12995 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 12996 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 12997 12998 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 12999 // device. 13000 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 13001 13002 // The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported 13003 // only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). 13004 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 13005 13006 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 13007 // 13008 // Amazon Aurora 13009 // 13010 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 13011 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 13012 // 13013 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 13014 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 13015} 13016 13017// String returns the string representation 13018func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { 13019 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13020} 13021 13022// GoString returns the string representation 13023func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 13024 return s.String() 13025} 13026 13027// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13028func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 13029 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} 13030 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 13031 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 13032 } 13033 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13034 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 13035 } 13036 if s.Engine == nil { 13037 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 13038 } 13039 13040 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13041 return invalidParams 13042 } 13043 return nil 13044} 13045 13046// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 13047func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13048 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 13049 return s 13050} 13051 13052// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 13053func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13054 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 13055 return s 13056} 13057 13058// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 13059func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13060 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 13061 return s 13062} 13063 13064// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 13065func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13066 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 13067 return s 13068} 13069 13070// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 13071func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13072 s.CharacterSetName = &v 13073 return s 13074} 13075 13076// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 13077func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13078 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 13079 return s 13080} 13081 13082// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 13083func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13084 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 13085 return s 13086} 13087 13088// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 13089func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13090 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 13091 return s 13092} 13093 13094// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13095func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13096 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13097 return s 13098} 13099 13100// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 13101func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13102 s.DBName = &v 13103 return s 13104} 13105 13106// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 13107func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13108 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 13109 return s 13110} 13111 13112// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 13113func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13114 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 13115 return s 13116} 13117 13118// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 13119func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13120 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 13121 return s 13122} 13123 13124// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 13125func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13126 s.Domain = &v 13127 return s 13128} 13129 13130// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 13131func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13132 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 13133 return s 13134} 13135 13136// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 13137func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13138 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 13139 return s 13140} 13141 13142// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 13143func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13144 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 13145 return s 13146} 13147 13148// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 13149func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13150 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 13151 return s 13152} 13153 13154// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 13155func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13156 s.Engine = &v 13157 return s 13158} 13159 13160// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 13161func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13162 s.EngineVersion = &v 13163 return s 13164} 13165 13166// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 13167func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13168 s.Iops = &v 13169 return s 13170} 13171 13172// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 13173func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13174 s.KmsKeyId = &v 13175 return s 13176} 13177 13178// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 13179func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13180 s.LicenseModel = &v 13181 return s 13182} 13183 13184// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 13185func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13186 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 13187 return s 13188} 13189 13190// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 13191func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13192 s.MasterUsername = &v 13193 return s 13194} 13195 13196// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 13197func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13198 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 13199 return s 13200} 13201 13202// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 13203func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13204 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 13205 return s 13206} 13207 13208// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 13209func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13210 s.MultiAZ = &v 13211 return s 13212} 13213 13214// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 13215func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13216 s.OptionGroupName = &v 13217 return s 13218} 13219 13220// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 13221func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13222 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 13223 return s 13224} 13225 13226// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 13227func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13228 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 13229 return s 13230} 13231 13232// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13233func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13234 s.Port = &v 13235 return s 13236} 13237 13238// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 13239func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13240 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 13241 return s 13242} 13243 13244// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 13245func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13246 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 13247 return s 13248} 13249 13250// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 13251func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13252 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 13253 return s 13254} 13255 13256// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 13257func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13258 s.PromotionTier = &v 13259 return s 13260} 13261 13262// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 13263func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13264 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 13265 return s 13266} 13267 13268// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 13269func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13270 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 13271 return s 13272} 13273 13274// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 13275func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13276 s.StorageType = &v 13277 return s 13278} 13279 13280// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13281func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13282 s.Tags = v 13283 return s 13284} 13285 13286// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 13287func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13288 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 13289 return s 13290} 13291 13292// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 13293func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13294 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 13295 return s 13296} 13297 13298// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 13299func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13300 s.Timezone = &v 13301 return s 13302} 13303 13304// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 13305func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 13306 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 13307 return s 13308} 13309 13310type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { 13311 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13312 13313 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 13314 // 13315 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 13316 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 13317} 13318 13319// String returns the string representation 13320func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 13321 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13322} 13323 13324// GoString returns the string representation 13325func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 13326 return s.String() 13327} 13328 13329// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 13330func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { 13331 s.DBInstance = v 13332 return s 13333} 13334 13335type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { 13336 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13337 13338 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the Read 13339 // Replica during the maintenance window. 13340 // 13341 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 13342 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 13343 13344 // The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica is created in. 13345 // 13346 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 13347 // Region. 13348 // 13349 // Example: us-east-1d 13350 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 13351 13352 // True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica, 13353 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 13354 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 13355 13356 // The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, db.m4.large. 13357 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 13358 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 13359 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 13360 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 13361 // 13362 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. 13363 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 13364 13365 // The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique 13366 // key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase 13367 // string. 13368 // 13369 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 13370 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13371 13372 // Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created 13373 // in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is 13374 // specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. 13375 // 13376 // Constraints: 13377 // 13378 // * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies 13379 // a DB instance in another AWS Region. 13380 // 13381 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 13382 // 13383 // * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which 13384 // the operation is running. 13385 // 13386 // * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source 13387 // DB instance must either:> 13388 // 13389 // Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas are created 13390 // in the same VPC. 13391 // 13392 // Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside 13393 // of any VPC. 13394 // 13395 // Example: mySubnetgroup 13396 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 13397 13398 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 13399 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 13400 13401 // The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. 13402 // The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information, 13403 // see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 13404 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 13405 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 13406 13407 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 13408 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 13409 // 13410 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 13411 // 13412 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 13413 // 13414 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 13415 // 13416 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. 13417 // 13418 // Default: false 13419 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 13420 13421 // True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica, and otherwise false. 13422 // 13423 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 13424 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 13425 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 13426 13427 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 13428 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 13429 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 13430 13431 // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon 13432 // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS 13433 // encryption key. 13434 // 13435 // If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted 13436 // DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. 13437 // 13438 // If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source 13439 // DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. 13440 // The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. 13441 // 13442 // If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you 13443 // must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys 13444 // are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use 13445 // encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 13446 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 13447 13448 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 13449 // are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 13450 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 13451 // 13452 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 13453 // to a value other than 0. 13454 // 13455 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 13456 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 13457 13458 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 13459 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 13460 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 13461 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). 13462 // 13463 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 13464 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 13465 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 13466 13467 // Specifies whether the Read Replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment. 13468 // 13469 // You can create a Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby 13470 // of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the 13471 // replica. Creating your Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent 13472 // of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance. 13473 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 13474 13475 // The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the default 13476 // option group for the engine specified is used. 13477 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 13478 13479 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 13480 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 13481 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 13482 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 13483 13484 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 13485 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 13486 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 13487 13488 // The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. 13489 // 13490 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 13491 // 13492 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 13493 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 13494 13495 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 13496 // API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. 13497 // 13498 // You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica 13499 // from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the 13500 // --source-region option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted 13501 // Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. 13502 // 13503 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 13504 // API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the 13505 // encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the 13506 // following parameter values: 13507 // 13508 // * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is 13509 // created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 13510 // action is called that contains this presigned URL. 13511 // 13512 // For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS 13513 // Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you 13514 // call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action in the us-east-1 AWS Region 13515 // and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 13516 // action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion 13517 // in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. 13518 // 13519 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 13520 // the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier 13521 // for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action that is called in the 13522 // destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. 13523 // 13524 // 13525 // * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted 13526 // DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 13527 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating 13528 // an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region, 13529 // then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier looks like the following example: 13530 // arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115. 13531 // 13532 // 13533 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 13534 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 13535 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 13536 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 13537 13538 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 13539 // class of the DB instance. 13540 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 13541 13542 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 13543 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 13544 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 13545 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more 13546 // information, see CreateDBInstance. 13547 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 13548 13549 // The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read 13550 // Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. 13551 // 13552 // Constraints: 13553 // 13554 // * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL 13555 // DB instance. 13556 // 13557 // * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source 13558 // is running MySQL 5.6. 13559 // 13560 // * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the 13561 // source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region 13562 // replication). 13563 // 13564 // * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup 13565 // retention period must be greater than 0. 13566 // 13567 // * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, 13568 // specify a valid DB instance identifier. 13569 // 13570 // * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read 13571 // Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to 13572 // Constructing a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 13573 // 13574 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 13575 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13576 13577 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 13578 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 13579 // have the same region as the source ARN. 13580 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 13581 13582 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. 13583 // 13584 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 13585 // 13586 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 13587 // 13588 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 13589 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 13590 13591 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13592 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13593 13594 // A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 13595 // its default processor features. 13596 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 13597} 13598 13599// String returns the string representation 13600func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string { 13601 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13602} 13603 13604// GoString returns the string representation 13605func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 13606 return s.String() 13607} 13608 13609// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13610func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 13611 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"} 13612 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13613 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 13614 } 13615 if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13616 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) 13617 } 13618 13619 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13620 return invalidParams 13621 } 13622 return nil 13623} 13624 13625// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 13626func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13627 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 13628 return s 13629} 13630 13631// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 13632func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13633 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 13634 return s 13635} 13636 13637// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 13638func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13639 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 13640 return s 13641} 13642 13643// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 13644func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13645 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 13646 return s 13647} 13648 13649// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13650func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13651 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13652 return s 13653} 13654 13655// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 13656func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13657 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 13658 return s 13659} 13660 13661// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 13662func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13663 s.DestinationRegion = &v 13664 return s 13665} 13666 13667// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 13668func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13669 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 13670 return s 13671} 13672 13673// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 13674func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13675 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 13676 return s 13677} 13678 13679// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 13680func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13681 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 13682 return s 13683} 13684 13685// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 13686func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13687 s.Iops = &v 13688 return s 13689} 13690 13691// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 13692func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13693 s.KmsKeyId = &v 13694 return s 13695} 13696 13697// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 13698func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13699 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 13700 return s 13701} 13702 13703// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 13704func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13705 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 13706 return s 13707} 13708 13709// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 13710func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13711 s.MultiAZ = &v 13712 return s 13713} 13714 13715// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 13716func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13717 s.OptionGroupName = &v 13718 return s 13719} 13720 13721// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 13722func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13723 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 13724 return s 13725} 13726 13727// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 13728func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13729 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 13730 return s 13731} 13732 13733// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13734func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13735 s.Port = &v 13736 return s 13737} 13738 13739// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 13740func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13741 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 13742 return s 13743} 13744 13745// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 13746func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13747 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 13748 return s 13749} 13750 13751// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 13752func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13753 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 13754 return s 13755} 13756 13757// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13758func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13759 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13760 return s 13761} 13762 13763// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 13764func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13765 s.SourceRegion = &v 13766 return s 13767} 13768 13769// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 13770func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13771 s.StorageType = &v 13772 return s 13773} 13774 13775// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13776func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13777 s.Tags = v 13778 return s 13779} 13780 13781// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 13782func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13783 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 13784 return s 13785} 13786 13787type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct { 13788 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13789 13790 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 13791 // 13792 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 13793 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 13794} 13795 13796// String returns the string representation 13797func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 13798 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13799} 13800 13801// GoString returns the string representation 13802func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 13803 return s.String() 13804} 13805 13806// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 13807func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput { 13808 s.DBInstance = v 13809 return s 13810} 13811 13812type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { 13813 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13814 13815 // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated 13816 // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only 13817 // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible 13818 // with that DB parameter group family. 13819 // 13820 // To list all of the available parameter group families, use the following 13821 // command: 13822 // 13823 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" 13824 // 13825 // The output contains duplicates. 13826 // 13827 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 13828 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13829 13830 // The name of the DB parameter group. 13831 // 13832 // Constraints: 13833 // 13834 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 13835 // 13836 // * First character must be a letter 13837 // 13838 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13839 // 13840 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13841 // 13842 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 13843 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13844 13845 // The description for the DB parameter group. 13846 // 13847 // Description is a required field 13848 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13849 13850 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13851 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13852} 13853 13854// String returns the string representation 13855func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 13856 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13857} 13858 13859// GoString returns the string representation 13860func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 13861 return s.String() 13862} 13863 13864// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13865func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 13866 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} 13867 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 13868 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 13869 } 13870 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 13871 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 13872 } 13873 if s.Description == nil { 13874 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 13875 } 13876 13877 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13878 return invalidParams 13879 } 13880 return nil 13881} 13882 13883// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 13884func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13885 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 13886 return s 13887} 13888 13889// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 13890func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13891 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 13892 return s 13893} 13894 13895// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 13896func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13897 s.Description = &v 13898 return s 13899} 13900 13901// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13902func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13903 s.Tags = v 13904 return s 13905} 13906 13907type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 13908 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13909 13910 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 13911 // 13912 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 13913 // action. 13914 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 13915} 13916 13917// String returns the string representation 13918func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 13919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13920} 13921 13922// GoString returns the string representation 13923func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 13924 return s.String() 13925} 13926 13927// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 13928func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { 13929 s.DBParameterGroup = v 13930 return s 13931} 13932 13933type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 13934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13935 13936 // The description for the DB security group. 13937 // 13938 // DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field 13939 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13940 13941 // The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13942 // 13943 // Constraints: 13944 // 13945 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 13946 // 13947 // * First character must be a letter 13948 // 13949 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13950 // 13951 // * Must not be "Default" 13952 // 13953 // Example: mysecuritygroup 13954 // 13955 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 13956 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13957 13958 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13959 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13960} 13961 13962// String returns the string representation 13963func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 13964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13965} 13966 13967// GoString returns the string representation 13968func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 13969 return s.String() 13970} 13971 13972// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13973func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 13974 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"} 13975 if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil { 13976 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription")) 13977 } 13978 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 13979 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 13980 } 13981 13982 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13983 return invalidParams 13984 } 13985 return nil 13986} 13987 13988// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 13989func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 13990 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 13991 return s 13992} 13993 13994// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 13995func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 13996 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 13997 return s 13998} 13999 14000// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14001func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 14002 s.Tags = v 14003 return s 14004} 14005 14006type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 14007 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14008 14009 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 14010 // 14011 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 14012 // action. 14013 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 14014} 14015 14016// String returns the string representation 14017func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 14018 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14019} 14020 14021// GoString returns the string representation 14022func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 14023 return s.String() 14024} 14025 14026// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 14027func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput { 14028 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 14029 return s 14030} 14031 14032type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { 14033 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14034 14035 // The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of. 14036 // 14037 // Constraints: 14038 // 14039 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 14040 // 14041 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 14042 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14043 14044 // The identifier for the DB snapshot. 14045 // 14046 // Constraints: 14047 // 14048 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 14049 // 14050 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 14051 // 14052 // * First character must be a letter 14053 // 14054 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 14055 // 14056 // Example: my-snapshot-id 14057 // 14058 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 14059 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14060 14061 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 14062 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 14063} 14064 14065// String returns the string representation 14066func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 14067 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14068} 14069 14070// GoString returns the string representation 14071func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 14072 return s.String() 14073} 14074 14075// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14076func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 14077 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"} 14078 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 14079 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 14080 } 14081 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 14082 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 14083 } 14084 14085 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14086 return invalidParams 14087 } 14088 return nil 14089} 14090 14091// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14092func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 14093 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14094 return s 14095} 14096 14097// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 14098func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 14099 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 14100 return s 14101} 14102 14103// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14104func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 14105 s.Tags = v 14106 return s 14107} 14108 14109type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct { 14110 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14111 14112 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 14113 // 14114 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 14115 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 14116} 14117 14118// String returns the string representation 14119func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 14120 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14121} 14122 14123// GoString returns the string representation 14124func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 14125 return s.String() 14126} 14127 14128// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 14129func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput { 14130 s.DBSnapshot = v 14131 return s 14132} 14133 14134type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 14135 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14136 14137 // The description for the DB subnet group. 14138 // 14139 // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field 14140 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14141 14142 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 14143 // 14144 // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, 14145 // spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. 14146 // 14147 // Example: mySubnetgroup 14148 // 14149 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 14150 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14151 14152 // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 14153 // 14154 // SubnetIds is a required field 14155 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 14156 14157 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 14158 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 14159} 14160 14161// String returns the string representation 14162func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 14163 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14164} 14165 14166// GoString returns the string representation 14167func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 14168 return s.String() 14169} 14170 14171// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14172func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 14173 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} 14174 if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { 14175 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) 14176 } 14177 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 14178 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 14179 } 14180 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 14181 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 14182 } 14183 14184 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14185 return invalidParams 14186 } 14187 return nil 14188} 14189 14190// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 14191func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 14192 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 14193 return s 14194} 14195 14196// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 14197func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 14198 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 14199 return s 14200} 14201 14202// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 14203func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 14204 s.SubnetIds = v 14205 return s 14206} 14207 14208// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14209func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 14210 s.Tags = v 14211 return s 14212} 14213 14214type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 14215 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14216 14217 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 14218 // 14219 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 14220 // action. 14221 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 14222} 14223 14224// String returns the string representation 14225func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 14226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14227} 14228 14229// GoString returns the string representation 14230func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 14231 return s.String() 14232} 14233 14234// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 14235func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { 14236 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 14237 return s 14238} 14239 14240type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { 14241 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14242 14243 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to 14244 // create the subscription but not active it. 14245 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14246 14247 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 14248 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events 14249 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 14250 // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 14251 // action. 14252 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 14253 14254 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 14255 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 14256 // it. 14257 // 14258 // SnsTopicArn is a required field 14259 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14260 14261 // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. 14262 // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier 14263 // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and 14264 // hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 14265 // 14266 // Constraints: 14267 // 14268 // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 14269 // 14270 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 14271 // be supplied. 14272 // 14273 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 14274 // be supplied. 14275 // 14276 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 14277 // be supplied. 14278 // 14279 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 14280 // supplied. 14281 SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 14282 14283 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 14284 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 14285 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 14286 // 14287 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 14288 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 14289 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 14290 14291 // The name of the subscription. 14292 // 14293 // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. 14294 // 14295 // SubscriptionName is a required field 14296 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14297 14298 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 14299 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 14300} 14301 14302// String returns the string representation 14303func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 14304 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14305} 14306 14307// GoString returns the string representation 14308func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 14309 return s.String() 14310} 14311 14312// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14313func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 14314 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} 14315 if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { 14316 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) 14317 } 14318 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 14319 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 14320 } 14321 14322 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14323 return invalidParams 14324 } 14325 return nil 14326} 14327 14328// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 14329func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14330 s.Enabled = &v 14331 return s 14332} 14333 14334// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 14335func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14336 s.EventCategories = v 14337 return s 14338} 14339 14340// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 14341func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14342 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 14343 return s 14344} 14345 14346// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. 14347func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14348 s.SourceIds = v 14349 return s 14350} 14351 14352// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 14353func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14354 s.SourceType = &v 14355 return s 14356} 14357 14358// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 14359func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14360 s.SubscriptionName = &v 14361 return s 14362} 14363 14364// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14365func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 14366 s.Tags = v 14367 return s 14368} 14369 14370type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 14371 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14372 14373 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 14374 // action. 14375 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 14376} 14377 14378// String returns the string representation 14379func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 14380 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14381} 14382 14383// GoString returns the string representation 14384func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 14385 return s.String() 14386} 14387 14388// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 14389func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { 14390 s.EventSubscription = v 14391 return s 14392} 14393 14394type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { 14395 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14396 14397 // Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated 14398 // with. 14399 // 14400 // EngineName is a required field 14401 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14402 14403 // Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be 14404 // associated with. 14405 // 14406 // MajorEngineVersion is a required field 14407 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14408 14409 // The description of the option group. 14410 // 14411 // OptionGroupDescription is a required field 14412 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14413 14414 // Specifies the name of the option group to be created. 14415 // 14416 // Constraints: 14417 // 14418 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 14419 // 14420 // * First character must be a letter 14421 // 14422 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 14423 // 14424 // Example: myoptiongroup 14425 // 14426 // OptionGroupName is a required field 14427 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14428 14429 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 14430 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 14431} 14432 14433// String returns the string representation 14434func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string { 14435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14436} 14437 14438// GoString returns the string representation 14439func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 14440 return s.String() 14441} 14442 14443// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14444func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 14445 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"} 14446 if s.EngineName == nil { 14447 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 14448 } 14449 if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil { 14450 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion")) 14451 } 14452 if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil { 14453 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription")) 14454 } 14455 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 14456 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 14457 } 14458 14459 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14460 return invalidParams 14461 } 14462 return nil 14463} 14464 14465// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 14466func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 14467 s.EngineName = &v 14468 return s 14469} 14470 14471// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 14472func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 14473 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 14474 return s 14475} 14476 14477// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 14478func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 14479 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 14480 return s 14481} 14482 14483// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 14484func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 14485 s.OptionGroupName = &v 14486 return s 14487} 14488 14489// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14490func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 14491 s.Tags = v 14492 return s 14493} 14494 14495type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct { 14496 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14497 14498 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 14499} 14500 14501// String returns the string representation 14502func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 14503 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14504} 14505 14506// GoString returns the string representation 14507func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 14508 return s.String() 14509} 14510 14511// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 14512func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput { 14513 s.OptionGroup = v 14514 return s 14515} 14516 14517// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 14518// 14519// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 14520type DBCluster struct { 14521 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14522 14523 // For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies 14524 // the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage 14525 // always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but 14526 // instead automatically adjusts as needed. 14527 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 14528 14529 // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that 14530 // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a 14531 // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services 14532 // on your behalf. 14533 AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` 14534 14535 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 14536 // can be created in. 14537 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 14538 14539 // The number of change records stored for Backtrack. 14540 BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords *int64 `type:"long"` 14541 14542 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking 14543 // is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled. 14544 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 14545 14546 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 14547 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 14548 14549 Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 14550 14551 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is 14552 // associated with. 14553 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 14554 14555 // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. 14556 CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"` 14557 14558 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 14559 // Time (UTC). 14560 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 14561 14562 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. 14563 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 14564 14565 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 14566 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 14567 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14568 14569 // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. 14570 DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` 14571 14572 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. 14573 DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` 14574 14575 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. 14576 DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` 14577 14578 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, 14579 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 14580 DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` 14581 14582 // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided 14583 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This 14584 // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. 14585 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 14586 14587 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier 14588 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 14589 // cluster is accessed. 14590 DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 14591 14592 // The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked. 14593 EarliestBacktrackTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 14594 14595 // The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 14596 // restore. 14597 EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 14598 14599 // A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch 14600 // Logs. 14601 // 14602 // Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each 14603 // DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) 14604 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 14605 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 14606 14607 // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. 14608 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 14609 14610 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 14611 Engine *string `type:"string"` 14612 14613 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless. 14614 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 14615 14616 // Indicates the database engine version. 14617 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14618 14619 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 14620 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 14621 14622 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 14623 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 14624 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14625 14626 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 14627 // DB cluster. 14628 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 14629 14630 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 14631 // restore. 14632 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 14633 14634 // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. 14635 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 14636 14637 // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. 14638 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 14639 14640 // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. 14641 PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` 14642 14643 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 14644 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 14645 14646 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 14647 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 14648 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 14649 14650 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 14651 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 14652 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 14653 14654 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 14655 // DB cluster. 14656 ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` 14657 14658 // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster 14659 // load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in 14660 // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, 14661 // Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the 14662 // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across 14663 // multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. 14664 // 14665 // If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is 14666 // promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue 14667 // sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can 14668 // then reconnect to the reader endpoint. 14669 ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` 14670 14671 // Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a 14672 // Read Replica. 14673 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14674 14675 // Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB 14676 // engine mode. 14677 // 14678 // For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 14679 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 14680 ScalingConfigurationInfo *ScalingConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"` 14681 14682 // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. 14683 Status *string `type:"string"` 14684 14685 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 14686 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 14687 14688 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. 14689 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 14690} 14691 14692// String returns the string representation 14693func (s DBCluster) String() string { 14694 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14695} 14696 14697// GoString returns the string representation 14698func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { 14699 return s.String() 14700} 14701 14702// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 14703func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { 14704 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 14705 return s 14706} 14707 14708// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 14709func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { 14710 s.AssociatedRoles = v 14711 return s 14712} 14713 14714// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 14715func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { 14716 s.AvailabilityZones = v 14717 return s 14718} 14719 14720// SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords sets the BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords field's value. 14721func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords(v int64) *DBCluster { 14722 s.BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = &v 14723 return s 14724} 14725 14726// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 14727func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *DBCluster { 14728 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 14729 return s 14730} 14731 14732// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 14733func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { 14734 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 14735 return s 14736} 14737 14738// SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value. 14739func (s *DBCluster) SetCapacity(v int64) *DBCluster { 14740 s.Capacity = &v 14741 return s 14742} 14743 14744// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 14745func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { 14746 s.CharacterSetName = &v 14747 return s 14748} 14749 14750// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value. 14751func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster { 14752 s.CloneGroupId = &v 14753 return s 14754} 14755 14756// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 14757func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14758 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 14759 return s 14760} 14761 14762// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 14763func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { 14764 s.DBClusterArn = &v 14765 return s 14766} 14767 14768// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14769func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 14770 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14771 return s 14772} 14773 14774// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. 14775func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { 14776 s.DBClusterMembers = v 14777 return s 14778} 14779 14780// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. 14781func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { 14782 s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v 14783 return s 14784} 14785 14786// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 14787func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 14788 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v 14789 return s 14790} 14791 14792// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 14793func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 14794 s.DBSubnetGroup = &v 14795 return s 14796} 14797 14798// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 14799func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { 14800 s.DatabaseName = &v 14801 return s 14802} 14803 14804// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. 14805func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { 14806 s.DbClusterResourceId = &v 14807 return s 14808} 14809 14810// SetEarliestBacktrackTime sets the EarliestBacktrackTime field's value. 14811func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestBacktrackTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14812 s.EarliestBacktrackTime = &v 14813 return s 14814} 14815 14816// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. 14817func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14818 s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v 14819 return s 14820} 14821 14822// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 14823func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster { 14824 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 14825 return s 14826} 14827 14828// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 14829func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 14830 s.Endpoint = &v 14831 return s 14832} 14833 14834// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 14835func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { 14836 s.Engine = &v 14837 return s 14838} 14839 14840// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 14841func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBCluster { 14842 s.EngineMode = &v 14843 return s 14844} 14845 14846// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14847func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { 14848 s.EngineVersion = &v 14849 return s 14850} 14851 14852// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 14853func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { 14854 s.HostedZoneId = &v 14855 return s 14856} 14857 14858// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 14859func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 14860 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 14861 return s 14862} 14863 14864// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 14865func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 14866 s.KmsKeyId = &v 14867 return s 14868} 14869 14870// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 14871func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14872 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 14873 return s 14874} 14875 14876// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 14877func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { 14878 s.MasterUsername = &v 14879 return s 14880} 14881 14882// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 14883func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster { 14884 s.MultiAZ = &v 14885 return s 14886} 14887 14888// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 14889func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { 14890 s.PercentProgress = &v 14891 return s 14892} 14893 14894// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 14895func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { 14896 s.Port = &v 14897 return s 14898} 14899 14900// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 14901func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 14902 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 14903 return s 14904} 14905 14906// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 14907func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 14908 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 14909 return s 14910} 14911 14912// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. 14913func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { 14914 s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v 14915 return s 14916} 14917 14918// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. 14919func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 14920 s.ReaderEndpoint = &v 14921 return s 14922} 14923 14924// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 14925func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 14926 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 14927 return s 14928} 14929 14930// SetScalingConfigurationInfo sets the ScalingConfigurationInfo field's value. 14931func (s *DBCluster) SetScalingConfigurationInfo(v *ScalingConfigurationInfo) *DBCluster { 14932 s.ScalingConfigurationInfo = v 14933 return s 14934} 14935 14936// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14937func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 14938 s.Status = &v 14939 return s 14940} 14941 14942// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 14943func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { 14944 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 14945 return s 14946} 14947 14948// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 14949func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { 14950 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 14951 return s 14952} 14953 14954// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. 14955type DBClusterMember struct { 14956 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14957 14958 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of 14959 // the DB cluster. 14960 DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 14961 14962 // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. 14963 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14964 14965 // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the 14966 // DB cluster and false otherwise. 14967 IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 14968 14969 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 14970 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 14971 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 14972 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 14973} 14974 14975// String returns the string representation 14976func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { 14977 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14978} 14979 14980// GoString returns the string representation 14981func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { 14982 return s.String() 14983} 14984 14985// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. 14986func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { 14987 s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v 14988 return s 14989} 14990 14991// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14992func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { 14993 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14994 return s 14995} 14996 14997// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. 14998func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { 14999 s.IsClusterWriter = &v 15000 return s 15001} 15002 15003// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 15004func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { 15005 s.PromotionTier = &v 15006 return s 15007} 15008 15009// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. 15010type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { 15011 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15012 15013 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. 15014 DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15015 15016 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. 15017 Status *string `type:"string"` 15018} 15019 15020// String returns the string representation 15021func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { 15022 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15023} 15024 15025// GoString returns the string representation 15026func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { 15027 return s.String() 15028} 15029 15030// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. 15031func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 15032 s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v 15033 return s 15034} 15035 15036// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 15037func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 15038 s.Status = &v 15039 return s 15040} 15041 15042// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 15043// 15044// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 15045// action. 15046type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { 15047 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15048 15049 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. 15050 DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 15051 15052 // Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. 15053 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15054 15055 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter 15056 // group is compatible with. 15057 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 15058 15059 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter 15060 // group. 15061 Description *string `type:"string"` 15062} 15063 15064// String returns the string representation 15065func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { 15066 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15067} 15068 15069// GoString returns the string representation 15070func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { 15071 return s.String() 15072} 15073 15074// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. 15075func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 15076 s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v 15077 return s 15078} 15079 15080// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 15081func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 15082 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 15083 return s 15084} 15085 15086// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 15087func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 15088 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 15089 return s 15090} 15091 15092// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 15093func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 15094 s.Description = &v 15095 return s 15096} 15097 15098type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 15099 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15100 15101 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 15102 // 15103 // Constraints: 15104 // 15105 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 15106 // 15107 // * First character must be a letter 15108 // 15109 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 15110 // 15111 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 15112 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15113} 15114 15115// String returns the string representation 15116func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 15117 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15118} 15119 15120// GoString returns the string representation 15121func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 15122 return s.String() 15123} 15124 15125// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 15126func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { 15127 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 15128 return s 15129} 15130 15131// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated 15132// with a DB cluster. 15133type DBClusterRole struct { 15134 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15135 15136 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 15137 15138 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 15139 // DB cluster. 15140 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 15141 15142 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. 15143 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 15144 // 15145 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can 15146 // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. 15147 // 15148 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. 15149 // 15150 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the 15151 // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS 15152 // services on your behalf. 15153 Status *string `type:"string"` 15154} 15155 15156// String returns the string representation 15157func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { 15158 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15159} 15160 15161// GoString returns the string representation 15162func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { 15163 return s.String() 15164} 15165 15166// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 15167func (s *DBClusterRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBClusterRole { 15168 s.FeatureName = &v 15169 return s 15170} 15171 15172// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 15173func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { 15174 s.RoleArn = &v 15175 return s 15176} 15177 15178// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 15179func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { 15180 s.Status = &v 15181 return s 15182} 15183 15184// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 15185// 15186// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 15187// action. 15188type DBClusterSnapshot struct { 15189 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15190 15191 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 15192 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 15193 15194 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 15195 // snapshot can be restored in. 15196 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 15197 15198 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 15199 // Time (UTC). 15200 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15201 15202 // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster 15203 // snapshot was created from. 15204 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15205 15206 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. 15207 DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 15208 15209 // Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. 15210 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15211 15212 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 15213 Engine *string `type:"string"` 15214 15215 // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 15216 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15217 15218 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 15219 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 15220 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15221 15222 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 15223 // DB cluster snapshot. 15224 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15225 15226 // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. 15227 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15228 15229 // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. 15230 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 15231 15232 // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 15233 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 15234 15235 // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the 15236 // snapshot. 15237 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 15238 15239 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 15240 // (UTC). 15241 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15242 15243 // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. 15244 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 15245 15246 // If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, 15247 // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, 15248 // a null value. 15249 SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 15250 15251 // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. 15252 Status *string `type:"string"` 15253 15254 // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. 15255 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 15256 15257 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. 15258 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 15259} 15260 15261// String returns the string representation 15262func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { 15263 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15264} 15265 15266// GoString returns the string representation 15267func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { 15268 return s.String() 15269} 15270 15271// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15272func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15273 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15274 return s 15275} 15276 15277// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 15278func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15279 s.AvailabilityZones = v 15280 return s 15281} 15282 15283// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 15284func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15285 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 15286 return s 15287} 15288 15289// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15290func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15291 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15292 return s 15293} 15294 15295// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 15296func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15297 s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 15298 return s 15299} 15300 15301// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 15302func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15303 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 15304 return s 15305} 15306 15307// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 15308func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15309 s.Engine = &v 15310 return s 15311} 15312 15313// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15314func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15315 s.EngineVersion = &v 15316 return s 15317} 15318 15319// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 15320func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15321 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 15322 return s 15323} 15324 15325// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 15326func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15327 s.KmsKeyId = &v 15328 return s 15329} 15330 15331// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 15332func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15333 s.LicenseModel = &v 15334 return s 15335} 15336 15337// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 15338func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15339 s.MasterUsername = &v 15340 return s 15341} 15342 15343// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 15344func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15345 s.PercentProgress = &v 15346 return s 15347} 15348 15349// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 15350func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15351 s.Port = &v 15352 return s 15353} 15354 15355// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 15356func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15357 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 15358 return s 15359} 15360 15361// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 15362func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15363 s.SnapshotType = &v 15364 return s 15365} 15366 15367// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 15368func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15369 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 15370 return s 15371} 15372 15373// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 15374func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15375 s.Status = &v 15376 return s 15377} 15378 15379// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 15380func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15381 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 15382 return s 15383} 15384 15385// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 15386func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 15387 s.VpcId = &v 15388 return s 15389} 15390 15391// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 15392// 15393// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 15394// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 15395// API action. 15396type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { 15397 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15398 15399 // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 15400 // 15401 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 15402 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 15403 // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 15404 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 15405 15406 // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 15407 // 15408 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 15409 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 15410 // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual 15411 // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or 15412 // restore. 15413 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 15414} 15415 15416// String returns the string representation 15417func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 15418 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15419} 15420 15421// GoString returns the string representation 15422func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 15423 return s.String() 15424} 15425 15426// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 15427func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 15428 s.AttributeName = &v 15429 return s 15430} 15431 15432// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 15433func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 15434 s.AttributeValues = v 15435 return s 15436} 15437 15438// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 15439// API action. 15440// 15441// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 15442// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 15443// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 15444type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 15445 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15446 15447 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. 15448 DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 15449 15450 // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply 15451 // to. 15452 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15453} 15454 15455// String returns the string representation 15456func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 15457 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15458} 15459 15460// GoString returns the string representation 15461func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 15462 return s.String() 15463} 15464 15465// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. 15466func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 15467 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v 15468 return s 15469} 15470 15471// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 15472func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 15473 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 15474 return s 15475} 15476 15477// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 15478type DBEngineVersion struct { 15479 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15480 15481 // The description of the database engine. 15482 DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` 15483 15484 // The description of the database engine version. 15485 DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` 15486 15487 // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. 15488 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 15489 15490 // The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the 15491 // CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. 15492 DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` 15493 15494 // The name of the database engine. 15495 Engine *string `type:"string"` 15496 15497 // The version number of the database engine. 15498 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15499 15500 // The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch 15501 // Logs. 15502 ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 15503 15504 // A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName 15505 // parameter of the CreateDBInstance action. 15506 SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 15507 15508 // A list of the supported DB engine modes. 15509 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 15510 15511 // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter 15512 // of the CreateDBInstance action. 15513 SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` 15514 15515 // A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the 15516 // log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. 15517 SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"` 15518 15519 // Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. 15520 SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"` 15521 15522 // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded 15523 // to. 15524 ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` 15525} 15526 15527// String returns the string representation 15528func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { 15529 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15530} 15531 15532// GoString returns the string representation 15533func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { 15534 return s.String() 15535} 15536 15537// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. 15538func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 15539 s.DBEngineDescription = &v 15540 return s 15541} 15542 15543// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. 15544func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 15545 s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v 15546 return s 15547} 15548 15549// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 15550func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 15551 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 15552 return s 15553} 15554 15555// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. 15556func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 15557 s.DefaultCharacterSet = v 15558 return s 15559} 15560 15561// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 15562func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 15563 s.Engine = &v 15564 return s 15565} 15566 15567// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15568func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 15569 s.EngineVersion = &v 15570 return s 15571} 15572 15573// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value. 15574func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 15575 s.ExportableLogTypes = v 15576 return s 15577} 15578 15579// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. 15580func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 15581 s.SupportedCharacterSets = v 15582 return s 15583} 15584 15585// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 15586func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 15587 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 15588 return s 15589} 15590 15591// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. 15592func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { 15593 s.SupportedTimezones = v 15594 return s 15595} 15596 15597// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value. 15598func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 15599 s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v 15600 return s 15601} 15602 15603// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value. 15604func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 15605 s.SupportsReadReplica = &v 15606 return s 15607} 15608 15609// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. 15610func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { 15611 s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v 15612 return s 15613} 15614 15615// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 15616// 15617// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 15618type DBInstance struct { 15619 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15620 15621 // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. 15622 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 15623 15624 // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. 15625 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 15626 15627 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. 15628 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 15629 15630 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 15631 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 15632 15633 // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. 15634 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15635 15636 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is 15637 // associated with. 15638 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 15639 15640 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the 15641 // DB instance. 15642 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 15643 15644 // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the 15645 // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. 15646 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15647 15648 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. 15649 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 15650 15651 // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. 15652 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 15653 15654 // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique 15655 // key that identifies a DB instance. 15656 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15657 15658 // Specifies the current state of this database. 15659 DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` 15660 15661 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 15662 // use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information 15663 // when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas 15664 // are only supported for these engines. 15665 // 15666 // MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL 15667 // 15668 // Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided 15669 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This 15670 // same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. 15671 // 15672 // Type: String 15673 // 15674 // Oracle 15675 // 15676 // Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown 15677 // when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. 15678 DBName *string `type:"string"` 15679 15680 // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. 15681 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 15682 15683 // Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name 15684 // and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. 15685 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 15686 15687 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, 15688 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 15689 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 15690 15691 // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is 15692 // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. 15693 DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` 15694 15695 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier 15696 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 15697 // instance is accessed. 15698 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 15699 15700 // The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. 15701 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 15702 15703 // A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch 15704 // Logs. 15705 // 15706 // Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each 15707 // DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) 15708 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 15709 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 15710 15711 // Specifies the connection endpoint. 15712 Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 15713 15714 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. 15715 Engine *string `type:"string"` 15716 15717 // Indicates the database engine version. 15718 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15719 15720 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that 15721 // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. 15722 EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` 15723 15724 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 15725 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 15726 // 15727 // IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines 15728 // 15729 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 15730 // 15731 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 15732 // 15733 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, 15734 // see DBCluster Type. 15735 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15736 15737 // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. 15738 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15739 15740 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. 15741 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 15742 15743 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 15744 // DB instance. 15745 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15746 15747 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 15748 // restore. 15749 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 15750 15751 // License model information for this DB instance. 15752 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15753 15754 // Contains the master username for the DB instance. 15755 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 15756 15757 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 15758 // are collected for the DB instance. 15759 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 15760 15761 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics 15762 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. 15763 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 15764 15765 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 15766 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 15767 15768 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. 15769 OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` 15770 15771 // Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only 15772 // included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. 15773 PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 15774 15775 // True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise 15776 // false. 15777 PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15778 15779 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 15780 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 15781 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 15782 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15783 15784 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 15785 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 15786 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 15787 15788 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 15789 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 15790 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 15791 15792 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 15793 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 15794 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 15795 15796 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 15797 // class of the DB instance. 15798 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 15799 15800 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 15801 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 15802 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 15803 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 15804 15805 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 15806 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 15807 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 15808 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 15809 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 15810 15811 // Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas 15812 // of this DB instance. 15813 ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"` 15814 15815 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 15816 // DB instance. 15817 ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` 15818 15819 // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is 15820 // a Read Replica. 15821 ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15822 15823 // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB 15824 // instance with multi-AZ support. 15825 SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 15826 15827 // The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this 15828 // is blank. 15829 StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` 15830 15831 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 15832 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 15833 15834 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. 15835 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 15836 15837 // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE 15838 // encryption. 15839 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 15840 15841 // The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is 15842 // empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances 15843 // that were created with a time zone specified. 15844 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 15845 15846 // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs 15847 // to. 15848 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 15849} 15850 15851// String returns the string representation 15852func (s DBInstance) String() string { 15853 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15854} 15855 15856// GoString returns the string representation 15857func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { 15858 return s.String() 15859} 15860 15861// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15862func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 15863 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15864 return s 15865} 15866 15867// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 15868func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { 15869 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 15870 return s 15871} 15872 15873// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 15874func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 15875 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 15876 return s 15877} 15878 15879// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 15880func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 15881 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 15882 return s 15883} 15884 15885// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 15886func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15887 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 15888 return s 15889} 15890 15891// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 15892func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 15893 s.CharacterSetName = &v 15894 return s 15895} 15896 15897// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 15898func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { 15899 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 15900 return s 15901} 15902 15903// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15904func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15905 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15906 return s 15907} 15908 15909// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 15910func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 15911 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 15912 return s 15913} 15914 15915// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 15916func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { 15917 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 15918 return s 15919} 15920 15921// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15922func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15923 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15924 return s 15925} 15926 15927// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. 15928func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 15929 s.DBInstanceStatus = &v 15930 return s 15931} 15932 15933// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 15934func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { 15935 s.DBName = &v 15936 return s 15937} 15938 15939// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 15940func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { 15941 s.DBParameterGroups = v 15942 return s 15943} 15944 15945// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 15946func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 15947 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 15948 return s 15949} 15950 15951// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 15952func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { 15953 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 15954 return s 15955} 15956 15957// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. 15958func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { 15959 s.DbInstancePort = &v 15960 return s 15961} 15962 15963// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 15964func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { 15965 s.DbiResourceId = &v 15966 return s 15967} 15968 15969// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 15970func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { 15971 s.DomainMemberships = v 15972 return s 15973} 15974 15975// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 15976func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance { 15977 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 15978 return s 15979} 15980 15981// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 15982func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 15983 s.Endpoint = v 15984 return s 15985} 15986 15987// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 15988func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { 15989 s.Engine = &v 15990 return s 15991} 15992 15993// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15994func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { 15995 s.EngineVersion = &v 15996 return s 15997} 15998 15999// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. 16000func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 16001 s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v 16002 return s 16003} 16004 16005// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 16006func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 16007 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 16008 return s 16009} 16010 16011// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 16012func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 16013 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 16014 return s 16015} 16016 16017// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 16018func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { 16019 s.Iops = &v 16020 return s 16021} 16022 16023// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 16024func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 16025 s.KmsKeyId = &v 16026 return s 16027} 16028 16029// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 16030func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 16031 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 16032 return s 16033} 16034 16035// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 16036func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { 16037 s.LicenseModel = &v 16038 return s 16039} 16040 16041// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 16042func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { 16043 s.MasterUsername = &v 16044 return s 16045} 16046 16047// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 16048func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { 16049 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 16050 return s 16051} 16052 16053// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 16054func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { 16055 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 16056 return s 16057} 16058 16059// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 16060func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { 16061 s.MultiAZ = &v 16062 return s 16063} 16064 16065// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. 16066func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 16067 s.OptionGroupMemberships = v 16068 return s 16069} 16070 16071// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 16072func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { 16073 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 16074 return s 16075} 16076 16077// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value. 16078func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 16079 s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v 16080 return s 16081} 16082 16083// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 16084func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 16085 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 16086 return s 16087} 16088 16089// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 16090func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 16091 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 16092 return s 16093} 16094 16095// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 16096func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 16097 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 16098 return s 16099} 16100 16101// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 16102func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 16103 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 16104 return s 16105} 16106 16107// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 16108func (s *DBInstance) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBInstance { 16109 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 16110 return s 16111} 16112 16113// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 16114func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { 16115 s.PromotionTier = &v 16116 return s 16117} 16118 16119// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 16120func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { 16121 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 16122 return s 16123} 16124 16125// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 16126func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 16127 s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v 16128 return s 16129} 16130 16131// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 16132func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 16133 s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v 16134 return s 16135} 16136 16137// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 16138func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 16139 s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 16140 return s 16141} 16142 16143// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. 16144func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 16145 s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v 16146 return s 16147} 16148 16149// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. 16150func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { 16151 s.StatusInfos = v 16152 return s 16153} 16154 16155// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 16156func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { 16157 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 16158 return s 16159} 16160 16161// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16162func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { 16163 s.StorageType = &v 16164 return s 16165} 16166 16167// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 16168func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { 16169 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 16170 return s 16171} 16172 16173// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 16174func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { 16175 s.Timezone = &v 16176 return s 16177} 16178 16179// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 16180func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 16181 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 16182 return s 16183} 16184 16185// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. 16186type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { 16187 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16188 16189 // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance 16190 // is not in an error state, this value is blank. 16191 Message *string `type:"string"` 16192 16193 // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false 16194 // if the instance is in an error state. 16195 Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` 16196 16197 // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can 16198 // be replicating, replication stop point set, replication stop point reached, 16199 // error, stopped, or terminated. 16200 Status *string `type:"string"` 16201 16202 // This value is currently "read replication." 16203 StatusType *string `type:"string"` 16204} 16205 16206// String returns the string representation 16207func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { 16208 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16209} 16210 16211// GoString returns the string representation 16212func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { 16213 return s.String() 16214} 16215 16216// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 16217func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 16218 s.Message = &v 16219 return s 16220} 16221 16222// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. 16223func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 16224 s.Normal = &v 16225 return s 16226} 16227 16228// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16229func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 16230 s.Status = &v 16231 return s 16232} 16233 16234// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. 16235func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 16236 s.StatusType = &v 16237 return s 16238} 16239 16240// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 16241// 16242// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 16243// action. 16244type DBParameterGroup struct { 16245 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16246 16247 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. 16248 DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 16249 16250 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter 16251 // group is compatible with. 16252 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 16253 16254 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 16255 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16256 16257 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. 16258 Description *string `type:"string"` 16259} 16260 16261// String returns the string representation 16262func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { 16263 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16264} 16265 16266// GoString returns the string representation 16267func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { 16268 return s.String() 16269} 16270 16271// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. 16272func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 16273 s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v 16274 return s 16275} 16276 16277// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 16278func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 16279 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 16280 return s 16281} 16282 16283// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 16284func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 16285 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 16286 return s 16287} 16288 16289// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 16290func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 16291 s.Description = &v 16292 return s 16293} 16294 16295// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup 16296// or ResetDBParameterGroup action. 16297type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 16298 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16299 16300 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 16301 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16302} 16303 16304// String returns the string representation 16305func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 16306 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16307} 16308 16309// GoString returns the string representation 16310func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 16311 return s.String() 16312} 16313 16314// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 16315func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage { 16316 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 16317 return s 16318} 16319 16320// The status of the DB parameter group. 16321// 16322// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 16323// 16324// * CreateDBInstance 16325// 16326// * CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 16327// 16328// * DeleteDBInstance 16329// 16330// * ModifyDBInstance 16331// 16332// * RebootDBInstance 16333// 16334// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 16335type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { 16336 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16337 16338 // The name of the DP parameter group. 16339 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16340 16341 // The status of parameter updates. 16342 ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` 16343} 16344 16345// String returns the string representation 16346func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { 16347 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16348} 16349 16350// GoString returns the string representation 16351func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { 16352 return s.String() 16353} 16354 16355// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 16356func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 16357 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 16358 return s 16359} 16360 16361// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. 16362func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 16363 s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v 16364 return s 16365} 16366 16367// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 16368// 16369// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 16370// action. 16371type DBSecurityGroup struct { 16372 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16373 16374 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. 16375 DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 16376 16377 // Provides the description of the DB security group. 16378 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 16379 16380 // Specifies the name of the DB security group. 16381 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16382 16383 // Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. 16384 EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"` 16385 16386 // Contains a list of IPRange elements. 16387 IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"` 16388 16389 // Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. 16390 OwnerId *string `type:"string"` 16391 16392 // Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. 16393 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 16394} 16395 16396// String returns the string representation 16397func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string { 16398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16399} 16400 16401// GoString returns the string representation 16402func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 16403 return s.String() 16404} 16405 16406// SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value. 16407func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 16408 s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v 16409 return s 16410} 16411 16412// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 16413func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 16414 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 16415 return s 16416} 16417 16418// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 16419func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 16420 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 16421 return s 16422} 16423 16424// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value. 16425func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup { 16426 s.EC2SecurityGroups = v 16427 return s 16428} 16429 16430// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value. 16431func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup { 16432 s.IPRanges = v 16433 return s 16434} 16435 16436// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value. 16437func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 16438 s.OwnerId = &v 16439 return s 16440} 16441 16442// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 16443func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 16444 s.VpcId = &v 16445 return s 16446} 16447 16448// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 16449// 16450// * ModifyDBInstance 16451// 16452// * RebootDBInstance 16453// 16454// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 16455// 16456// * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 16457type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { 16458 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16459 16460 // The name of the DB security group. 16461 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16462 16463 // The status of the DB security group. 16464 Status *string `type:"string"` 16465} 16466 16467// String returns the string representation 16468func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 16469 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16470} 16471 16472// GoString returns the string representation 16473func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 16474 return s.String() 16475} 16476 16477// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 16478func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 16479 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 16480 return s 16481} 16482 16483// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16484func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 16485 s.Status = &v 16486 return s 16487} 16488 16489// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 16490// 16491// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 16492type DBSnapshot struct { 16493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16494 16495 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 16496 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 16497 16498 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in 16499 // at the time of the DB snapshot. 16500 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 16501 16502 // Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot 16503 // was created from. 16504 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16505 16506 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. 16507 DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 16508 16509 // Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. 16510 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16511 16512 // Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. 16513 Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 16514 16515 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 16516 Engine *string `type:"string"` 16517 16518 // Specifies the version of the database engine. 16519 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16520 16521 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 16522 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 16523 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 16524 16525 // Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated 16526 // Time (UTC). 16527 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16528 16529 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB 16530 // instance at the time of the snapshot. 16531 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 16532 16533 // If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. 16534 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 16535 16536 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 16537 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 16538 16539 // Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. 16540 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 16541 16542 // Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. 16543 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16544 16545 // The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 16546 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 16547 16548 // Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time 16549 // of the snapshot. 16550 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 16551 16552 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 16553 // class of the DB instance when the DB snapshot was created. 16554 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 16555 16556 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 16557 // (UTC). 16558 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16559 16560 // Provides the type of the DB snapshot. 16561 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 16562 16563 // The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied 16564 // from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. 16565 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16566 16567 // The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. 16568 SourceRegion *string `type:"string"` 16569 16570 // Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. 16571 Status *string `type:"string"` 16572 16573 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. 16574 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 16575 16576 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 16577 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 16578 16579 // The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is 16580 // empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL 16581 // Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. 16582 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 16583 16584 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. 16585 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 16586} 16587 16588// String returns the string representation 16589func (s DBSnapshot) String() string { 16590 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16591} 16592 16593// GoString returns the string representation 16594func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string { 16595 return s.String() 16596} 16597 16598// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 16599func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 16600 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 16601 return s 16602} 16603 16604// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 16605func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16606 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 16607 return s 16608} 16609 16610// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 16611func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16612 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 16613 return s 16614} 16615 16616// SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value. 16617func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16618 s.DBSnapshotArn = &v 16619 return s 16620} 16621 16622// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16623func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16624 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16625 return s 16626} 16627 16628// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value. 16629func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 16630 s.Encrypted = &v 16631 return s 16632} 16633 16634// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 16635func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16636 s.Engine = &v 16637 return s 16638} 16639 16640// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16641func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16642 s.EngineVersion = &v 16643 return s 16644} 16645 16646// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 16647func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 16648 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 16649 return s 16650} 16651 16652// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 16653func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 16654 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 16655 return s 16656} 16657 16658// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 16659func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 16660 s.Iops = &v 16661 return s 16662} 16663 16664// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 16665func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16666 s.KmsKeyId = &v 16667 return s 16668} 16669 16670// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 16671func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16672 s.LicenseModel = &v 16673 return s 16674} 16675 16676// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 16677func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16678 s.MasterUsername = &v 16679 return s 16680} 16681 16682// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 16683func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16684 s.OptionGroupName = &v 16685 return s 16686} 16687 16688// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 16689func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 16690 s.PercentProgress = &v 16691 return s 16692} 16693 16694// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 16695func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 16696 s.Port = &v 16697 return s 16698} 16699 16700// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 16701func (s *DBSnapshot) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBSnapshot { 16702 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 16703 return s 16704} 16705 16706// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 16707func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 16708 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 16709 return s 16710} 16711 16712// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 16713func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16714 s.SnapshotType = &v 16715 return s 16716} 16717 16718// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16719func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16720 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16721 return s 16722} 16723 16724// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 16725func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16726 s.SourceRegion = &v 16727 return s 16728} 16729 16730// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16731func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16732 s.Status = &v 16733 return s 16734} 16735 16736// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16737func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16738 s.StorageType = &v 16739 return s 16740} 16741 16742// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 16743func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16744 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 16745 return s 16746} 16747 16748// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 16749func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16750 s.Timezone = &v 16751 return s 16752} 16753 16754// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 16755func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16756 s.VpcId = &v 16757 return s 16758} 16759 16760// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute 16761// 16762// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 16763// restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 16764// API. 16765type DBSnapshotAttribute struct { 16766 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16767 16768 // The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. 16769 // 16770 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 16771 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 16772 // see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 16773 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 16774 16775 // The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. 16776 // 16777 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 16778 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 16779 // manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB 16780 // snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. 16781 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 16782} 16783 16784// String returns the string representation 16785func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 16786 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16787} 16788 16789// GoString returns the string representation 16790func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 16791 return s.String() 16792} 16793 16794// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 16795func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 16796 s.AttributeName = &v 16797 return s 16798} 16799 16800// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 16801func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 16802 s.AttributeValues = v 16803 return s 16804} 16805 16806// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 16807// API action. 16808// 16809// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 16810// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 16811// API action. 16812type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 16813 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16814 16815 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. 16816 DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 16817 16818 // The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. 16819 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16820} 16821 16822// String returns the string representation 16823func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 16824 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16825} 16826 16827// GoString returns the string representation 16828func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 16829 return s.String() 16830} 16831 16832// SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value. 16833func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 16834 s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v 16835 return s 16836} 16837 16838// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16839func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 16840 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16841 return s 16842} 16843 16844// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 16845// 16846// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 16847// action. 16848type DBSubnetGroup struct { 16849 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16850 16851 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. 16852 DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 16853 16854 // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. 16855 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 16856 16857 // The name of the DB subnet group. 16858 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16859 16860 // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. 16861 SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 16862 16863 // Contains a list of Subnet elements. 16864 Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` 16865 16866 // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. 16867 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 16868} 16869 16870// String returns the string representation 16871func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { 16872 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16873} 16874 16875// GoString returns the string representation 16876func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { 16877 return s.String() 16878} 16879 16880// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. 16881func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16882 s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v 16883 return s 16884} 16885 16886// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 16887func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16888 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 16889 return s 16890} 16891 16892// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16893func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16894 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16895 return s 16896} 16897 16898// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. 16899func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16900 s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v 16901 return s 16902} 16903 16904// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. 16905func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { 16906 s.Subnets = v 16907 return s 16908} 16909 16910// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 16911func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16912 s.VpcId = &v 16913 return s 16914} 16915 16916type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { 16917 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16918 16919 // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter 16920 // isn't case-sensitive. 16921 // 16922 // Constraints: 16923 // 16924 // * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 16925 // 16926 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16927 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16928 16929 // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created 16930 // when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. 16931 // 16932 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 16933 // to true results in an error. 16934 // 16935 // Constraints: 16936 // 16937 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 16938 // 16939 // * First character must be a letter 16940 // 16941 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16942 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16943 16944 // Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster 16945 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false 16946 // is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. 16947 // 16948 // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot 16949 // is false. 16950 // 16951 // Default: false 16952 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 16953} 16954 16955// String returns the string representation 16956func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { 16957 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16958} 16959 16960// GoString returns the string representation 16961func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16962 return s.String() 16963} 16964 16965// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16966func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16967 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} 16968 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16969 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16970 } 16971 16972 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16973 return invalidParams 16974 } 16975 return nil 16976} 16977 16978// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16979func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16980 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16981 return s 16982} 16983 16984// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16985func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16986 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16987 return s 16988} 16989 16990// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 16991func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16992 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 16993 return s 16994} 16995 16996type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { 16997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16998 16999 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 17000 // 17001 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 17002 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 17003} 17004 17005// String returns the string representation 17006func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { 17007 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17008} 17009 17010// GoString returns the string representation 17011func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 17012 return s.String() 17013} 17014 17015// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 17016func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { 17017 s.DBCluster = v 17018 return s 17019} 17020 17021type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 17022 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17023 17024 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 17025 // 17026 // Constraints: 17027 // 17028 // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 17029 // 17030 // * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. 17031 // 17032 // * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. 17033 // 17034 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 17035 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17036} 17037 17038// String returns the string representation 17039func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 17040 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17041} 17042 17043// GoString returns the string representation 17044func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 17045 return s.String() 17046} 17047 17048// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17049func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 17050 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 17051 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 17052 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 17053 } 17054 17055 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17056 return invalidParams 17057 } 17058 return nil 17059} 17060 17061// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17062func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 17063 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17064 return s 17065} 17066 17067type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 17068 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17069} 17070 17071// String returns the string representation 17072func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 17073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17074} 17075 17076// GoString returns the string representation 17077func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17078 return s.String() 17079} 17080 17081type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 17082 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17083 17084 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. 17085 // 17086 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available 17087 // state. 17088 // 17089 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17090 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17091} 17092 17093// String returns the string representation 17094func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 17095 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17096} 17097 17098// GoString returns the string representation 17099func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 17100 return s.String() 17101} 17102 17103// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17104func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 17105 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 17106 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17107 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 17108 } 17109 17110 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17111 return invalidParams 17112 } 17113 return nil 17114} 17115 17116// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17117func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17118 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17119 return s 17120} 17121 17122type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 17123 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17124 17125 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 17126 // 17127 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 17128 // action. 17129 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 17130} 17131 17132// String returns the string representation 17133func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 17134 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17135} 17136 17137// GoString returns the string representation 17138func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 17139 return s.String() 17140} 17141 17142// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 17143func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 17144 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 17145 return s 17146} 17147 17148type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { 17149 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17150 17151 // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter 17152 // isn't case-sensitive. 17153 // 17154 // Constraints: 17155 // 17156 // * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. 17157 // 17158 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 17159 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17160 17161 // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot 17162 // is set to false. 17163 // 17164 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 17165 // to true results in an error. 17166 // 17167 // Constraints: 17168 // 17169 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 17170 // 17171 // * First character must be a letter 17172 // 17173 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17174 // 17175 // * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. 17176 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17177 17178 // Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance 17179 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, 17180 // a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. 17181 // 17182 // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 17183 // 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted 17184 // when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". 17185 // 17186 // Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. 17187 // 17188 // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot 17189 // is false. 17190 // 17191 // Default: false 17192 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 17193} 17194 17195// String returns the string representation 17196func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { 17197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17198} 17199 17200// GoString returns the string representation 17201func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 17202 return s.String() 17203} 17204 17205// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17206func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 17207 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} 17208 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 17209 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 17210 } 17211 17212 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17213 return invalidParams 17214 } 17215 return nil 17216} 17217 17218// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 17219func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 17220 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 17221 return s 17222} 17223 17224// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17225func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 17226 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17227 return s 17228} 17229 17230// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 17231func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 17232 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 17233 return s 17234} 17235 17236type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { 17237 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17238 17239 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 17240 // 17241 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 17242 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 17243} 17244 17245// String returns the string representation 17246func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 17247 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17248} 17249 17250// GoString returns the string representation 17251func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 17252 return s.String() 17253} 17254 17255// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 17256func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { 17257 s.DBInstance = v 17258 return s 17259} 17260 17261type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { 17262 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17263 17264 // The name of the DB parameter group. 17265 // 17266 // Constraints: 17267 // 17268 // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group 17269 // 17270 // * You can't delete a default DB parameter group 17271 // 17272 // * Cannot be associated with any DB instances 17273 // 17274 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 17275 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17276} 17277 17278// String returns the string representation 17279func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 17280 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17281} 17282 17283// GoString returns the string representation 17284func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 17285 return s.String() 17286} 17287 17288// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17289func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 17290 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} 17291 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 17292 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 17293 } 17294 17295 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17296 return invalidParams 17297 } 17298 return nil 17299} 17300 17301// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 17302func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { 17303 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 17304 return s 17305} 17306 17307type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 17308 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17309} 17310 17311// String returns the string representation 17312func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 17313 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17314} 17315 17316// GoString returns the string representation 17317func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17318 return s.String() 17319} 17320 17321type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 17322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17323 17324 // The name of the DB security group to delete. 17325 // 17326 // You can't delete the default DB security group. 17327 // 17328 // Constraints: 17329 // 17330 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 17331 // 17332 // * First character must be a letter 17333 // 17334 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17335 // 17336 // * Must not be "Default" 17337 // 17338 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 17339 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17340} 17341 17342// String returns the string representation 17343func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 17344 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17345} 17346 17347// GoString returns the string representation 17348func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 17349 return s.String() 17350} 17351 17352// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17353func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 17354 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"} 17355 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 17356 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 17357 } 17358 17359 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17360 return invalidParams 17361 } 17362 return nil 17363} 17364 17365// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 17366func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput { 17367 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 17368 return s 17369} 17370 17371type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 17372 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17373} 17374 17375// String returns the string representation 17376func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 17377 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17378} 17379 17380// GoString returns the string representation 17381func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17382 return s.String() 17383} 17384 17385type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct { 17386 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17387 17388 // The DBSnapshot identifier. 17389 // 17390 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available 17391 // state. 17392 // 17393 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17394 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17395} 17396 17397// String returns the string representation 17398func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 17399 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17400} 17401 17402// GoString returns the string representation 17403func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 17404 return s.String() 17405} 17406 17407// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17408func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 17409 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"} 17410 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17411 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 17412 } 17413 17414 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17415 return invalidParams 17416 } 17417 return nil 17418} 17419 17420// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17421func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput { 17422 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17423 return s 17424} 17425 17426type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct { 17427 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17428 17429 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 17430 // 17431 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 17432 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 17433} 17434 17435// String returns the string representation 17436func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 17437 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17438} 17439 17440// GoString returns the string representation 17441func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 17442 return s.String() 17443} 17444 17445// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 17446func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput { 17447 s.DBSnapshot = v 17448 return s 17449} 17450 17451type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 17452 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17453 17454 // The name of the database subnet group to delete. 17455 // 17456 // You can't delete the default subnet group. 17457 // 17458 // Constraints: 17459 // 17460 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 17461 // default. 17462 // 17463 // Example: mySubnetgroup 17464 // 17465 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 17466 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17467} 17468 17469// String returns the string representation 17470func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 17471 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17472} 17473 17474// GoString returns the string representation 17475func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 17476 return s.String() 17477} 17478 17479// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17480func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 17481 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} 17482 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 17483 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 17484 } 17485 17486 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17487 return invalidParams 17488 } 17489 return nil 17490} 17491 17492// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 17493func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { 17494 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 17495 return s 17496} 17497 17498type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 17499 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17500} 17501 17502// String returns the string representation 17503func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 17504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17505} 17506 17507// GoString returns the string representation 17508func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17509 return s.String() 17510} 17511 17512type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { 17513 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17514 17515 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. 17516 // 17517 // SubscriptionName is a required field 17518 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17519} 17520 17521// String returns the string representation 17522func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 17523 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17524} 17525 17526// GoString returns the string representation 17527func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 17528 return s.String() 17529} 17530 17531// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17532func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 17533 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} 17534 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 17535 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 17536 } 17537 17538 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17539 return invalidParams 17540 } 17541 return nil 17542} 17543 17544// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 17545func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { 17546 s.SubscriptionName = &v 17547 return s 17548} 17549 17550type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 17551 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17552 17553 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 17554 // action. 17555 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 17556} 17557 17558// String returns the string representation 17559func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 17560 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17561} 17562 17563// GoString returns the string representation 17564func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 17565 return s.String() 17566} 17567 17568// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 17569func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { 17570 s.EventSubscription = v 17571 return s 17572} 17573 17574type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct { 17575 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17576 17577 // The name of the option group to be deleted. 17578 // 17579 // You can't delete default option groups. 17580 // 17581 // OptionGroupName is a required field 17582 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17583} 17584 17585// String returns the string representation 17586func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string { 17587 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17588} 17589 17590// GoString returns the string representation 17591func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 17592 return s.String() 17593} 17594 17595// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17596func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 17597 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"} 17598 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 17599 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 17600 } 17601 17602 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17603 return invalidParams 17604 } 17605 return nil 17606} 17607 17608// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 17609func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput { 17610 s.OptionGroupName = &v 17611 return s 17612} 17613 17614type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct { 17615 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17616} 17617 17618// String returns the string representation 17619func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 17620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17621} 17622 17623// GoString returns the string representation 17624func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17625 return s.String() 17626} 17627 17628type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct { 17629 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17630} 17631 17632// String returns the string representation 17633func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string { 17634 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17635} 17636 17637// GoString returns the string representation 17638func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string { 17639 return s.String() 17640} 17641 17642// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action. 17643type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct { 17644 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17645 17646 // A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, 17647 // a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. 17648 AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"` 17649} 17650 17651// String returns the string representation 17652func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string { 17653 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17654} 17655 17656// GoString returns the string representation 17657func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 17658 return s.String() 17659} 17660 17661// SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value. 17662func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput { 17663 s.AccountQuotas = v 17664 return s 17665} 17666 17667type DescribeCertificatesInput struct { 17668 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17669 17670 // The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, 17671 // information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter 17672 // isn't case-sensitive. 17673 // 17674 // Constraints: 17675 // 17676 // * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier. 17677 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17678 17679 // This parameter is not currently supported. 17680 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17681 17682 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 17683 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17684 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17685 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17686 17687 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17688 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17689 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17690 // 17691 // Default: 100 17692 // 17693 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17694 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17695} 17696 17697// String returns the string representation 17698func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string { 17699 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17700} 17701 17702// GoString returns the string representation 17703func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string { 17704 return s.String() 17705} 17706 17707// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17708func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error { 17709 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"} 17710 if s.Filters != nil { 17711 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17712 if v == nil { 17713 continue 17714 } 17715 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17716 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17717 } 17718 } 17719 } 17720 17721 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17722 return invalidParams 17723 } 17724 return nil 17725} 17726 17727// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 17728func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17729 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 17730 return s 17731} 17732 17733// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17734func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17735 s.Filters = v 17736 return s 17737} 17738 17739// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17740func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17741 s.Marker = &v 17742 return s 17743} 17744 17745// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17746func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17747 s.MaxRecords = &v 17748 return s 17749} 17750 17751// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action. 17752type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct { 17753 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17754 17755 // The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account. 17756 Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"` 17757 17758 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 17759 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17760 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 17761 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17762} 17763 17764// String returns the string representation 17765func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string { 17766 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17767} 17768 17769// GoString returns the string representation 17770func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { 17771 return s.String() 17772} 17773 17774// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. 17775func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 17776 s.Certificates = v 17777 return s 17778} 17779 17780// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17781func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 17782 s.Marker = &v 17783 return s 17784} 17785 17786type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput struct { 17787 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17788 17789 // If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to 17790 // be described. 17791 // 17792 // Constraints: 17793 // 17794 // * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more 17795 // information about UUIDs, see A Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) URN 17796 // Namespace (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt). 17797 // 17798 // Example: 123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000 17799 BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17800 17801 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter 17802 // is stored as a lowercase string. 17803 // 17804 // Constraints: 17805 // 17806 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. 17807 // 17808 // * First character must be a letter. 17809 // 17810 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 17811 // 17812 // Example: my-cluster1 17813 // 17814 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17815 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17816 17817 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters 17818 // include the following: 17819 // 17820 // * db-cluster-backtrack-id - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results 17821 // list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these 17822 // identifiers. 17823 // 17824 // * db-cluster-backtrack-status - Accepts any of the following backtrack 17825 // status values: 17826 // 17827 // applying 17828 // 17829 // completed 17830 // 17831 // failed 17832 // 17833 // pending 17834 // 17835 // The results list includes information about only the backtracks identified 17836 // by these values. For more information about backtrack status values, see 17837 // DBClusterBacktrack. 17838 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17839 17840 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 17841 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17842 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17843 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17844 17845 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17846 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17847 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17848 // 17849 // Default: 100 17850 // 17851 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17852 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17853} 17854 17855// String returns the string representation 17856func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) String() string { 17857 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17858} 17859 17860// GoString returns the string representation 17861func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) GoString() string { 17862 return s.String() 17863} 17864 17865// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17866func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) Validate() error { 17867 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput"} 17868 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17869 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17870 } 17871 if s.Filters != nil { 17872 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17873 if v == nil { 17874 continue 17875 } 17876 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17877 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17878 } 17879 } 17880 } 17881 17882 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17883 return invalidParams 17884 } 17885 return nil 17886} 17887 17888// SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value. 17889func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 17890 s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v 17891 return s 17892} 17893 17894// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17895func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 17896 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17897 return s 17898} 17899 17900// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17901func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 17902 s.Filters = v 17903 return s 17904} 17905 17906// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17907func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 17908 s.Marker = &v 17909 return s 17910} 17911 17912// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17913func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 17914 s.MaxRecords = &v 17915 return s 17916} 17917 17918// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 17919// action. 17920type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput struct { 17921 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17922 17923 // Contains a list of backtracks for the user. 17924 DBClusterBacktracks []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput `locationNameList:"DBClusterBacktrack" type:"list"` 17925 17926 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 17927 // request. 17928 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17929} 17930 17931// String returns the string representation 17932func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) String() string { 17933 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17934} 17935 17936// GoString returns the string representation 17937func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) GoString() string { 17938 return s.String() 17939} 17940 17941// SetDBClusterBacktracks sets the DBClusterBacktracks field's value. 17942func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetDBClusterBacktracks(v []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput { 17943 s.DBClusterBacktracks = v 17944 return s 17945} 17946 17947// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17948func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput { 17949 s.Marker = &v 17950 return s 17951} 17952 17953type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { 17954 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17955 17956 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. 17957 // 17958 // Constraints: 17959 // 17960 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 17961 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17962 17963 // This parameter is not currently supported. 17964 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17965 17966 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 17967 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17968 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17969 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17970 17971 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17972 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17973 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17974 // 17975 // Default: 100 17976 // 17977 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17978 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17979} 17980 17981// String returns the string representation 17982func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 17983 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17984} 17985 17986// GoString returns the string representation 17987func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 17988 return s.String() 17989} 17990 17991// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17992func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 17993 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} 17994 if s.Filters != nil { 17995 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17996 if v == nil { 17997 continue 17998 } 17999 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18000 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18001 } 18002 } 18003 } 18004 18005 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18006 return invalidParams 18007 } 18008 return nil 18009} 18010 18011// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 18012func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 18013 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 18014 return s 18015} 18016 18017// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18018func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 18019 s.Filters = v 18020 return s 18021} 18022 18023// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18024func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 18025 s.Marker = &v 18026 return s 18027} 18028 18029// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18030func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 18031 s.MaxRecords = &v 18032 return s 18033} 18034 18035type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { 18036 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18037 18038 // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. 18039 DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` 18040 18041 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 18042 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18043 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18044 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18045} 18046 18047// String returns the string representation 18048func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 18049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18050} 18051 18052// GoString returns the string representation 18053func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 18054 return s.String() 18055} 18056 18057// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. 18058func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 18059 s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v 18060 return s 18061} 18062 18063// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18064func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 18065 s.Marker = &v 18066 return s 18067} 18068 18069type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { 18070 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18071 18072 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details 18073 // for. 18074 // 18075 // Constraints: 18076 // 18077 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 18078 // 18079 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 18080 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18081 18082 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18083 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18084 18085 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 18086 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18087 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18088 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18089 18090 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18091 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18092 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18093 // 18094 // Default: 100 18095 // 18096 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18097 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18098 18099 // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter 18100 // sources can be engine, service, or customer. 18101 Source *string `type:"string"` 18102} 18103 18104// String returns the string representation 18105func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { 18106 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18107} 18108 18109// GoString returns the string representation 18110func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 18111 return s.String() 18112} 18113 18114// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18115func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 18116 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} 18117 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 18118 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 18119 } 18120 if s.Filters != nil { 18121 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18122 if v == nil { 18123 continue 18124 } 18125 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18126 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18127 } 18128 } 18129 } 18130 18131 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18132 return invalidParams 18133 } 18134 return nil 18135} 18136 18137// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 18138func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 18139 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 18140 return s 18141} 18142 18143// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18144func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 18145 s.Filters = v 18146 return s 18147} 18148 18149// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18150func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 18151 s.Marker = &v 18152 return s 18153} 18154 18155// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18156func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 18157 s.MaxRecords = &v 18158 return s 18159} 18160 18161// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 18162func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 18163 s.Source = &v 18164 return s 18165} 18166 18167// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters 18168// in the DB cluster parameter group. 18169type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { 18170 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18171 18172 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 18173 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18174 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 18175 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18176 18177 // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. 18178 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 18179} 18180 18181// String returns the string representation 18182func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 18183 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18184} 18185 18186// GoString returns the string representation 18187func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 18188 return s.String() 18189} 18190 18191// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18192func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 18193 s.Marker = &v 18194 return s 18195} 18196 18197// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 18198func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 18199 s.Parameters = v 18200 return s 18201} 18202 18203type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 18204 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18205 18206 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. 18207 // 18208 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 18209 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18210} 18211 18212// String returns the string representation 18213func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 18214 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18215} 18216 18217// GoString returns the string representation 18218func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 18219 return s.String() 18220} 18221 18222// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18223func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 18224 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} 18225 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 18226 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 18227 } 18228 18229 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18230 return invalidParams 18231 } 18232 return nil 18233} 18234 18235// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 18236func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { 18237 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 18238 return s 18239} 18240 18241type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 18242 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18243 18244 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 18245 // API action. 18246 // 18247 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 18248 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 18249 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 18250 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 18251} 18252 18253// String returns the string representation 18254func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 18255 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18256} 18257 18258// GoString returns the string representation 18259func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 18260 return s.String() 18261} 18262 18263// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 18264func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { 18265 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 18266 return s 18267} 18268 18269type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { 18270 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18271 18272 // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. 18273 // This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 18274 // parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 18275 // 18276 // Constraints: 18277 // 18278 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 18279 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18280 18281 // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't 18282 // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value 18283 // is stored as a lowercase string. 18284 // 18285 // Constraints: 18286 // 18287 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. 18288 // 18289 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 18290 // must also be specified. 18291 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18292 18293 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18294 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18295 18296 // True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied 18297 // or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 18298 // The default is false. 18299 // 18300 // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 18301 // API action. 18302 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 18303 18304 // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts 18305 // that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise 18306 // false. The default is false. 18307 // 18308 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot 18309 // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 18310 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 18311 18312 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 18313 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18314 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18315 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18316 18317 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18318 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18319 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18320 // 18321 // Default: 100 18322 // 18323 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18324 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18325 18326 // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the 18327 // following values: 18328 // 18329 // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically 18330 // taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. 18331 // 18332 // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my 18333 // AWS account. 18334 // 18335 // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared 18336 // to my AWS account. 18337 // 18338 // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. 18339 // 18340 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 18341 // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots 18342 // with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can 18343 // include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic 18344 // parameter to true. 18345 // 18346 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 18347 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 18348 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 18349 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 18350 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 18351} 18352 18353// String returns the string representation 18354func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { 18355 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18356} 18357 18358// GoString returns the string representation 18359func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 18360 return s.String() 18361} 18362 18363// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18364func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 18365 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} 18366 if s.Filters != nil { 18367 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18368 if v == nil { 18369 continue 18370 } 18371 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18372 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18373 } 18374 } 18375 } 18376 18377 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18378 return invalidParams 18379 } 18380 return nil 18381} 18382 18383// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 18384func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18385 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 18386 return s 18387} 18388 18389// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 18390func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18391 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 18392 return s 18393} 18394 18395// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18396func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18397 s.Filters = v 18398 return s 18399} 18400 18401// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 18402func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18403 s.IncludePublic = &v 18404 return s 18405} 18406 18407// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 18408func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18409 s.IncludeShared = &v 18410 return s 18411} 18412 18413// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18414func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18415 s.Marker = &v 18416 return s 18417} 18418 18419// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18420func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18421 s.MaxRecords = &v 18422 return s 18423} 18424 18425// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 18426func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 18427 s.SnapshotType = &v 18428 return s 18429} 18430 18431// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call 18432// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. 18433type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { 18434 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18435 18436 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. 18437 DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` 18438 18439 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 18440 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18441 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18442 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18443} 18444 18445// String returns the string representation 18446func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 18447 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18448} 18449 18450// GoString returns the string representation 18451func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 18452 return s.String() 18453} 18454 18455// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. 18456func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 18457 s.DBClusterSnapshots = v 18458 return s 18459} 18460 18461// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18462func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 18463 s.Marker = &v 18464 return s 18465} 18466 18467type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { 18468 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18469 18470 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 18471 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 18472 // isn't case-sensitive. 18473 // 18474 // Constraints: 18475 // 18476 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 18477 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18478 18479 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. 18480 // 18481 // Supported filters: 18482 // 18483 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 18484 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 18485 // about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 18486 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18487 18488 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. 18489 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 18490 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18491 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18492 18493 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18494 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18495 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18496 // 18497 // Default: 100 18498 // 18499 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18500 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18501} 18502 18503// String returns the string representation 18504func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { 18505 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18506} 18507 18508// GoString returns the string representation 18509func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { 18510 return s.String() 18511} 18512 18513// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18514func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { 18515 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} 18516 if s.Filters != nil { 18517 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18518 if v == nil { 18519 continue 18520 } 18521 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18522 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18523 } 18524 } 18525 } 18526 18527 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18528 return invalidParams 18529 } 18530 return nil 18531} 18532 18533// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 18534func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 18535 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 18536 return s 18537} 18538 18539// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18540func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 18541 s.Filters = v 18542 return s 18543} 18544 18545// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18546func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 18547 s.Marker = &v 18548 return s 18549} 18550 18551// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18552func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 18553 s.MaxRecords = &v 18554 return s 18555} 18556 18557// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters 18558// action. 18559type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { 18560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18561 18562 // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. 18563 DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` 18564 18565 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. 18566 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18567} 18568 18569// String returns the string representation 18570func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { 18571 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18572} 18573 18574// GoString returns the string representation 18575func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { 18576 return s.String() 18577} 18578 18579// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. 18580func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 18581 s.DBClusters = v 18582 return s 18583} 18584 18585// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18586func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 18587 s.Marker = &v 18588 return s 18589} 18590 18591type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { 18592 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18593 18594 // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. 18595 // 18596 // Constraints: 18597 // 18598 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. 18599 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 18600 18601 // Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine 18602 // and major version combination is returned. 18603 DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 18604 18605 // The database engine to return. 18606 Engine *string `type:"string"` 18607 18608 // The database engine version to return. 18609 // 18610 // Example: 5.1.49 18611 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 18612 18613 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18614 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18615 18616 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName 18617 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 18618 // character sets for each engine version. 18619 ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` 18620 18621 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone 18622 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 18623 // time zones for each engine version. 18624 ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` 18625 18626 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18627 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18628 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18629 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18630 18631 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 18632 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 18633 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 18634 // 18635 // Default: 100 18636 // 18637 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18638 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18639} 18640 18641// String returns the string representation 18642func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { 18643 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18644} 18645 18646// GoString returns the string representation 18647func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { 18648 return s.String() 18649} 18650 18651// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18652func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { 18653 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} 18654 if s.Filters != nil { 18655 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18656 if v == nil { 18657 continue 18658 } 18659 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18660 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18661 } 18662 } 18663 } 18664 18665 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18666 return invalidParams 18667 } 18668 return nil 18669} 18670 18671// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 18672func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18673 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 18674 return s 18675} 18676 18677// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. 18678func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18679 s.DefaultOnly = &v 18680 return s 18681} 18682 18683// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 18684func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18685 s.Engine = &v 18686 return s 18687} 18688 18689// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 18690func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18691 s.EngineVersion = &v 18692 return s 18693} 18694 18695// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18696func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18697 s.Filters = v 18698 return s 18699} 18700 18701// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. 18702func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18703 s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v 18704 return s 18705} 18706 18707// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. 18708func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18709 s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v 18710 return s 18711} 18712 18713// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18714func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18715 s.Marker = &v 18716 return s 18717} 18718 18719// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18720func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 18721 s.MaxRecords = &v 18722 return s 18723} 18724 18725// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions 18726// action. 18727type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { 18728 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18729 18730 // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. 18731 DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` 18732 18733 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18734 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18735 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18736 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18737} 18738 18739// String returns the string representation 18740func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { 18741 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18742} 18743 18744// GoString returns the string representation 18745func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { 18746 return s.String() 18747} 18748 18749// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. 18750func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 18751 s.DBEngineVersions = v 18752 return s 18753} 18754 18755// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18756func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 18757 s.Marker = &v 18758 return s 18759} 18760 18761type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { 18762 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18763 18764 // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information 18765 // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 18766 // 18767 // Constraints: 18768 // 18769 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 18770 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18771 18772 // A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. 18773 // 18774 // Supported filters: 18775 // 18776 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 18777 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 18778 // about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these 18779 // ARNs. 18780 // 18781 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon 18782 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 18783 // about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. 18784 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18785 18786 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. 18787 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 18788 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18789 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18790 18791 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18792 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18793 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18794 // 18795 // Default: 100 18796 // 18797 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18798 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18799} 18800 18801// String returns the string representation 18802func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { 18803 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18804} 18805 18806// GoString returns the string representation 18807func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 18808 return s.String() 18809} 18810 18811// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18812func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 18813 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} 18814 if s.Filters != nil { 18815 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18816 if v == nil { 18817 continue 18818 } 18819 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18820 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18821 } 18822 } 18823 } 18824 18825 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18826 return invalidParams 18827 } 18828 return nil 18829} 18830 18831// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 18832func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18833 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 18834 return s 18835} 18836 18837// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18838func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18839 s.Filters = v 18840 return s 18841} 18842 18843// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18844func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18845 s.Marker = &v 18846 return s 18847} 18848 18849// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18850func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18851 s.MaxRecords = &v 18852 return s 18853} 18854 18855// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances 18856// action. 18857type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { 18858 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18859 18860 // A list of DBInstance instances. 18861 DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` 18862 18863 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18864 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18865 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 18866 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18867} 18868 18869// String returns the string representation 18870func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 18871 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18872} 18873 18874// GoString returns the string representation 18875func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 18876 return s.String() 18877} 18878 18879// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. 18880func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 18881 s.DBInstances = v 18882 return s 18883} 18884 18885// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18886func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 18887 s.Marker = &v 18888 return s 18889} 18890 18891// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles. 18892type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct { 18893 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18894 18895 // A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. 18896 LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 18897 18898 // The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. 18899 LogFileName *string `type:"string"` 18900 18901 // The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. 18902 Size *int64 `type:"long"` 18903} 18904 18905// String returns the string representation 18906func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string { 18907 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18908} 18909 18910// GoString returns the string representation 18911func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string { 18912 return s.String() 18913} 18914 18915// SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value. 18916func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18917 s.LastWritten = &v 18918 return s 18919} 18920 18921// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 18922func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18923 s.LogFileName = &v 18924 return s 18925} 18926 18927// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 18928func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18929 s.Size = &v 18930 return s 18931} 18932 18933type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct { 18934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18935 18936 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 18937 // you want to list. 18938 // 18939 // Constraints: 18940 // 18941 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 18942 // 18943 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 18944 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18945 18946 // Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, 18947 // in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. 18948 FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 18949 18950 // Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. 18951 FileSize *int64 `type:"long"` 18952 18953 // Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified 18954 // string. 18955 FilenameContains *string `type:"string"` 18956 18957 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18958 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18959 18960 // The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter 18961 // is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18962 // MaxRecords. 18963 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18964 18965 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18966 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18967 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18968 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18969} 18970 18971// String returns the string representation 18972func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string { 18973 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18974} 18975 18976// GoString returns the string representation 18977func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string { 18978 return s.String() 18979} 18980 18981// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18982func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error { 18983 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"} 18984 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 18985 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 18986 } 18987 if s.Filters != nil { 18988 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18989 if v == nil { 18990 continue 18991 } 18992 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18993 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18994 } 18995 } 18996 } 18997 18998 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18999 return invalidParams 19000 } 19001 return nil 19002} 19003 19004// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 19005func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19006 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 19007 return s 19008} 19009 19010// SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value. 19011func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19012 s.FileLastWritten = &v 19013 return s 19014} 19015 19016// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value. 19017func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19018 s.FileSize = &v 19019 return s 19020} 19021 19022// SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value. 19023func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19024 s.FilenameContains = &v 19025 return s 19026} 19027 19028// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19029func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19030 s.Filters = v 19031 return s 19032} 19033 19034// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19035func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19036 s.Marker = &v 19037 return s 19038} 19039 19040// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19041func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 19042 s.MaxRecords = &v 19043 return s 19044} 19045 19046// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles. 19047type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct { 19048 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19049 19050 // The DB log files returned. 19051 DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"` 19052 19053 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request. 19054 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19055} 19056 19057// String returns the string representation 19058func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string { 19059 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19060} 19061 19062// GoString returns the string representation 19063func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string { 19064 return s.String() 19065} 19066 19067// SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value. 19068func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 19069 s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v 19070 return s 19071} 19072 19073// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19074func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 19075 s.Marker = &v 19076 return s 19077} 19078 19079type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { 19080 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19081 19082 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 19083 // 19084 // Constraints: 19085 // 19086 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 19087 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19088 19089 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19090 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19091 19092 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups 19093 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19094 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19095 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19096 19097 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19098 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19099 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19100 // 19101 // Default: 100 19102 // 19103 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19104 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19105} 19106 19107// String returns the string representation 19108func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 19109 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19110} 19111 19112// GoString returns the string representation 19113func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 19114 return s.String() 19115} 19116 19117// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19118func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 19119 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} 19120 if s.Filters != nil { 19121 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19122 if v == nil { 19123 continue 19124 } 19125 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19126 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19127 } 19128 } 19129 } 19130 19131 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19132 return invalidParams 19133 } 19134 return nil 19135} 19136 19137// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 19138func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 19139 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 19140 return s 19141} 19142 19143// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19144func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 19145 s.Filters = v 19146 return s 19147} 19148 19149// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19150func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 19151 s.Marker = &v 19152 return s 19153} 19154 19155// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19156func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 19157 s.MaxRecords = &v 19158 return s 19159} 19160 19161// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups 19162// action. 19163type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { 19164 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19165 19166 // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. 19167 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 19168 19169 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19170 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19171 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19172 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19173} 19174 19175// String returns the string representation 19176func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 19177 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19178} 19179 19180// GoString returns the string representation 19181func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 19182 return s.String() 19183} 19184 19185// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 19186func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 19187 s.DBParameterGroups = v 19188 return s 19189} 19190 19191// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19192func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 19193 s.Marker = &v 19194 return s 19195} 19196 19197type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { 19198 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19199 19200 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 19201 // 19202 // Constraints: 19203 // 19204 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 19205 // 19206 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 19207 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19208 19209 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19210 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19211 19212 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters 19213 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19214 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19215 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19216 19217 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19218 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19219 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19220 // 19221 // Default: 100 19222 // 19223 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19224 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19225 19226 // The parameter types to return. 19227 // 19228 // Default: All parameter types returned 19229 // 19230 // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default 19231 Source *string `type:"string"` 19232} 19233 19234// String returns the string representation 19235func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { 19236 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19237} 19238 19239// GoString returns the string representation 19240func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { 19241 return s.String() 19242} 19243 19244// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19245func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { 19246 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} 19247 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 19248 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 19249 } 19250 if s.Filters != nil { 19251 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19252 if v == nil { 19253 continue 19254 } 19255 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19256 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19257 } 19258 } 19259 } 19260 19261 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19262 return invalidParams 19263 } 19264 return nil 19265} 19266 19267// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 19268func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 19269 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 19270 return s 19271} 19272 19273// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19274func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 19275 s.Filters = v 19276 return s 19277} 19278 19279// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19280func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 19281 s.Marker = &v 19282 return s 19283} 19284 19285// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19286func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 19287 s.MaxRecords = &v 19288 return s 19289} 19290 19291// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 19292func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 19293 s.Source = &v 19294 return s 19295} 19296 19297// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters 19298// action. 19299type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { 19300 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19301 19302 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19303 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19304 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19305 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19306 19307 // A list of Parameter values. 19308 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 19309} 19310 19311// String returns the string representation 19312func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { 19313 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19314} 19315 19316// GoString returns the string representation 19317func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { 19318 return s.String() 19319} 19320 19321// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19322func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 19323 s.Marker = &v 19324 return s 19325} 19326 19327// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 19328func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 19329 s.Parameters = v 19330 return s 19331} 19332 19333type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct { 19334 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19335 19336 // The name of the DB security group to return details for. 19337 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19338 19339 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19340 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19341 19342 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups 19343 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19344 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19345 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19346 19347 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19348 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19349 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19350 // 19351 // Default: 100 19352 // 19353 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19354 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19355} 19356 19357// String returns the string representation 19358func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 19359 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19360} 19361 19362// GoString returns the string representation 19363func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 19364 return s.String() 19365} 19366 19367// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19368func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 19369 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"} 19370 if s.Filters != nil { 19371 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19372 if v == nil { 19373 continue 19374 } 19375 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19376 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19377 } 19378 } 19379 } 19380 19381 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19382 return invalidParams 19383 } 19384 return nil 19385} 19386 19387// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 19388func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 19389 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 19390 return s 19391} 19392 19393// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19394func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 19395 s.Filters = v 19396 return s 19397} 19398 19399// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19400func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 19401 s.Marker = &v 19402 return s 19403} 19404 19405// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19406func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 19407 s.MaxRecords = &v 19408 return s 19409} 19410 19411// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 19412// action. 19413type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 19414 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19415 19416 // A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. 19417 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 19418 19419 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19420 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19421 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19422 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19423} 19424 19425// String returns the string representation 19426func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 19427 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19428} 19429 19430// GoString returns the string representation 19431func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 19432 return s.String() 19433} 19434 19435// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 19436func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 19437 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 19438 return s 19439} 19440 19441// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19442func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 19443 s.Marker = &v 19444 return s 19445} 19446 19447type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 19448 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19449 19450 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. 19451 // 19452 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 19453 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19454} 19455 19456// String returns the string representation 19457func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 19458 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19459} 19460 19461// GoString returns the string representation 19462func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 19463 return s.String() 19464} 19465 19466// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19467func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 19468 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"} 19469 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 19470 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 19471 } 19472 19473 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19474 return invalidParams 19475 } 19476 return nil 19477} 19478 19479// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 19480func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput { 19481 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 19482 return s 19483} 19484 19485type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 19486 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19487 19488 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 19489 // API action. 19490 // 19491 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 19492 // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 19493 // API action. 19494 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 19495} 19496 19497// String returns the string representation 19498func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 19499 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19500} 19501 19502// GoString returns the string representation 19503func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 19504 return s.String() 19505} 19506 19507// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 19508func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput { 19509 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 19510 return s 19511} 19512 19513type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct { 19514 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19515 19516 // The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This 19517 // parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter 19518 // is not case-sensitive. 19519 // 19520 // Constraints: 19521 // 19522 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 19523 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 19524 19525 // A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used 19526 // in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase 19527 // string. 19528 // 19529 // Constraints: 19530 // 19531 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 19532 // 19533 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 19534 // must also be specified. 19535 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 19536 19537 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19538 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19539 19540 // True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or 19541 // restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 19542 // 19543 // You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 19544 // API. 19545 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 19546 19547 // True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this 19548 // AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. 19549 // The default is false. 19550 // 19551 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from 19552 // another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 19553 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 19554 19555 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request. 19556 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 19557 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19558 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19559 19560 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19561 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19562 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19563 // 19564 // Default: 100 19565 // 19566 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19567 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19568 19569 // The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following 19570 // values: 19571 // 19572 // * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken 19573 // by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. 19574 // 19575 // * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. 19576 // 19577 // * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my 19578 // AWS account. 19579 // 19580 // * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. 19581 // 19582 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 19583 // snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in 19584 // the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these 19585 // results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public 19586 // snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true. 19587 // 19588 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 19589 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 19590 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 19591 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 19592 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 19593} 19594 19595// String returns the string representation 19596func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string { 19597 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19598} 19599 19600// GoString returns the string representation 19601func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 19602 return s.String() 19603} 19604 19605// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19606func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 19607 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"} 19608 if s.Filters != nil { 19609 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19610 if v == nil { 19611 continue 19612 } 19613 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19614 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19615 } 19616 } 19617 } 19618 19619 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19620 return invalidParams 19621 } 19622 return nil 19623} 19624 19625// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 19626func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19627 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 19628 return s 19629} 19630 19631// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 19632func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19633 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 19634 return s 19635} 19636 19637// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19638func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19639 s.Filters = v 19640 return s 19641} 19642 19643// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 19644func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19645 s.IncludePublic = &v 19646 return s 19647} 19648 19649// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 19650func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19651 s.IncludeShared = &v 19652 return s 19653} 19654 19655// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19656func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19657 s.Marker = &v 19658 return s 19659} 19660 19661// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19662func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19663 s.MaxRecords = &v 19664 return s 19665} 19666 19667// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 19668func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 19669 s.SnapshotType = &v 19670 return s 19671} 19672 19673// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots 19674// action. 19675type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct { 19676 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19677 19678 // A list of DBSnapshot instances. 19679 DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"` 19680 19681 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19682 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19683 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19684 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19685} 19686 19687// String returns the string representation 19688func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 19689 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19690} 19691 19692// GoString returns the string representation 19693func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 19694 return s.String() 19695} 19696 19697// SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value. 19698func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 19699 s.DBSnapshots = v 19700 return s 19701} 19702 19703// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19704func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 19705 s.Marker = &v 19706 return s 19707} 19708 19709type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { 19710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19711 19712 // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. 19713 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19714 19715 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19716 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19717 19718 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups 19719 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19720 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19721 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19722 19723 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19724 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19725 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19726 // 19727 // Default: 100 19728 // 19729 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19730 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19731} 19732 19733// String returns the string representation 19734func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { 19735 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19736} 19737 19738// GoString returns the string representation 19739func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 19740 return s.String() 19741} 19742 19743// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19744func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 19745 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} 19746 if s.Filters != nil { 19747 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19748 if v == nil { 19749 continue 19750 } 19751 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19752 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19753 } 19754 } 19755 } 19756 19757 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19758 return invalidParams 19759 } 19760 return nil 19761} 19762 19763// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 19764func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 19765 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 19766 return s 19767} 19768 19769// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19770func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 19771 s.Filters = v 19772 return s 19773} 19774 19775// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19776func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 19777 s.Marker = &v 19778 return s 19779} 19780 19781// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19782func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 19783 s.MaxRecords = &v 19784 return s 19785} 19786 19787// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 19788// action. 19789type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { 19790 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19791 19792 // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. 19793 DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` 19794 19795 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19796 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19797 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19798 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19799} 19800 19801// String returns the string representation 19802func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { 19803 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19804} 19805 19806// GoString returns the string representation 19807func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 19808 return s.String() 19809} 19810 19811// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. 19812func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 19813 s.DBSubnetGroups = v 19814 return s 19815} 19816 19817// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19818func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 19819 s.Marker = &v 19820 return s 19821} 19822 19823type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { 19824 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19825 19826 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter 19827 // information for. 19828 // 19829 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 19830 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19831 19832 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19833 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19834 19835 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 19836 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19837 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19838 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19839 19840 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19841 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19842 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19843 // 19844 // Default: 100 19845 // 19846 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19847 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19848} 19849 19850// String returns the string representation 19851func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { 19852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19853} 19854 19855// GoString returns the string representation 19856func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 19857 return s.String() 19858} 19859 19860// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19861func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 19862 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} 19863 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 19864 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 19865 } 19866 if s.Filters != nil { 19867 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19868 if v == nil { 19869 continue 19870 } 19871 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19872 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19873 } 19874 } 19875 } 19876 19877 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19878 return invalidParams 19879 } 19880 return nil 19881} 19882 19883// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 19884func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19885 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 19886 return s 19887} 19888 19889// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19890func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19891 s.Filters = v 19892 return s 19893} 19894 19895// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19896func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19897 s.Marker = &v 19898 return s 19899} 19900 19901// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19902func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19903 s.MaxRecords = &v 19904 return s 19905} 19906 19907type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { 19908 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19909 19910 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 19911 // action. 19912 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 19913} 19914 19915// String returns the string representation 19916func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 19917 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19918} 19919 19920// GoString returns the string representation 19921func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 19922 return s.String() 19923} 19924 19925// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 19926func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { 19927 s.EngineDefaults = v 19928 return s 19929} 19930 19931type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { 19932 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19933 19934 // The name of the DB parameter group family. 19935 // 19936 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 19937 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19938 19939 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19940 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19941 19942 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 19943 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19944 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19945 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19946 19947 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19948 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19949 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19950 // 19951 // Default: 100 19952 // 19953 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19954 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19955} 19956 19957// String returns the string representation 19958func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { 19959 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19960} 19961 19962// GoString returns the string representation 19963func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { 19964 return s.String() 19965} 19966 19967// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19968func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { 19969 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} 19970 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 19971 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 19972 } 19973 if s.Filters != nil { 19974 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19975 if v == nil { 19976 continue 19977 } 19978 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19979 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19980 } 19981 } 19982 } 19983 19984 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19985 return invalidParams 19986 } 19987 return nil 19988} 19989 19990// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 19991func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19992 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 19993 return s 19994} 19995 19996// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19997func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19998 s.Filters = v 19999 return s 20000} 20001 20002// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20003func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 20004 s.Marker = &v 20005 return s 20006} 20007 20008// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20009func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 20010 s.MaxRecords = &v 20011 return s 20012} 20013 20014type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { 20015 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20016 20017 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 20018 // action. 20019 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 20020} 20021 20022// String returns the string representation 20023func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { 20024 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20025} 20026 20027// GoString returns the string representation 20028func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { 20029 return s.String() 20030} 20031 20032// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 20033func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { 20034 s.EngineDefaults = v 20035 return s 20036} 20037 20038type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { 20039 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20040 20041 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20042 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20043 20044 // The type of source that is generating the events. 20045 // 20046 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 20047 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 20048} 20049 20050// String returns the string representation 20051func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { 20052 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20053} 20054 20055// GoString returns the string representation 20056func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { 20057 return s.String() 20058} 20059 20060// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20061func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { 20062 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} 20063 if s.Filters != nil { 20064 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20065 if v == nil { 20066 continue 20067 } 20068 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20069 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20070 } 20071 } 20072 } 20073 20074 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20075 return invalidParams 20076 } 20077 return nil 20078} 20079 20080// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20081func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 20082 s.Filters = v 20083 return s 20084} 20085 20086// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 20087func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 20088 s.SourceType = &v 20089 return s 20090} 20091 20092// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action. 20093type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { 20094 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20095 20096 // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. 20097 EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` 20098} 20099 20100// String returns the string representation 20101func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { 20102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20103} 20104 20105// GoString returns the string representation 20106func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { 20107 return s.String() 20108} 20109 20110// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. 20111func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { 20112 s.EventCategoriesMapList = v 20113 return s 20114} 20115 20116type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { 20117 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20118 20119 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20120 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20121 20122 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 20123 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20124 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 20125 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20126 20127 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20128 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20129 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20130 // 20131 // Default: 100 20132 // 20133 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20134 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20135 20136 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. 20137 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` 20138} 20139 20140// String returns the string representation 20141func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 20142 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20143} 20144 20145// GoString returns the string representation 20146func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 20147 return s.String() 20148} 20149 20150// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20151func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { 20152 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} 20153 if s.Filters != nil { 20154 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20155 if v == nil { 20156 continue 20157 } 20158 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20159 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20160 } 20161 } 20162 } 20163 20164 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20165 return invalidParams 20166 } 20167 return nil 20168} 20169 20170// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20171func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 20172 s.Filters = v 20173 return s 20174} 20175 20176// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20177func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 20178 s.Marker = &v 20179 return s 20180} 20181 20182// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20183func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 20184 s.MaxRecords = &v 20185 return s 20186} 20187 20188// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 20189func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 20190 s.SubscriptionName = &v 20191 return s 20192} 20193 20194// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action. 20195type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { 20196 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20197 20198 // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. 20199 EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` 20200 20201 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 20202 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20203 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 20204 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20205} 20206 20207// String returns the string representation 20208func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 20209 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20210} 20211 20212// GoString returns the string representation 20213func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 20214 return s.String() 20215} 20216 20217// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. 20218func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 20219 s.EventSubscriptionsList = v 20220 return s 20221} 20222 20223// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20224func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 20225 s.Marker = &v 20226 return s 20227} 20228 20229type DescribeEventsInput struct { 20230 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20231 20232 // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. 20233 // 20234 // Default: 60 20235 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 20236 20237 // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 20238 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 20239 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 20240 // 20241 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 20242 EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 20243 20244 // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification 20245 // subscription. 20246 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 20247 20248 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20249 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20250 20251 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. 20252 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 20253 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 20254 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20255 20256 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20257 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20258 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20259 // 20260 // Default: 100 20261 // 20262 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20263 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20264 20265 // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not 20266 // specified, then all sources are included in the response. 20267 // 20268 // Constraints: 20269 // 20270 // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 20271 // 20272 // * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be 20273 // supplied. 20274 // 20275 // * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be 20276 // supplied. 20277 // 20278 // * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must 20279 // be supplied. 20280 // 20281 // * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. 20282 // 20283 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 20284 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 20285 20286 // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events 20287 // are returned. 20288 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 20289 20290 // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 20291 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 20292 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 20293 // 20294 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 20295 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 20296} 20297 20298// String returns the string representation 20299func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { 20300 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20301} 20302 20303// GoString returns the string representation 20304func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { 20305 return s.String() 20306} 20307 20308// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20309func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { 20310 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} 20311 if s.Filters != nil { 20312 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20313 if v == nil { 20314 continue 20315 } 20316 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20317 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20318 } 20319 } 20320 } 20321 20322 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20323 return invalidParams 20324 } 20325 return nil 20326} 20327 20328// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 20329func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 20330 s.Duration = &v 20331 return s 20332} 20333 20334// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. 20335func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 20336 s.EndTime = &v 20337 return s 20338} 20339 20340// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 20341func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { 20342 s.EventCategories = v 20343 return s 20344} 20345 20346// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20347func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { 20348 s.Filters = v 20349 return s 20350} 20351 20352// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20353func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 20354 s.Marker = &v 20355 return s 20356} 20357 20358// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20359func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 20360 s.MaxRecords = &v 20361 return s 20362} 20363 20364// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 20365func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 20366 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 20367 return s 20368} 20369 20370// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 20371func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 20372 s.SourceType = &v 20373 return s 20374} 20375 20376// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 20377func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 20378 s.StartTime = &v 20379 return s 20380} 20381 20382// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action. 20383type DescribeEventsOutput struct { 20384 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20385 20386 // A list of Event instances. 20387 Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` 20388 20389 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this 20390 // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, 20391 // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 20392 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20393} 20394 20395// String returns the string representation 20396func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { 20397 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20398} 20399 20400// GoString returns the string representation 20401func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { 20402 return s.String() 20403} 20404 20405// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. 20406func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { 20407 s.Events = v 20408 return s 20409} 20410 20411// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20412func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { 20413 s.Marker = &v 20414 return s 20415} 20416 20417type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct { 20418 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20419 20420 // A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described. 20421 // 20422 // EngineName is a required field 20423 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20424 20425 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20426 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20427 20428 // If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified 20429 // major engine version. 20430 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 20431 20432 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20433 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20434 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20435 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20436 20437 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20438 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20439 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20440 // 20441 // Default: 100 20442 // 20443 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20444 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20445} 20446 20447// String returns the string representation 20448func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string { 20449 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20450} 20451 20452// GoString returns the string representation 20453func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string { 20454 return s.String() 20455} 20456 20457// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20458func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error { 20459 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"} 20460 if s.EngineName == nil { 20461 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 20462 } 20463 if s.Filters != nil { 20464 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20465 if v == nil { 20466 continue 20467 } 20468 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20469 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20470 } 20471 } 20472 } 20473 20474 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20475 return invalidParams 20476 } 20477 return nil 20478} 20479 20480// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 20481func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 20482 s.EngineName = &v 20483 return s 20484} 20485 20486// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20487func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 20488 s.Filters = v 20489 return s 20490} 20491 20492// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 20493func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 20494 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 20495 return s 20496} 20497 20498// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20499func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 20500 s.Marker = &v 20501 return s 20502} 20503 20504// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20505func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 20506 s.MaxRecords = &v 20507 return s 20508} 20509 20510type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct { 20511 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20512 20513 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20514 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20515 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20516 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20517 20518 // List of available option group options. 20519 OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"` 20520} 20521 20522// String returns the string representation 20523func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string { 20524 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20525} 20526 20527// GoString returns the string representation 20528func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 20529 return s.String() 20530} 20531 20532// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20533func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 20534 s.Marker = &v 20535 return s 20536} 20537 20538// SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value. 20539func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 20540 s.OptionGroupOptions = v 20541 return s 20542} 20543 20544type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct { 20545 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20546 20547 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 20548 // a specific database engine. 20549 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 20550 20551 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20552 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20553 20554 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 20555 // a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also 20556 // be specified. 20557 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 20558 20559 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups 20560 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20561 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 20562 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20563 20564 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20565 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20566 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20567 // 20568 // Default: 100 20569 // 20570 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20571 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20572 20573 // The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with 20574 // EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. 20575 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 20576} 20577 20578// String returns the string representation 20579func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string { 20580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20581} 20582 20583// GoString returns the string representation 20584func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string { 20585 return s.String() 20586} 20587 20588// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20589func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error { 20590 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"} 20591 if s.Filters != nil { 20592 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20593 if v == nil { 20594 continue 20595 } 20596 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20597 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20598 } 20599 } 20600 } 20601 20602 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20603 return invalidParams 20604 } 20605 return nil 20606} 20607 20608// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 20609func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20610 s.EngineName = &v 20611 return s 20612} 20613 20614// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20615func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20616 s.Filters = v 20617 return s 20618} 20619 20620// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 20621func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20622 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 20623 return s 20624} 20625 20626// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20627func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20628 s.Marker = &v 20629 return s 20630} 20631 20632// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20633func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20634 s.MaxRecords = &v 20635 return s 20636} 20637 20638// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 20639func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 20640 s.OptionGroupName = &v 20641 return s 20642} 20643 20644// List of option groups. 20645type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct { 20646 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20647 20648 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20649 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20650 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20651 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20652 20653 // List of option groups. 20654 OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"` 20655} 20656 20657// String returns the string representation 20658func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string { 20659 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20660} 20661 20662// GoString returns the string representation 20663func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 20664 return s.String() 20665} 20666 20667// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20668func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 20669 s.Marker = &v 20670 return s 20671} 20672 20673// SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value. 20674func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 20675 s.OptionGroupsList = v 20676 return s 20677} 20678 20679type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { 20680 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20681 20682 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 20683 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 20684 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 20685 20686 // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. 20687 // 20688 // Engine is a required field 20689 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20690 20691 // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 20692 // available offerings matching the specified engine version. 20693 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 20694 20695 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20696 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20697 20698 // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 20699 // offerings matching the specified license model. 20700 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 20701 20702 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 20703 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20704 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 20705 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20706 20707 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20708 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20709 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20710 // 20711 // Default: 100 20712 // 20713 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20714 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20715 20716 // The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC 20717 // or non-VPC offerings. 20718 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 20719} 20720 20721// String returns the string representation 20722func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { 20723 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20724} 20725 20726// GoString returns the string representation 20727func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { 20728 return s.String() 20729} 20730 20731// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20732func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { 20733 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} 20734 if s.Engine == nil { 20735 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 20736 } 20737 if s.Filters != nil { 20738 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20739 if v == nil { 20740 continue 20741 } 20742 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20743 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20744 } 20745 } 20746 } 20747 20748 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20749 return invalidParams 20750 } 20751 return nil 20752} 20753 20754// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 20755func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20756 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 20757 return s 20758} 20759 20760// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 20761func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20762 s.Engine = &v 20763 return s 20764} 20765 20766// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 20767func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20768 s.EngineVersion = &v 20769 return s 20770} 20771 20772// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20773func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20774 s.Filters = v 20775 return s 20776} 20777 20778// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 20779func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20780 s.LicenseModel = &v 20781 return s 20782} 20783 20784// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20785func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20786 s.Marker = &v 20787 return s 20788} 20789 20790// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20791func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20792 s.MaxRecords = &v 20793 return s 20794} 20795 20796// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 20797func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 20798 s.Vpc = &v 20799 return s 20800} 20801 20802// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 20803// action. 20804type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { 20805 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20806 20807 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions 20808 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20809 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 20810 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20811 20812 // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable 20813 // options for the DB instance. 20814 OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` 20815} 20816 20817// String returns the string representation 20818func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { 20819 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20820} 20821 20822// GoString returns the string representation 20823func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 20824 return s.String() 20825} 20826 20827// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20828func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 20829 s.Marker = &v 20830 return s 20831} 20832 20833// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. 20834func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 20835 s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v 20836 return s 20837} 20838 20839type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { 20840 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20841 20842 // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance 20843 // actions for. 20844 // 20845 // Supported filters: 20846 // 20847 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 20848 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance 20849 // actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 20850 // 20851 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. 20852 // The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the 20853 // DB instances identified by these ARNs. 20854 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20855 20856 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 20857 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20858 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 20859 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20860 20861 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20862 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20863 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20864 // 20865 // Default: 100 20866 // 20867 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20868 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20869 20870 // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. 20871 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 20872} 20873 20874// String returns the string representation 20875func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { 20876 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20877} 20878 20879// GoString returns the string representation 20880func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { 20881 return s.String() 20882} 20883 20884// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20885func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { 20886 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} 20887 if s.Filters != nil { 20888 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20889 if v == nil { 20890 continue 20891 } 20892 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20893 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20894 } 20895 } 20896 } 20897 20898 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20899 return invalidParams 20900 } 20901 return nil 20902} 20903 20904// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20905func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20906 s.Filters = v 20907 return s 20908} 20909 20910// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20911func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20912 s.Marker = &v 20913 return s 20914} 20915 20916// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20917func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20918 s.MaxRecords = &v 20919 return s 20920} 20921 20922// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 20923func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20924 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 20925 return s 20926} 20927 20928// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action. 20929type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { 20930 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20931 20932 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 20933 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20934 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 20935 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20936 20937 // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. 20938 PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` 20939} 20940 20941// String returns the string representation 20942func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { 20943 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20944} 20945 20946// GoString returns the string representation 20947func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { 20948 return s.String() 20949} 20950 20951// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20952func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 20953 s.Marker = &v 20954 return s 20955} 20956 20957// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 20958func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 20959 s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v 20960 return s 20961} 20962 20963type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct { 20964 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20965 20966 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those 20967 // reservations matching the specified DB instances class. 20968 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 20969 20970 // The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 20971 // to show only reservations for this duration. 20972 // 20973 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 20974 Duration *string `type:"string"` 20975 20976 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20977 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20978 20979 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20980 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20981 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20982 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20983 20984 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 20985 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 20986 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 20987 // 20988 // Default: 100 20989 // 20990 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20991 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20992 20993 // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations 20994 // matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. 20995 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 20996 20997 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 20998 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 20999 // 21000 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 21001 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 21002 21003 // The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 21004 // those reservations matching the specified product description. 21005 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 21006 21007 // The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter 21008 // to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. 21009 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 21010 21011 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 21012 // purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. 21013 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 21014} 21015 21016// String returns the string representation 21017func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string { 21018 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21019} 21020 21021// GoString returns the string representation 21022func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 21023 return s.String() 21024} 21025 21026// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21027func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 21028 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"} 21029 if s.Filters != nil { 21030 for i, v := range s.Filters { 21031 if v == nil { 21032 continue 21033 } 21034 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21035 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21036 } 21037 } 21038 } 21039 21040 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21041 return invalidParams 21042 } 21043 return nil 21044} 21045 21046// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 21047func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21048 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 21049 return s 21050} 21051 21052// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 21053func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21054 s.Duration = &v 21055 return s 21056} 21057 21058// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 21059func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21060 s.Filters = v 21061 return s 21062} 21063 21064// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21065func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21066 s.Marker = &v 21067 return s 21068} 21069 21070// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 21071func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21072 s.MaxRecords = &v 21073 return s 21074} 21075 21076// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 21077func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21078 s.MultiAZ = &v 21079 return s 21080} 21081 21082// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 21083func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21084 s.OfferingType = &v 21085 return s 21086} 21087 21088// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 21089func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21090 s.ProductDescription = &v 21091 return s 21092} 21093 21094// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 21095func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21096 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 21097 return s 21098} 21099 21100// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 21101func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 21102 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 21103 return s 21104} 21105 21106type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct { 21107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21108 21109 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 21110 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 21111 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 21112 21113 // Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 21114 // to show only reservations for this duration. 21115 // 21116 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 21117 Duration *string `type:"string"` 21118 21119 // This parameter is not currently supported. 21120 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 21121 21122 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 21123 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 21124 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 21125 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21126 21127 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 21128 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 21129 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 21130 // 21131 // Default: 100 21132 // 21133 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 21134 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 21135 21136 // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 21137 // offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. 21138 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 21139 21140 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 21141 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 21142 // 21143 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 21144 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 21145 21146 // Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 21147 // available offerings that contain the specified product description. 21148 // 21149 // The results show offerings that partially match the filter value. 21150 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 21151 21152 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 21153 // the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. 21154 // 21155 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 21156 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 21157} 21158 21159// String returns the string representation 21160func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string { 21161 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21162} 21163 21164// GoString returns the string representation 21165func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 21166 return s.String() 21167} 21168 21169// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21170func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 21171 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"} 21172 if s.Filters != nil { 21173 for i, v := range s.Filters { 21174 if v == nil { 21175 continue 21176 } 21177 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21178 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21179 } 21180 } 21181 } 21182 21183 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21184 return invalidParams 21185 } 21186 return nil 21187} 21188 21189// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 21190func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21191 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 21192 return s 21193} 21194 21195// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 21196func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21197 s.Duration = &v 21198 return s 21199} 21200 21201// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 21202func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21203 s.Filters = v 21204 return s 21205} 21206 21207// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21208func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21209 s.Marker = &v 21210 return s 21211} 21212 21213// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 21214func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21215 s.MaxRecords = &v 21216 return s 21217} 21218 21219// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 21220func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21221 s.MultiAZ = &v 21222 return s 21223} 21224 21225// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 21226func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21227 s.OfferingType = &v 21228 return s 21229} 21230 21231// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 21232func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21233 s.ProductDescription = &v 21234 return s 21235} 21236 21237// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 21238func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 21239 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 21240 return s 21241} 21242 21243// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 21244// action. 21245type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct { 21246 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21247 21248 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 21249 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 21250 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 21251 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21252 21253 // A list of reserved DB instance offerings. 21254 ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"` 21255} 21256 21257// String returns the string representation 21258func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string { 21259 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21260} 21261 21262// GoString returns the string representation 21263func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 21264 return s.String() 21265} 21266 21267// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21268func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 21269 s.Marker = &v 21270 return s 21271} 21272 21273// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value. 21274func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 21275 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v 21276 return s 21277} 21278 21279// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances 21280// action. 21281type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct { 21282 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21283 21284 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 21285 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 21286 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 21287 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21288 21289 // A list of reserved DB instances. 21290 ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"` 21291} 21292 21293// String returns the string representation 21294func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 21295 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21296} 21297 21298// GoString returns the string representation 21299func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 21300 return s.String() 21301} 21302 21303// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21304func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 21305 s.Marker = &v 21306 return s 21307} 21308 21309// SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value. 21310func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 21311 s.ReservedDBInstances = v 21312 return s 21313} 21314 21315type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct { 21316 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21317 21318 // This parameter is not currently supported. 21319 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 21320 21321 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions 21322 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 21323 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 21324 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21325 21326 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 21327 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 21328 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 21329 // 21330 // Default: 100 21331 // 21332 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 21333 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 21334 21335 // The source AWS Region name. For example, us-east-1. 21336 // 21337 // Constraints: 21338 // 21339 // * Must specify a valid AWS Region name. 21340 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 21341} 21342 21343// String returns the string representation 21344func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string { 21345 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21346} 21347 21348// GoString returns the string representation 21349func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string { 21350 return s.String() 21351} 21352 21353// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21354func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error { 21355 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"} 21356 if s.Filters != nil { 21357 for i, v := range s.Filters { 21358 if v == nil { 21359 continue 21360 } 21361 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21362 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21363 } 21364 } 21365 } 21366 21367 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21368 return invalidParams 21369 } 21370 return nil 21371} 21372 21373// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 21374func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 21375 s.Filters = v 21376 return s 21377} 21378 21379// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21380func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 21381 s.Marker = &v 21382 return s 21383} 21384 21385// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 21386func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 21387 s.MaxRecords = &v 21388 return s 21389} 21390 21391// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 21392func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 21393 s.RegionName = &v 21394 return s 21395} 21396 21397// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions 21398// action. 21399type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct { 21400 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21401 21402 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 21403 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 21404 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 21405 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21406 21407 // A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that 21408 // the current AWS Region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from. 21409 SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"` 21410} 21411 21412// String returns the string representation 21413func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string { 21414 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21415} 21416 21417// GoString returns the string representation 21418func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string { 21419 return s.String() 21420} 21421 21422// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21423func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 21424 s.Marker = &v 21425 return s 21426} 21427 21428// SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value. 21429func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 21430 s.SourceRegions = v 21431 return s 21432} 21433 21434type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct { 21435 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21436 21437 // The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. 21438 // 21439 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 21440 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21441} 21442 21443// String returns the string representation 21444func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string { 21445 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21446} 21447 21448// GoString returns the string representation 21449func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string { 21450 return s.String() 21451} 21452 21453// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21454func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error { 21455 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"} 21456 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 21457 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 21458 } 21459 21460 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21461 return invalidParams 21462 } 21463 return nil 21464} 21465 21466// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 21467func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput { 21468 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 21469 return s 21470} 21471 21472type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct { 21473 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21474 21475 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 21476 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 21477 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 21478 ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"` 21479} 21480 21481// String returns the string representation 21482func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string { 21483 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21484} 21485 21486// GoString returns the string representation 21487func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string { 21488 return s.String() 21489} 21490 21491// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value. 21492func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput { 21493 s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v 21494 return s 21495} 21496 21497// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance. 21498type DomainMembership struct { 21499 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21500 21501 // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. 21502 Domain *string `type:"string"` 21503 21504 // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. 21505 FQDN *string `type:"string"` 21506 21507 // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory 21508 // Service. 21509 IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 21510 21511 // The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such 21512 // as joined, pending-join, failed etc). 21513 Status *string `type:"string"` 21514} 21515 21516// String returns the string representation 21517func (s DomainMembership) String() string { 21518 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21519} 21520 21521// GoString returns the string representation 21522func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { 21523 return s.String() 21524} 21525 21526// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 21527func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { 21528 s.Domain = &v 21529 return s 21530} 21531 21532// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. 21533func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { 21534 s.FQDN = &v 21535 return s 21536} 21537 21538// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. 21539func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { 21540 s.IAMRoleName = &v 21541 return s 21542} 21543 21544// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 21545func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { 21546 s.Status = &v 21547 return s 21548} 21549 21550// A range of double values. 21551type DoubleRange struct { 21552 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21553 21554 // The minimum value in the range. 21555 From *float64 `type:"double"` 21556 21557 // The maximum value in the range. 21558 To *float64 `type:"double"` 21559} 21560 21561// String returns the string representation 21562func (s DoubleRange) String() string { 21563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21564} 21565 21566// GoString returns the string representation 21567func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string { 21568 return s.String() 21569} 21570 21571// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 21572func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange { 21573 s.From = &v 21574 return s 21575} 21576 21577// SetTo sets the To field's value. 21578func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange { 21579 s.To = &v 21580 return s 21581} 21582 21583type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct { 21584 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21585 21586 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 21587 // you want to list. 21588 // 21589 // Constraints: 21590 // 21591 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 21592 // 21593 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 21594 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21595 21596 // The name of the log file to be downloaded. 21597 // 21598 // LogFileName is a required field 21599 LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21600 21601 // The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker 21602 // parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker 21603 // until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. 21604 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21605 21606 // The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results 21607 // in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size. 21608 // 21609 // If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned 21610 // can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value 21611 // of the Marker parameter. 21612 // 21613 // * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file 21614 // is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent 21615 // log entries first. 21616 // 21617 // * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the 21618 // most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. 21619 // 21620 // * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from 21621 // the beginning of the log file are returned. 21622 // 21623 // * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size 21624 // of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value 21625 // of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker 21626 // value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, 21627 // continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. 21628 NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"` 21629} 21630 21631// String returns the string representation 21632func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string { 21633 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21634} 21635 21636// GoString returns the string representation 21637func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string { 21638 return s.String() 21639} 21640 21641// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21642func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error { 21643 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"} 21644 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 21645 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 21646 } 21647 if s.LogFileName == nil { 21648 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName")) 21649 } 21650 21651 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21652 return invalidParams 21653 } 21654 return nil 21655} 21656 21657// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 21658func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 21659 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 21660 return s 21661} 21662 21663// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 21664func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 21665 s.LogFileName = &v 21666 return s 21667} 21668 21669// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21670func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 21671 s.Marker = &v 21672 return s 21673} 21674 21675// SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value. 21676func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 21677 s.NumberOfLines = &v 21678 return s 21679} 21680 21681// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion. 21682type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct { 21683 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21684 21685 // Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. 21686 AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"` 21687 21688 // Entries from the specified log file. 21689 LogFileData *string `type:"string"` 21690 21691 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion 21692 // request. 21693 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21694} 21695 21696// String returns the string representation 21697func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string { 21698 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21699} 21700 21701// GoString returns the string representation 21702func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string { 21703 return s.String() 21704} 21705 21706// SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value. 21707func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 21708 s.AdditionalDataPending = &v 21709 return s 21710} 21711 21712// SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value. 21713func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 21714 s.LogFileData = &v 21715 return s 21716} 21717 21718// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21719func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 21720 s.Marker = &v 21721 return s 21722} 21723 21724// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 21725// 21726// * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 21727// 21728// * DescribeDBSecurityGroups 21729// 21730// * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 21731type EC2SecurityGroup struct { 21732 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21733 21734 // Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. 21735 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 21736 21737 // Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. 21738 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 21739 21740 // Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in 21741 // the EC2SecurityGroupName field. 21742 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 21743 21744 // Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", 21745 // "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". 21746 Status *string `type:"string"` 21747} 21748 21749// String returns the string representation 21750func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string { 21751 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21752} 21753 21754// GoString returns the string representation 21755func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string { 21756 return s.String() 21757} 21758 21759// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 21760func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 21761 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 21762 return s 21763} 21764 21765// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 21766func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 21767 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 21768 return s 21769} 21770 21771// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 21772func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 21773 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 21774 return s 21775} 21776 21777// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 21778func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 21779 s.Status = &v 21780 return s 21781} 21782 21783// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 21784// 21785// * CreateDBInstance 21786// 21787// * DescribeDBInstances 21788// 21789// * DeleteDBInstance 21790type Endpoint struct { 21791 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21792 21793 // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. 21794 Address *string `type:"string"` 21795 21796 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 21797 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 21798 21799 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 21800 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 21801} 21802 21803// String returns the string representation 21804func (s Endpoint) String() string { 21805 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21806} 21807 21808// GoString returns the string representation 21809func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 21810 return s.String() 21811} 21812 21813// SetAddress sets the Address field's value. 21814func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { 21815 s.Address = &v 21816 return s 21817} 21818 21819// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 21820func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { 21821 s.HostedZoneId = &v 21822 return s 21823} 21824 21825// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 21826func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { 21827 s.Port = &v 21828 return s 21829} 21830 21831// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 21832// action. 21833type EngineDefaults struct { 21834 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21835 21836 // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default 21837 // parameters apply to. 21838 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 21839 21840 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. 21841 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 21842 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 21843 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21844 21845 // Contains a list of engine default parameters. 21846 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 21847} 21848 21849// String returns the string representation 21850func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { 21851 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21852} 21853 21854// GoString returns the string representation 21855func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { 21856 return s.String() 21857} 21858 21859// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 21860func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { 21861 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 21862 return s 21863} 21864 21865// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21866func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { 21867 s.Marker = &v 21868 return s 21869} 21870 21871// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 21872func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { 21873 s.Parameters = v 21874 return s 21875} 21876 21877// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. 21878type Event struct { 21879 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21880 21881 // Specifies the date and time of the event. 21882 Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 21883 21884 // Specifies the category for the event. 21885 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21886 21887 // Provides the text of this event. 21888 Message *string `type:"string"` 21889 21890 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. 21891 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 21892 21893 // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. 21894 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21895 21896 // Specifies the source type for this event. 21897 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 21898} 21899 21900// String returns the string representation 21901func (s Event) String() string { 21902 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21903} 21904 21905// GoString returns the string representation 21906func (s Event) GoString() string { 21907 return s.String() 21908} 21909 21910// SetDate sets the Date field's value. 21911func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { 21912 s.Date = &v 21913 return s 21914} 21915 21916// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 21917func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { 21918 s.EventCategories = v 21919 return s 21920} 21921 21922// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 21923func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { 21924 s.Message = &v 21925 return s 21926} 21927 21928// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 21929func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { 21930 s.SourceArn = &v 21931 return s 21932} 21933 21934// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 21935func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { 21936 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 21937 return s 21938} 21939 21940// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21941func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { 21942 s.SourceType = &v 21943 return s 21944} 21945 21946// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories 21947// action. 21948type EventCategoriesMap struct { 21949 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21950 21951 // The event categories for the specified source type 21952 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21953 21954 // The source type that the returned categories belong to 21955 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 21956} 21957 21958// String returns the string representation 21959func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { 21960 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21961} 21962 21963// GoString returns the string representation 21964func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { 21965 return s.String() 21966} 21967 21968// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 21969func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { 21970 s.EventCategories = v 21971 return s 21972} 21973 21974// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21975func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { 21976 s.SourceType = &v 21977 return s 21978} 21979 21980// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 21981// action. 21982type EventSubscription struct { 21983 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21984 21985 // The RDS event notification subscription Id. 21986 CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` 21987 21988 // The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. 21989 CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` 21990 21991 // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates 21992 // the subscription is enabled. 21993 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 21994 21995 // A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. 21996 EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21997 21998 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. 21999 EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` 22000 22001 // The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. 22002 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 22003 22004 // A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. 22005 SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 22006 22007 // The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. 22008 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 22009 22010 // The status of the RDS event notification subscription. 22011 // 22012 // Constraints: 22013 // 22014 // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission 22015 // | topic-not-exist 22016 // 22017 // The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to 22018 // post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic 22019 // was deleted after the subscription was created. 22020 Status *string `type:"string"` 22021 22022 // The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. 22023 SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` 22024} 22025 22026// String returns the string representation 22027func (s EventSubscription) String() string { 22028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22029} 22030 22031// GoString returns the string representation 22032func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { 22033 return s.String() 22034} 22035 22036// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. 22037func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { 22038 s.CustSubscriptionId = &v 22039 return s 22040} 22041 22042// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. 22043func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { 22044 s.CustomerAwsId = &v 22045 return s 22046} 22047 22048// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 22049func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { 22050 s.Enabled = &v 22051 return s 22052} 22053 22054// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. 22055func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 22056 s.EventCategoriesList = v 22057 return s 22058} 22059 22060// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. 22061func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 22062 s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v 22063 return s 22064} 22065 22066// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 22067func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 22068 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 22069 return s 22070} 22071 22072// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. 22073func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 22074 s.SourceIdsList = v 22075 return s 22076} 22077 22078// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 22079func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { 22080 s.SourceType = &v 22081 return s 22082} 22083 22084// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 22085func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { 22086 s.Status = &v 22087 return s 22088} 22089 22090// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. 22091func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { 22092 s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v 22093 return s 22094} 22095 22096type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { 22097 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22098 22099 // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 22100 // 22101 // Constraints: 22102 // 22103 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 22104 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22105 22106 // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. 22107 // 22108 // You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB 22109 // cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1. 22110 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22111} 22112 22113// String returns the string representation 22114func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { 22115 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22116} 22117 22118// GoString returns the string representation 22119func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 22120 return s.String() 22121} 22122 22123// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22124func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 22125 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22126 return s 22127} 22128 22129// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 22130func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 22131 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 22132 return s 22133} 22134 22135type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { 22136 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22137 22138 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 22139 // 22140 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 22141 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 22142} 22143 22144// String returns the string representation 22145func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { 22146 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22147} 22148 22149// GoString returns the string representation 22150func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 22151 return s.String() 22152} 22153 22154// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 22155func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { 22156 s.DBCluster = v 22157 return s 22158} 22159 22160// A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list 22161// of results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set 22162// of resources by specific criteria, such as IDs. The filters supported by 22163// a describe operation are documented with the describe operation. 22164// 22165// Currently, wildcards are not supported in filters. 22166// 22167// The following actions can be filtered: 22168// 22169// * DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 22170// 22171// * DescribeDBClusters 22172// 22173// * DescribeDBInstances 22174// 22175// * DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 22176type Filter struct { 22177 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22178 22179 // The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. 22180 // 22181 // Name is a required field 22182 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22183 22184 // One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. 22185 // 22186 // Values is a required field 22187 Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` 22188} 22189 22190// String returns the string representation 22191func (s Filter) String() string { 22192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22193} 22194 22195// GoString returns the string representation 22196func (s Filter) GoString() string { 22197 return s.String() 22198} 22199 22200// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22201func (s *Filter) Validate() error { 22202 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} 22203 if s.Name == nil { 22204 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 22205 } 22206 if s.Values == nil { 22207 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) 22208 } 22209 22210 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22211 return invalidParams 22212 } 22213 return nil 22214} 22215 22216// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22217func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { 22218 s.Name = &v 22219 return s 22220} 22221 22222// SetValues sets the Values field's value. 22223func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { 22224 s.Values = v 22225 return s 22226} 22227 22228// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 22229// action. 22230type IPRange struct { 22231 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22232 22233 // Specifies the IP range. 22234 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 22235 22236 // Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", 22237 // "revoking", and "revoked". 22238 Status *string `type:"string"` 22239} 22240 22241// String returns the string representation 22242func (s IPRange) String() string { 22243 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22244} 22245 22246// GoString returns the string representation 22247func (s IPRange) GoString() string { 22248 return s.String() 22249} 22250 22251// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 22252func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange { 22253 s.CIDRIP = &v 22254 return s 22255} 22256 22257// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 22258func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange { 22259 s.Status = &v 22260 return s 22261} 22262 22263type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 22264 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22265 22266 // This parameter is not currently supported. 22267 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 22268 22269 // The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource 22270 // Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS 22271 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 22272 // 22273 // ResourceName is a required field 22274 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22275} 22276 22277// String returns the string representation 22278func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 22279 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22280} 22281 22282// GoString returns the string representation 22283func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 22284 return s.String() 22285} 22286 22287// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22288func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 22289 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 22290 if s.ResourceName == nil { 22291 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 22292 } 22293 if s.Filters != nil { 22294 for i, v := range s.Filters { 22295 if v == nil { 22296 continue 22297 } 22298 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 22299 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22300 } 22301 } 22302 } 22303 22304 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22305 return invalidParams 22306 } 22307 return nil 22308} 22309 22310// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 22311func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 22312 s.Filters = v 22313 return s 22314} 22315 22316// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 22317func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 22318 s.ResourceName = &v 22319 return s 22320} 22321 22322type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 22323 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22324 22325 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 22326 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 22327} 22328 22329// String returns the string representation 22330func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 22331 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22332} 22333 22334// GoString returns the string representation 22335func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 22336 return s.String() 22337} 22338 22339// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 22340func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 22341 s.TagList = v 22342 return s 22343} 22344 22345type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput struct { 22346 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22347 22348 // The DB cluster capacity. 22349 // 22350 // Constraints: 22351 // 22352 // * Value must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, or 256. 22353 Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 22354 22355 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 22356 // is not case-sensitive. 22357 // 22358 // Constraints: 22359 // 22360 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster. 22361 // 22362 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 22363 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22364 22365 // The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless tries to find a scaling 22366 // point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action. The 22367 // default is 300. 22368 // 22369 // * Value must be from 10 through 600. 22370 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 22371 22372 // The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange 22373 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 22374 // 22375 // ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified 22376 // value as soon as possible. 22377 // 22378 // RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point is 22379 // not found in the timeout period. 22380 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 22381} 22382 22383// String returns the string representation 22384func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) String() string { 22385 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22386} 22387 22388// GoString returns the string representation 22389func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) GoString() string { 22390 return s.String() 22391} 22392 22393// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22394func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) Validate() error { 22395 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput"} 22396 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 22397 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 22398 } 22399 22400 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22401 return invalidParams 22402 } 22403 return nil 22404} 22405 22406// SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value. 22407func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 22408 s.Capacity = &v 22409 return s 22410} 22411 22412// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22413func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 22414 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22415 return s 22416} 22417 22418// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 22419func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 22420 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 22421 return s 22422} 22423 22424// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 22425func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 22426 s.TimeoutAction = &v 22427 return s 22428} 22429 22430type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput struct { 22431 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22432 22433 // The current capacity of the DB cluster. 22434 CurrentCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 22435 22436 // A user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key 22437 // that identifies a DB cluster. 22438 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22439 22440 // A value that specifies the capacity that the DB cluster scales to next. 22441 PendingCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 22442 22443 // The number of seconds before a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity times 22444 // out. 22445 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 22446 22447 // The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either ForceApplyCapacityChange 22448 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 22449 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 22450} 22451 22452// String returns the string representation 22453func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) String() string { 22454 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22455} 22456 22457// GoString returns the string representation 22458func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) GoString() string { 22459 return s.String() 22460} 22461 22462// SetCurrentCapacity sets the CurrentCapacity field's value. 22463func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetCurrentCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 22464 s.CurrentCapacity = &v 22465 return s 22466} 22467 22468// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22469func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 22470 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22471 return s 22472} 22473 22474// SetPendingCapacity sets the PendingCapacity field's value. 22475func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetPendingCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 22476 s.PendingCapacity = &v 22477 return s 22478} 22479 22480// SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 22481func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 22482 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 22483 return s 22484} 22485 22486// SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 22487func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 22488 s.TimeoutAction = &v 22489 return s 22490} 22491 22492type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { 22493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22494 22495 // A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any 22496 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 22497 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter 22498 // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance 22499 // window. 22500 // 22501 // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and 22502 // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value 22503 // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword 22504 // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes 22505 // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately 22506 // parameter. 22507 // 22508 // Default: false 22509 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 22510 22511 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 22512 // value to 0. 22513 // 22514 // Default: 0 22515 // 22516 // Constraints: 22517 // 22518 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 22519 // hours). 22520 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 22521 22522 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 22523 // a minimum value of 1. 22524 // 22525 // Default: 1 22526 // 22527 // Constraints: 22528 // 22529 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 22530 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 22531 22532 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 22533 // Logs for a specific DB cluster. 22534 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 22535 22536 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 22537 // is not case-sensitive. 22538 // 22539 // Constraints: 22540 // 22541 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 22542 // 22543 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 22544 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22545 22546 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. 22547 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22548 22549 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 22550 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 22551 // 22552 // Default: false 22553 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 22554 22555 // The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing 22556 // this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next 22557 // maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true. 22558 // 22559 // For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBCluster, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 22560 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 22561 22562 // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain 22563 // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 22564 // 22565 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 22566 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 22567 22568 // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. 22569 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 22570 // 22571 // Constraints: 22572 // 22573 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 22574 // 22575 // * The first character must be a letter 22576 // 22577 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 22578 // 22579 // Example: my-cluster2 22580 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22581 22582 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 22583 // specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage 22584 // except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance 22585 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 22586 // If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this 22587 // change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections 22588 // are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. 22589 // 22590 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 22591 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 22592 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22593 22594 // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. 22595 // 22596 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 22597 // 22598 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 22599 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 22600 22601 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 22602 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 22603 // 22604 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 22605 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 22606 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 22607 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 22608 // 22609 // Constraints: 22610 // 22611 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 22612 // 22613 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 22614 // 22615 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 22616 // 22617 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 22618 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 22619 22620 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 22621 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 22622 // 22623 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 22624 // 22625 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 22626 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 22627 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 22628 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 22629 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 22630 // 22631 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 22632 // 22633 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 22634 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 22635 22636 // The scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties 22637 // for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode. 22638 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 22639 22640 // A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. 22641 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 22642} 22643 22644// String returns the string representation 22645func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { 22646 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22647} 22648 22649// GoString returns the string representation 22650func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 22651 return s.String() 22652} 22653 22654// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22655func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 22656 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} 22657 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 22658 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 22659 } 22660 22661 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22662 return invalidParams 22663 } 22664 return nil 22665} 22666 22667// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 22668func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22669 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 22670 return s 22671} 22672 22673// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 22674func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22675 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 22676 return s 22677} 22678 22679// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 22680func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22681 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 22682 return s 22683} 22684 22685// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 22686func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22687 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 22688 return s 22689} 22690 22691// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22692func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22693 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22694 return s 22695} 22696 22697// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 22698func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22699 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 22700 return s 22701} 22702 22703// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 22704func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22705 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 22706 return s 22707} 22708 22709// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 22710func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22711 s.EngineVersion = &v 22712 return s 22713} 22714 22715// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 22716func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22717 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 22718 return s 22719} 22720 22721// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22722func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22723 s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v 22724 return s 22725} 22726 22727// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 22728func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22729 s.OptionGroupName = &v 22730 return s 22731} 22732 22733// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 22734func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22735 s.Port = &v 22736 return s 22737} 22738 22739// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 22740func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22741 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 22742 return s 22743} 22744 22745// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 22746func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22747 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 22748 return s 22749} 22750 22751// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 22752func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22753 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 22754 return s 22755} 22756 22757// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 22758func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 22759 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 22760 return s 22761} 22762 22763type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { 22764 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22765 22766 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 22767 // 22768 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 22769 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 22770} 22771 22772// String returns the string representation 22773func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { 22774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22775} 22776 22777// GoString returns the string representation 22778func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 22779 return s.String() 22780} 22781 22782// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 22783func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { 22784 s.DBCluster = v 22785 return s 22786} 22787 22788type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 22789 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22790 22791 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 22792 // 22793 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 22794 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22795 22796 // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 22797 // 22798 // Parameters is a required field 22799 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 22800} 22801 22802// String returns the string representation 22803func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 22804 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22805} 22806 22807// GoString returns the string representation 22808func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 22809 return s.String() 22810} 22811 22812// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22813func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 22814 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 22815 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 22816 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 22817 } 22818 if s.Parameters == nil { 22819 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 22820 } 22821 22822 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22823 return invalidParams 22824 } 22825 return nil 22826} 22827 22828// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 22829func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 22830 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 22831 return s 22832} 22833 22834// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 22835func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 22836 s.Parameters = v 22837 return s 22838} 22839 22840type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 22841 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22842 22843 // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. 22844 // 22845 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 22846 // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. 22847 // 22848 // AttributeName is a required field 22849 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22850 22851 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. 22852 // 22853 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 22854 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22855 22856 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified 22857 // by AttributeName. 22858 // 22859 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, 22860 // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the 22861 // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the 22862 // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information 22863 // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. 22864 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 22865 22866 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified 22867 // by AttributeName. 22868 // 22869 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 22870 // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, 22871 // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the 22872 // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID 22873 // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a 22874 // manual DB cluster snapshot. 22875 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 22876} 22877 22878// String returns the string representation 22879func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 22880 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22881} 22882 22883// GoString returns the string representation 22884func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 22885 return s.String() 22886} 22887 22888// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22889func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 22890 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} 22891 if s.AttributeName == nil { 22892 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 22893 } 22894 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 22895 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 22896 } 22897 22898 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22899 return invalidParams 22900 } 22901 return nil 22902} 22903 22904// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 22905func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 22906 s.AttributeName = &v 22907 return s 22908} 22909 22910// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 22911func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 22912 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 22913 return s 22914} 22915 22916// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 22917func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 22918 s.ValuesToAdd = v 22919 return s 22920} 22921 22922// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 22923func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 22924 s.ValuesToRemove = v 22925 return s 22926} 22927 22928type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 22929 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22930 22931 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 22932 // API action. 22933 // 22934 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 22935 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 22936 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 22937 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 22938} 22939 22940// String returns the string representation 22941func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 22942 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22943} 22944 22945// GoString returns the string representation 22946func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 22947 return s.String() 22948} 22949 22950// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 22951func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { 22952 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 22953 return s 22954} 22955 22956type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { 22957 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22958 22959 // The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 22960 // 22961 // For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at 22962 // least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% 22963 // greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater 22964 // than the current value. 22965 // 22966 // For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see CreateDBInstance. 22967 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 22968 22969 // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter 22970 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon 22971 // as possible. 22972 // 22973 // Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for 22974 // the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB 22975 // instance's current version. 22976 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 22977 22978 // Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications 22979 // are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow 22980 // setting for the DB instance. 22981 // 22982 // If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied 22983 // during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage 22984 // and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure 22985 // reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using 22986 // the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) 22987 // to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for 22988 // each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied. 22989 // 22990 // Default: false 22991 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 22992 22993 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 22994 // instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result 22995 // in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously 22996 // applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set 22997 // to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, 22998 // and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. 22999 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 23000 23001 // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to 23002 // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated 23003 // backups. 23004 // 23005 // Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a 23006 // non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during 23007 // the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set 23008 // to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value 23009 // to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as 23010 // possible. 23011 // 23012 // Amazon Aurora 23013 // 23014 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 23015 // the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 23016 // 23017 // Default: Uses existing setting 23018 // 23019 // Constraints: 23020 // 23021 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 23022 // 23023 // * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running 23024 // MySQL 5.6 23025 // 23026 // * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is 23027 // running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 23028 // 23029 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 23030 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 23031 23032 // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. 23033 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23034 23035 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 23036 // Logs for a specific DB instance. 23037 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 23038 23039 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 23040 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 23041 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 23042 23043 // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 23044 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 23045 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 23046 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 23047 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 23048 // 23049 // If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. 23050 // The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately 23051 // is specified as true for this request. 23052 // 23053 // Default: Uses existing setting 23054 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 23055 23056 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 23057 // 23058 // Constraints: 23059 // 23060 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 23061 // 23062 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 23063 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23064 23065 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing 23066 // this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself 23067 // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied 23068 // until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT 23069 // be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during 23070 // the next maintenance window. 23071 // 23072 // Default: Uses existing setting 23073 // 23074 // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group 23075 // family as this DB instance. 23076 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23077 23078 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 23079 // 23080 // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values 23081 // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. 23082 // 23083 // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless 23084 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 23085 // 23086 // MySQL 23087 // 23088 // Default: 3306 23089 // 23090 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 23091 // 23092 // MariaDB 23093 // 23094 // Default: 3306 23095 // 23096 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 23097 // 23098 // PostgreSQL 23099 // 23100 // Default: 5432 23101 // 23102 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 23103 // 23104 // Type: Integer 23105 // 23106 // Oracle 23107 // 23108 // Default: 1521 23109 // 23110 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 23111 // 23112 // SQL Server 23113 // 23114 // Default: 1433 23115 // 23116 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through 23117 // 49156. 23118 // 23119 // Amazon Aurora 23120 // 23121 // Default: 3306 23122 // 23123 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 23124 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` 23125 23126 // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this 23127 // setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied 23128 // as soon as possible. 23129 // 23130 // Constraints: 23131 // 23132 // * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. 23133 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 23134 23135 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to 23136 // move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a 23137 // VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. 23138 // For more information, see Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC). 23139 // 23140 // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change 23141 // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for 23142 // the ApplyImmediately parameter. 23143 // 23144 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 23145 // 23146 // Example: mySubnetGroup 23147 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23148 23149 // The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify none to remove 23150 // the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to 23151 // this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created 23152 // in a Active Directory Domain. 23153 Domain *string `type:"string"` 23154 23155 // The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. 23156 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 23157 23158 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 23159 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 23160 // 23161 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 23162 // 23163 // Amazon Aurora 23164 // 23165 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 23166 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 23167 // 23168 // MySQL 23169 // 23170 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 23171 // 23172 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 23173 // 23174 // Default: false 23175 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 23176 23177 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 23178 // 23179 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 23180 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 23181 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 23182 23183 // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter 23184 // results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 23185 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 23186 // 23187 // For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently 23188 // in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the 23189 // new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the 23190 // default for that DB parameter group family. 23191 // 23192 // For information about valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance, or call 23193 // DescribeDBEngineVersions. 23194 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23195 23196 // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. 23197 // 23198 // Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied 23199 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 23200 // is set to true for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS 23201 // to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a 23202 // reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. 23203 // 23204 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 23205 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 23206 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 23207 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 23208 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 23209 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 23210 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 23211 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 23212 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 23213 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 23214 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 23215 // a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 23216 // 23217 // Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied 23218 // must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not 23219 // at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they 23220 // are 10% greater than the current value. 23221 // 23222 // Default: Uses existing setting 23223 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 23224 23225 // The license model for the DB instance. 23226 // 23227 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 23228 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 23229 23230 // The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable 23231 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 23232 // 23233 // Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 23234 // applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion 23235 // of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues 23236 // element of the operation response. 23237 // 23238 // Amazon Aurora 23239 // 23240 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 23241 // For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 23242 // 23243 // Default: Uses existing setting 23244 // 23245 // MariaDB 23246 // 23247 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 23248 // 23249 // Microsoft SQL Server 23250 // 23251 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 23252 // 23253 // MySQL 23254 // 23255 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 23256 // 23257 // Oracle 23258 // 23259 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 23260 // 23261 // PostgreSQL 23262 // 23263 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 23264 // 23265 // Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides 23266 // a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost. 23267 // This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked. 23268 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 23269 23270 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 23271 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 23272 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 23273 // 23274 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 23275 // to a value other than 0. 23276 // 23277 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 23278 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 23279 23280 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 23281 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 23282 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 23283 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). 23284 // 23285 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 23286 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 23287 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 23288 23289 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter 23290 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 23291 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 23292 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 23293 23294 // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. 23295 // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur 23296 // immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the 23297 // next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored 23298 // as a lowercase string. 23299 // 23300 // Constraints: 23301 // 23302 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 23303 // 23304 // * The first character must be a letter. 23305 // 23306 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 23307 // 23308 // Example: mydbinstance 23309 NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23310 23311 // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option 23312 // group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the 23313 // following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window 23314 // unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If 23315 // the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change 23316 // can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected 23317 // but existing connections are not interrupted. 23318 // 23319 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 23320 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 23321 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 23322 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23323 23324 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 23325 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 23326 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 23327 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 23328 23329 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 23330 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 23331 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 23332 23333 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 23334 // backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 23335 // Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 23336 // applied as soon as possible. 23337 // 23338 // Amazon Aurora 23339 // 23340 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 23341 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 23342 // 23343 // Constraints: 23344 // 23345 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi 23346 // 23347 // * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) 23348 // 23349 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window 23350 // 23351 // * Must be at least 30 minutes 23352 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 23353 23354 // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, 23355 // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in 23356 // an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously 23357 // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, 23358 // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing 23359 // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window 23360 // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current 23361 // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. 23362 // 23363 // Default: Uses existing setting 23364 // 23365 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 23366 // 23367 // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun 23368 // 23369 // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes 23370 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 23371 23372 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 23373 // class of the DB instance. 23374 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 23375 23376 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 23377 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 23378 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 23379 // 23380 // Default: 1 23381 // 23382 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 23383 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 23384 23385 // Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable 23386 // DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly 23387 // resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False 23388 // to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private 23389 // IP address. 23390 // 23391 // PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance 23392 // must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order 23393 // for it to be publicly accessible. 23394 // 23395 // Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless 23396 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 23397 // 23398 // Default: false 23399 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 23400 23401 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 23402 // 23403 // If you specify Provisioned IOPS (io1), you must also include a value for 23404 // the Iops parameter. 23405 // 23406 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 23407 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 23408 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 23409 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 23410 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 23411 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 23412 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 23413 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 23414 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 23415 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 23416 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 23417 // a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 23418 // 23419 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 23420 // 23421 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 23422 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 23423 23424 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 23425 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 23426 23427 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 23428 // device. 23429 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 23430 23431 // A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 23432 // its default processor features. 23433 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 23434 23435 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This 23436 // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. 23437 // 23438 // Amazon Aurora 23439 // 23440 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 23441 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 23442 // 23443 // Constraints: 23444 // 23445 // * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. 23446 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 23447} 23448 23449// String returns the string representation 23450func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { 23451 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23452} 23453 23454// GoString returns the string representation 23455func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 23456 return s.String() 23457} 23458 23459// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23460func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 23461 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} 23462 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 23463 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 23464 } 23465 23466 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23467 return invalidParams 23468 } 23469 return nil 23470} 23471 23472// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 23473func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23474 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 23475 return s 23476} 23477 23478// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 23479func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23480 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 23481 return s 23482} 23483 23484// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 23485func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23486 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 23487 return s 23488} 23489 23490// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 23491func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23492 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 23493 return s 23494} 23495 23496// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 23497func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23498 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 23499 return s 23500} 23501 23502// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 23503func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23504 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 23505 return s 23506} 23507 23508// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 23509func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23510 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 23511 return s 23512} 23513 23514// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 23515func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23516 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 23517 return s 23518} 23519 23520// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 23521func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23522 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 23523 return s 23524} 23525 23526// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 23527func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23528 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 23529 return s 23530} 23531 23532// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 23533func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23534 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 23535 return s 23536} 23537 23538// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. 23539func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23540 s.DBPortNumber = &v 23541 return s 23542} 23543 23544// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 23545func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23546 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 23547 return s 23548} 23549 23550// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 23551func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23552 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 23553 return s 23554} 23555 23556// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 23557func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23558 s.Domain = &v 23559 return s 23560} 23561 23562// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 23563func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23564 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 23565 return s 23566} 23567 23568// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 23569func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23570 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 23571 return s 23572} 23573 23574// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 23575func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23576 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 23577 return s 23578} 23579 23580// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 23581func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23582 s.EngineVersion = &v 23583 return s 23584} 23585 23586// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 23587func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23588 s.Iops = &v 23589 return s 23590} 23591 23592// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 23593func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23594 s.LicenseModel = &v 23595 return s 23596} 23597 23598// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 23599func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23600 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 23601 return s 23602} 23603 23604// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 23605func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23606 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 23607 return s 23608} 23609 23610// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 23611func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23612 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 23613 return s 23614} 23615 23616// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 23617func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23618 s.MultiAZ = &v 23619 return s 23620} 23621 23622// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 23623func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23624 s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 23625 return s 23626} 23627 23628// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 23629func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23630 s.OptionGroupName = &v 23631 return s 23632} 23633 23634// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 23635func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23636 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 23637 return s 23638} 23639 23640// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 23641func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23642 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 23643 return s 23644} 23645 23646// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 23647func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23648 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 23649 return s 23650} 23651 23652// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 23653func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23654 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 23655 return s 23656} 23657 23658// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 23659func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23660 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 23661 return s 23662} 23663 23664// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 23665func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23666 s.PromotionTier = &v 23667 return s 23668} 23669 23670// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 23671func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23672 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 23673 return s 23674} 23675 23676// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 23677func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23678 s.StorageType = &v 23679 return s 23680} 23681 23682// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 23683func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23684 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 23685 return s 23686} 23687 23688// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 23689func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23690 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 23691 return s 23692} 23693 23694// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 23695func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23696 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 23697 return s 23698} 23699 23700// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 23701func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 23702 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 23703 return s 23704} 23705 23706type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { 23707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23708 23709 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 23710 // 23711 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 23712 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 23713} 23714 23715// String returns the string representation 23716func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 23717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23718} 23719 23720// GoString returns the string representation 23721func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 23722 return s.String() 23723} 23724 23725// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 23726func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { 23727 s.DBInstance = v 23728 return s 23729} 23730 23731type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 23732 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23733 23734 // The name of the DB parameter group. 23735 // 23736 // Constraints: 23737 // 23738 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 23739 // 23740 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 23741 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23742 23743 // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter 23744 // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; 23745 // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified 23746 // in a single request. 23747 // 23748 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 23749 // 23750 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 23751 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 23752 // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. 23753 // 23754 // Parameters is a required field 23755 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 23756} 23757 23758// String returns the string representation 23759func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 23760 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23761} 23762 23763// GoString returns the string representation 23764func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 23765 return s.String() 23766} 23767 23768// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23769func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 23770 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} 23771 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 23772 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 23773 } 23774 if s.Parameters == nil { 23775 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 23776 } 23777 23778 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23779 return invalidParams 23780 } 23781 return nil 23782} 23783 23784// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 23785func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 23786 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 23787 return s 23788} 23789 23790// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 23791func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 23792 s.Parameters = v 23793 return s 23794} 23795 23796type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 23797 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23798 23799 // The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. 23800 // 23801 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 23802 // DB snapshot, set this value to restore. 23803 // 23804 // AttributeName is a required field 23805 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23806 23807 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. 23808 // 23809 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 23810 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23811 23812 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName. 23813 // 23814 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set 23815 // this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual 23816 // DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any 23817 // manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want 23818 // available to all AWS accounts. 23819 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 23820 23821 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by 23822 // AttributeName. 23823 // 23824 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 23825 // snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or 23826 // all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB 23827 // snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly 23828 // added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. 23829 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 23830} 23831 23832// String returns the string representation 23833func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 23834 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23835} 23836 23837// GoString returns the string representation 23838func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 23839 return s.String() 23840} 23841 23842// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23843func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 23844 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"} 23845 if s.AttributeName == nil { 23846 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 23847 } 23848 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 23849 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 23850 } 23851 23852 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23853 return invalidParams 23854 } 23855 return nil 23856} 23857 23858// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 23859func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 23860 s.AttributeName = &v 23861 return s 23862} 23863 23864// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 23865func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 23866 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 23867 return s 23868} 23869 23870// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 23871func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 23872 s.ValuesToAdd = v 23873 return s 23874} 23875 23876// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 23877func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 23878 s.ValuesToRemove = v 23879 return s 23880} 23881 23882type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 23883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23884 23885 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 23886 // API action. 23887 // 23888 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 23889 // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 23890 // API action. 23891 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 23892} 23893 23894// String returns the string representation 23895func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 23896 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23897} 23898 23899// GoString returns the string representation 23900func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 23901 return s.String() 23902} 23903 23904// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 23905func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput { 23906 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 23907 return s 23908} 23909 23910type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct { 23911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23912 23913 // The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify. 23914 // 23915 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 23916 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23917 23918 // The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to. 23919 // 23920 // The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available 23921 // when you upgrade a DB snapshot. 23922 // 23923 // MySQL 23924 // 23925 // * 5.5.46 (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots) 23926 // 23927 // Oracle 23928 // 23929 // * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots) 23930 // 23931 // * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots) 23932 // 23933 // * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots) 23934 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23935 23936 // The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot. 23937 // 23938 // You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The 23939 // same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when 23940 // upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option Group Considerations 23941 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG). 23942 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23943} 23944 23945// String returns the string representation 23946func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 23947 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23948} 23949 23950// GoString returns the string representation 23951func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 23952 return s.String() 23953} 23954 23955// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23956func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 23957 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotInput"} 23958 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 23959 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 23960 } 23961 23962 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23963 return invalidParams 23964 } 23965 return nil 23966} 23967 23968// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 23969func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 23970 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 23971 return s 23972} 23973 23974// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 23975func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 23976 s.EngineVersion = &v 23977 return s 23978} 23979 23980// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 23981func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 23982 s.OptionGroupName = &v 23983 return s 23984} 23985 23986type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 23987 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23988 23989 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 23990 // 23991 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 23992 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 23993} 23994 23995// String returns the string representation 23996func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 23997 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23998} 23999 24000// GoString returns the string representation 24001func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 24002 return s.String() 24003} 24004 24005// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 24006func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput { 24007 s.DBSnapshot = v 24008 return s 24009} 24010 24011type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 24012 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24013 24014 // The description for the DB subnet group. 24015 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 24016 24017 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 24018 // You can't modify the default subnet group. 24019 // 24020 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 24021 // default. 24022 // 24023 // Example: mySubnetgroup 24024 // 24025 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 24026 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24027 24028 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 24029 // 24030 // SubnetIds is a required field 24031 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 24032} 24033 24034// String returns the string representation 24035func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 24036 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24037} 24038 24039// GoString returns the string representation 24040func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 24041 return s.String() 24042} 24043 24044// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24045func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 24046 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} 24047 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 24048 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 24049 } 24050 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 24051 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 24052 } 24053 24054 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24055 return invalidParams 24056 } 24057 return nil 24058} 24059 24060// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 24061func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 24062 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 24063 return s 24064} 24065 24066// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 24067func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 24068 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 24069 return s 24070} 24071 24072// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 24073func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 24074 s.SubnetIds = v 24075 return s 24076} 24077 24078type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 24079 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24080 24081 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 24082 // 24083 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 24084 // action. 24085 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 24086} 24087 24088// String returns the string representation 24089func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 24090 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24091} 24092 24093// GoString returns the string representation 24094func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 24095 return s.String() 24096} 24097 24098// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 24099func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { 24100 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 24101 return s 24102} 24103 24104type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { 24105 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24106 24107 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. 24108 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 24109 24110 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 24111 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events 24112 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 24113 // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 24114 // action. 24115 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 24116 24117 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 24118 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 24119 // it. 24120 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 24121 24122 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 24123 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 24124 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 24125 // 24126 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 24127 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 24128 24129 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription. 24130 // 24131 // SubscriptionName is a required field 24132 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24133} 24134 24135// String returns the string representation 24136func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 24137 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24138} 24139 24140// GoString returns the string representation 24141func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 24142 return s.String() 24143} 24144 24145// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24146func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 24147 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} 24148 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 24149 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 24150 } 24151 24152 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24153 return invalidParams 24154 } 24155 return nil 24156} 24157 24158// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 24159func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 24160 s.Enabled = &v 24161 return s 24162} 24163 24164// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 24165func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 24166 s.EventCategories = v 24167 return s 24168} 24169 24170// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 24171func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 24172 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 24173 return s 24174} 24175 24176// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 24177func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 24178 s.SourceType = &v 24179 return s 24180} 24181 24182// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 24183func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 24184 s.SubscriptionName = &v 24185 return s 24186} 24187 24188type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 24189 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24190 24191 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 24192 // action. 24193 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 24194} 24195 24196// String returns the string representation 24197func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 24198 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24199} 24200 24201// GoString returns the string representation 24202func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 24203 return s.String() 24204} 24205 24206// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 24207func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { 24208 s.EventSubscription = v 24209 return s 24210} 24211 24212type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct { 24213 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24214 24215 // Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the 24216 // next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. 24217 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 24218 24219 // The name of the option group to be modified. 24220 // 24221 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 24222 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 24223 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 24224 // 24225 // OptionGroupName is a required field 24226 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24227 24228 // Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, 24229 // the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. 24230 OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"` 24231 24232 // Options in this list are removed from the option group. 24233 OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"` 24234} 24235 24236// String returns the string representation 24237func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 24238 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24239} 24240 24241// GoString returns the string representation 24242func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 24243 return s.String() 24244} 24245 24246// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24247func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 24248 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"} 24249 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 24250 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 24251 } 24252 if s.OptionsToInclude != nil { 24253 for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude { 24254 if v == nil { 24255 continue 24256 } 24257 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 24258 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 24259 } 24260 } 24261 } 24262 24263 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24264 return invalidParams 24265 } 24266 return nil 24267} 24268 24269// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 24270func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 24271 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 24272 return s 24273} 24274 24275// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 24276func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 24277 s.OptionGroupName = &v 24278 return s 24279} 24280 24281// SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value. 24282func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 24283 s.OptionsToInclude = v 24284 return s 24285} 24286 24287// SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value. 24288func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 24289 s.OptionsToRemove = v 24290 return s 24291} 24292 24293type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct { 24294 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24295 24296 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 24297} 24298 24299// String returns the string representation 24300func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 24301 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24302} 24303 24304// GoString returns the string representation 24305func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 24306 return s.String() 24307} 24308 24309// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 24310func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput { 24311 s.OptionGroup = v 24312 return s 24313} 24314 24315// Option details. 24316type Option struct { 24317 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24318 24319 // If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows 24320 // access to the port. 24321 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 24322 24323 // The description of the option. 24324 OptionDescription *string `type:"string"` 24325 24326 // The name of the option. 24327 OptionName *string `type:"string"` 24328 24329 // The option settings for this option. 24330 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 24331 24332 // The version of the option. 24333 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 24334 24335 // Indicate if this option is permanent. 24336 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 24337 24338 // Indicate if this option is persistent. 24339 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 24340 24341 // If required, the port configured for this option to use. 24342 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 24343 24344 // If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows 24345 // access to the port. 24346 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 24347} 24348 24349// String returns the string representation 24350func (s Option) String() string { 24351 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24352} 24353 24354// GoString returns the string representation 24355func (s Option) GoString() string { 24356 return s.String() 24357} 24358 24359// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 24360func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 24361 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 24362 return s 24363} 24364 24365// SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value. 24366func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option { 24367 s.OptionDescription = &v 24368 return s 24369} 24370 24371// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 24372func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option { 24373 s.OptionName = &v 24374 return s 24375} 24376 24377// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 24378func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option { 24379 s.OptionSettings = v 24380 return s 24381} 24382 24383// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 24384func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option { 24385 s.OptionVersion = &v 24386 return s 24387} 24388 24389// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 24390func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option { 24391 s.Permanent = &v 24392 return s 24393} 24394 24395// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 24396func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option { 24397 s.Persistent = &v 24398 return s 24399} 24400 24401// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 24402func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option { 24403 s.Port = &v 24404 return s 24405} 24406 24407// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 24408func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 24409 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 24410 return s 24411} 24412 24413// A list of all available options 24414type OptionConfiguration struct { 24415 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24416 24417 // A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. 24418 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 24419 24420 // The configuration of options to include in a group. 24421 // 24422 // OptionName is a required field 24423 OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24424 24425 // The option settings to include in an option group. 24426 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 24427 24428 // The version for the option. 24429 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 24430 24431 // The optional port for the option. 24432 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 24433 24434 // A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. 24435 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 24436} 24437 24438// String returns the string representation 24439func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string { 24440 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24441} 24442 24443// GoString returns the string representation 24444func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string { 24445 return s.String() 24446} 24447 24448// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24449func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error { 24450 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"} 24451 if s.OptionName == nil { 24452 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName")) 24453 } 24454 24455 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24456 return invalidParams 24457 } 24458 return nil 24459} 24460 24461// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 24462func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 24463 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 24464 return s 24465} 24466 24467// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 24468func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 24469 s.OptionName = &v 24470 return s 24471} 24472 24473// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 24474func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration { 24475 s.OptionSettings = v 24476 return s 24477} 24478 24479// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 24480func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 24481 s.OptionVersion = &v 24482 return s 24483} 24484 24485// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 24486func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration { 24487 s.Port = &v 24488 return s 24489} 24490 24491// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 24492func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 24493 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 24494 return s 24495} 24496 24497type OptionGroup struct { 24498 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24499 24500 // Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC 24501 // instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both 24502 // VPC and non-VPC instances. 24503 AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"` 24504 24505 // Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. 24506 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 24507 24508 // Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. 24509 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24510 24511 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. 24512 OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 24513 24514 // Provides a description of the option group. 24515 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 24516 24517 // Specifies the name of the option group. 24518 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 24519 24520 // Indicates what options are available in the option group. 24521 Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"` 24522 24523 // If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If 24524 // AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then 24525 // this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this 24526 // field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances 24527 // that are in the VPC indicated by this field. 24528 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 24529} 24530 24531// String returns the string representation 24532func (s OptionGroup) String() string { 24533 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24534} 24535 24536// GoString returns the string representation 24537func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string { 24538 return s.String() 24539} 24540 24541// SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value. 24542func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup { 24543 s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v 24544 return s 24545} 24546 24547// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 24548func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup { 24549 s.EngineName = &v 24550 return s 24551} 24552 24553// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 24554func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup { 24555 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 24556 return s 24557} 24558 24559// SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value. 24560func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup { 24561 s.OptionGroupArn = &v 24562 return s 24563} 24564 24565// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 24566func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup { 24567 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 24568 return s 24569} 24570 24571// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 24572func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup { 24573 s.OptionGroupName = &v 24574 return s 24575} 24576 24577// SetOptions sets the Options field's value. 24578func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup { 24579 s.Options = v 24580 return s 24581} 24582 24583// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 24584func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup { 24585 s.VpcId = &v 24586 return s 24587} 24588 24589// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. 24590type OptionGroupMembership struct { 24591 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24592 24593 // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. 24594 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 24595 24596 // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: 24597 // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, 24598 // applying, removing, and failed. 24599 Status *string `type:"string"` 24600} 24601 24602// String returns the string representation 24603func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { 24604 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24605} 24606 24607// GoString returns the string representation 24608func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { 24609 return s.String() 24610} 24611 24612// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 24613func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 24614 s.OptionGroupName = &v 24615 return s 24616} 24617 24618// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 24619func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 24620 s.Status = &v 24621 return s 24622} 24623 24624// Available option. 24625type OptionGroupOption struct { 24626 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24627 24628 // If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. 24629 DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"` 24630 24631 // The description of the option. 24632 Description *string `type:"string"` 24633 24634 // The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. 24635 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 24636 24637 // Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. 24638 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24639 24640 // The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. 24641 MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24642 24643 // The name of the option. 24644 Name *string `type:"string"` 24645 24646 // The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option 24647 // in an option group. 24648 OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"` 24649 24650 // The versions that are available for the option. 24651 OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"` 24652 24653 // The options that conflict with this option. 24654 OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"` 24655 24656 // The options that are prerequisites for this option. 24657 OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"` 24658 24659 // Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group 24660 // containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. 24661 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 24662 24663 // Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances 24664 // are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances 24665 // from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option 24666 // group. 24667 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 24668 24669 // Specifies whether the option requires a port. 24670 PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"` 24671 24672 // If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your 24673 // DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version 24674 // Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance 24675 // later. 24676 RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 24677 24678 // If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This 24679 // only applies to options that have different versions available. 24680 SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 24681 24682 // If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. 24683 VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 24684} 24685 24686// String returns the string representation 24687func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string { 24688 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24689} 24690 24691// GoString returns the string representation 24692func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string { 24693 return s.String() 24694} 24695 24696// SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value. 24697func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption { 24698 s.DefaultPort = &v 24699 return s 24700} 24701 24702// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 24703func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 24704 s.Description = &v 24705 return s 24706} 24707 24708// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 24709func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 24710 s.EngineName = &v 24711 return s 24712} 24713 24714// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 24715func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 24716 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 24717 return s 24718} 24719 24720// SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value. 24721func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 24722 s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v 24723 return s 24724} 24725 24726// SetName sets the Name field's value. 24727func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 24728 s.Name = &v 24729 return s 24730} 24731 24732// SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value. 24733func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption { 24734 s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v 24735 return s 24736} 24737 24738// SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value. 24739func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption { 24740 s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v 24741 return s 24742} 24743 24744// SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value. 24745func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 24746 s.OptionsConflictsWith = v 24747 return s 24748} 24749 24750// SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value. 24751func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 24752 s.OptionsDependedOn = v 24753 return s 24754} 24755 24756// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 24757func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24758 s.Permanent = &v 24759 return s 24760} 24761 24762// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 24763func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24764 s.Persistent = &v 24765 return s 24766} 24767 24768// SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value. 24769func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24770 s.PortRequired = &v 24771 return s 24772} 24773 24774// SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade sets the RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade field's value. 24775func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24776 s.RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = &v 24777 return s 24778} 24779 24780// SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade sets the SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade field's value. 24781func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24782 s.SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = &v 24783 return s 24784} 24785 24786// SetVpcOnly sets the VpcOnly field's value. 24787func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetVpcOnly(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 24788 s.VpcOnly = &v 24789 return s 24790} 24791 24792// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each 24793// option with their default values and other information. These values are 24794// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 24795type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct { 24796 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24797 24798 // Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. 24799 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 24800 24801 // The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. 24802 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 24803 24804 // The default value for the option group option. 24805 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 24806 24807 // Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed 24808 // from the default value. 24809 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 24810 24811 // The description of the option group option. 24812 SettingDescription *string `type:"string"` 24813 24814 // The name of the option group option. 24815 SettingName *string `type:"string"` 24816} 24817 24818// String returns the string representation 24819func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string { 24820 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24821} 24822 24823// GoString returns the string representation 24824func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string { 24825 return s.String() 24826} 24827 24828// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 24829func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24830 s.AllowedValues = &v 24831 return s 24832} 24833 24834// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 24835func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24836 s.ApplyType = &v 24837 return s 24838} 24839 24840// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 24841func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24842 s.DefaultValue = &v 24843 return s 24844} 24845 24846// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 24847func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24848 s.IsModifiable = &v 24849 return s 24850} 24851 24852// SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value. 24853func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24854 s.SettingDescription = &v 24855 return s 24856} 24857 24858// SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value. 24859func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 24860 s.SettingName = &v 24861 return s 24862} 24863 24864// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that 24865// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. 24866// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER 24867// that can have several different values. 24868type OptionSetting struct { 24869 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24870 24871 // The allowed values of the option setting. 24872 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 24873 24874 // The DB engine specific parameter type. 24875 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 24876 24877 // The data type of the option setting. 24878 DataType *string `type:"string"` 24879 24880 // The default value of the option setting. 24881 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 24882 24883 // The description of the option setting. 24884 Description *string `type:"string"` 24885 24886 // Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. 24887 IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"` 24888 24889 // A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified 24890 // from the default. 24891 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 24892 24893 // The name of the option that has settings that you can set. 24894 Name *string `type:"string"` 24895 24896 // The current value of the option setting. 24897 Value *string `type:"string"` 24898} 24899 24900// String returns the string representation 24901func (s OptionSetting) String() string { 24902 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24903} 24904 24905// GoString returns the string representation 24906func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string { 24907 return s.String() 24908} 24909 24910// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 24911func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting { 24912 s.AllowedValues = &v 24913 return s 24914} 24915 24916// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 24917func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting { 24918 s.ApplyType = &v 24919 return s 24920} 24921 24922// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 24923func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting { 24924 s.DataType = &v 24925 return s 24926} 24927 24928// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 24929func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 24930 s.DefaultValue = &v 24931 return s 24932} 24933 24934// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 24935func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting { 24936 s.Description = &v 24937 return s 24938} 24939 24940// SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value. 24941func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting { 24942 s.IsCollection = &v 24943 return s 24944} 24945 24946// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 24947func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting { 24948 s.IsModifiable = &v 24949 return s 24950} 24951 24952// SetName sets the Name field's value. 24953func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting { 24954 s.Name = &v 24955 return s 24956} 24957 24958// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 24959func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 24960 s.Value = &v 24961 return s 24962} 24963 24964// The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the 24965// DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 24966type OptionVersion struct { 24967 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24968 24969 // True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false. 24970 IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` 24971 24972 // The version of the option. 24973 Version *string `type:"string"` 24974} 24975 24976// String returns the string representation 24977func (s OptionVersion) String() string { 24978 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24979} 24980 24981// GoString returns the string representation 24982func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string { 24983 return s.String() 24984} 24985 24986// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. 24987func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion { 24988 s.IsDefault = &v 24989 return s 24990} 24991 24992// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. 24993func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion { 24994 s.Version = &v 24995 return s 24996} 24997 24998// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. 24999// 25000// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 25001// action. 25002type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { 25003 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25004 25005 // A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. 25006 AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 25007 25008 // A list of the available processor features for the DB instance class of a 25009 // DB instance. 25010 AvailableProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 25011 25012 // The DB instance class for a DB instance. 25013 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 25014 25015 // The engine type of a DB instance. 25016 Engine *string `type:"string"` 25017 25018 // The engine version of a DB instance. 25019 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 25020 25021 // The license model for a DB instance. 25022 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 25023 25024 // Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 25025 MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 25026 25027 // Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 25028 MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 25029 25030 // Maximum storage size for a DB instance. 25031 MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 25032 25033 // Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 25034 MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 25035 25036 // Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 25037 MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 25038 25039 // Minimum storage size for a DB instance. 25040 MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 25041 25042 // Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. 25043 MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 25044 25045 // Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. 25046 ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 25047 25048 // Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. 25049 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 25050 25051 // A list of the supported DB engine modes. 25052 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 25053 25054 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals 25055 // from 1 to 60 seconds. 25056 SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` 25057 25058 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. 25059 SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 25060 25061 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. 25062 SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` 25063 25064 // True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. 25065 SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 25066 25067 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. 25068 SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` 25069 25070 // Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. 25071 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 25072} 25073 25074// String returns the string representation 25075func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { 25076 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25077} 25078 25079// GoString returns the string representation 25080func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { 25081 return s.String() 25082} 25083 25084// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 25085func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25086 s.AvailabilityZones = v 25087 return s 25088} 25089 25090// SetAvailableProcessorFeatures sets the AvailableProcessorFeatures field's value. 25091func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailableProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25092 s.AvailableProcessorFeatures = v 25093 return s 25094} 25095 25096// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 25097func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25098 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 25099 return s 25100} 25101 25102// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 25103func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25104 s.Engine = &v 25105 return s 25106} 25107 25108// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 25109func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25110 s.EngineVersion = &v 25111 return s 25112} 25113 25114// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 25115func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25116 s.LicenseModel = &v 25117 return s 25118} 25119 25120// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 25121func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25122 s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v 25123 return s 25124} 25125 25126// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value. 25127func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25128 s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v 25129 return s 25130} 25131 25132// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value. 25133func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25134 s.MaxStorageSize = &v 25135 return s 25136} 25137 25138// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 25139func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25140 s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v 25141 return s 25142} 25143 25144// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value. 25145func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25146 s.MinIopsPerGib = &v 25147 return s 25148} 25149 25150// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value. 25151func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25152 s.MinStorageSize = &v 25153 return s 25154} 25155 25156// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. 25157func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25158 s.MultiAZCapable = &v 25159 return s 25160} 25161 25162// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. 25163func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25164 s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v 25165 return s 25166} 25167 25168// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 25169func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25170 s.StorageType = &v 25171 return s 25172} 25173 25174// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 25175func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25176 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 25177 return s 25178} 25179 25180// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. 25181func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25182 s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v 25183 return s 25184} 25185 25186// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 25187func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25188 s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 25189 return s 25190} 25191 25192// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. 25193func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25194 s.SupportsIops = &v 25195 return s 25196} 25197 25198// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value. 25199func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25200 s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v 25201 return s 25202} 25203 25204// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. 25205func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25206 s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v 25207 return s 25208} 25209 25210// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 25211func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 25212 s.Vpc = &v 25213 return s 25214} 25215 25216// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup 25217// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions. 25218// 25219// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 25220// and DescribeDBParameters actions. 25221type Parameter struct { 25222 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25223 25224 // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. 25225 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 25226 25227 // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. 25228 ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` 25229 25230 // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. 25231 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 25232 25233 // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. 25234 DataType *string `type:"string"` 25235 25236 // Provides a description of the parameter. 25237 Description *string `type:"string"` 25238 25239 // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some 25240 // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from 25241 // being changed. 25242 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 25243 25244 // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. 25245 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 25246 25247 // Specifies the name of the parameter. 25248 ParameterName *string `type:"string"` 25249 25250 // Specifies the value of the parameter. 25251 ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` 25252 25253 // Indicates the source of the parameter value. 25254 Source *string `type:"string"` 25255 25256 // The valid DB engine modes. 25257 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 25258} 25259 25260// String returns the string representation 25261func (s Parameter) String() string { 25262 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25263} 25264 25265// GoString returns the string representation 25266func (s Parameter) GoString() string { 25267 return s.String() 25268} 25269 25270// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 25271func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { 25272 s.AllowedValues = &v 25273 return s 25274} 25275 25276// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. 25277func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { 25278 s.ApplyMethod = &v 25279 return s 25280} 25281 25282// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 25283func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { 25284 s.ApplyType = &v 25285 return s 25286} 25287 25288// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 25289func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { 25290 s.DataType = &v 25291 return s 25292} 25293 25294// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 25295func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { 25296 s.Description = &v 25297 return s 25298} 25299 25300// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 25301func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { 25302 s.IsModifiable = &v 25303 return s 25304} 25305 25306// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 25307func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { 25308 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 25309 return s 25310} 25311 25312// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. 25313func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { 25314 s.ParameterName = &v 25315 return s 25316} 25317 25318// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. 25319func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { 25320 s.ParameterValue = &v 25321 return s 25322} 25323 25324// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 25325func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { 25326 s.Source = &v 25327 return s 25328} 25329 25330// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 25331func (s *Parameter) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *Parameter { 25332 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 25333 return s 25334} 25335 25336// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 25337// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 25338type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct { 25339 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25340 25341 // Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, 25342 // these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. 25343 LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"` 25344 25345 // Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, 25346 // these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. 25347 LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"` 25348} 25349 25350// String returns the string representation 25351func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string { 25352 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25353} 25354 25355// GoString returns the string representation 25356func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string { 25357 return s.String() 25358} 25359 25360// SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value. 25361func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 25362 s.LogTypesToDisable = v 25363 return s 25364} 25365 25366// SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value. 25367func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 25368 s.LogTypesToEnable = v 25369 return s 25370} 25371 25372// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. 25373type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { 25374 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25375 25376 // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. 25377 Action *string `type:"string"` 25378 25379 // The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance 25380 // action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after 25381 // this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests 25382 // are ignored. 25383 AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25384 25385 // The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the 25386 // resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 25387 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate. 25388 // This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing 25389 // has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. 25390 CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25391 25392 // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. 25393 Description *string `type:"string"` 25394 25395 // The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance 25396 // action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance 25397 // window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in 25398 // requests are ignored. 25399 ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25400 25401 // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. 25402 OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` 25403} 25404 25405// String returns the string representation 25406func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { 25407 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25408} 25409 25410// GoString returns the string representation 25411func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { 25412 return s.String() 25413} 25414 25415// SetAction sets the Action field's value. 25416func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25417 s.Action = &v 25418 return s 25419} 25420 25421// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. 25422func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25423 s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v 25424 return s 25425} 25426 25427// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. 25428func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25429 s.CurrentApplyDate = &v 25430 return s 25431} 25432 25433// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 25434func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25435 s.Description = &v 25436 return s 25437} 25438 25439// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. 25440func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25441 s.ForcedApplyDate = &v 25442 return s 25443} 25444 25445// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. 25446func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 25447 s.OptInStatus = &v 25448 return s 25449} 25450 25451// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action. 25452type PendingModifiedValues struct { 25453 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25454 25455 // Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied 25456 // or is currently being applied. 25457 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 25458 25459 // Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. 25460 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 25461 25462 // Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. 25463 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25464 25465 // Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied 25466 // or is currently being applied. 25467 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 25468 25469 // Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied 25470 // or is currently being applied. 25471 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25472 25473 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. 25474 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25475 25476 // Indicates the database engine version. 25477 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 25478 25479 // Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be 25480 // applied or is currently being applied. 25481 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 25482 25483 // The license model for the DB instance. 25484 // 25485 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 25486 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 25487 25488 // Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials 25489 // for the DB instance. 25490 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 25491 25492 // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. 25493 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 25494 25495 // A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 25496 // these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 25497 PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"` 25498 25499 // Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. 25500 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 25501 25502 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 25503 // class of the DB instance. 25504 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 25505 25506 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 25507 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 25508} 25509 25510// String returns the string representation 25511func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { 25512 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25513} 25514 25515// GoString returns the string representation 25516func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 25517 return s.String() 25518} 25519 25520// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 25521func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 25522 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 25523 return s 25524} 25525 25526// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 25527func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 25528 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 25529 return s 25530} 25531 25532// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 25533func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25534 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 25535 return s 25536} 25537 25538// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 25539func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25540 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 25541 return s 25542} 25543 25544// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 25545func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25546 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 25547 return s 25548} 25549 25550// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 25551func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25552 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 25553 return s 25554} 25555 25556// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 25557func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25558 s.EngineVersion = &v 25559 return s 25560} 25561 25562// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 25563func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 25564 s.Iops = &v 25565 return s 25566} 25567 25568// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 25569func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25570 s.LicenseModel = &v 25571 return s 25572} 25573 25574// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 25575func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25576 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 25577 return s 25578} 25579 25580// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 25581func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 25582 s.MultiAZ = &v 25583 return s 25584} 25585 25586// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 25587func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues { 25588 s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v 25589 return s 25590} 25591 25592// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 25593func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 25594 s.Port = &v 25595 return s 25596} 25597 25598// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 25599func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *PendingModifiedValues { 25600 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 25601 return s 25602} 25603 25604// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 25605func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 25606 s.StorageType = &v 25607 return s 25608} 25609 25610// Contains the processor features of a DB instance class. 25611// 25612// To specify the number of CPU cores, use the coreCount feature name for the 25613// Name parameter. To specify the number of threads per core, use the threadsPerCore 25614// feature name for the Name parameter. 25615// 25616// You can set the processor features of the DB instance class for a DB instance 25617// when you call one of the following actions: 25618// 25619// * CreateDBInstance 25620// 25621// * ModifyDBInstance 25622// 25623// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 25624// 25625// * RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 25626// 25627// * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 25628// 25629// You can view the valid processor values for a particular instance class by 25630// calling the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action and specifying the 25631// instance class for the DBInstanceClass parameter. 25632// 25633// In addition, you can use the following actions for DB instance class processor 25634// information: 25635// 25636// * DescribeDBInstances 25637// 25638// * DescribeDBSnapshots 25639// 25640// * DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 25641// 25642// For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class 25643// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) 25644// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 25645type ProcessorFeature struct { 25646 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25647 25648 // The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore. 25649 Name *string `type:"string"` 25650 25651 // The value of a processor feature name. 25652 Value *string `type:"string"` 25653} 25654 25655// String returns the string representation 25656func (s ProcessorFeature) String() string { 25657 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25658} 25659 25660// GoString returns the string representation 25661func (s ProcessorFeature) GoString() string { 25662 return s.String() 25663} 25664 25665// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25666func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *ProcessorFeature { 25667 s.Name = &v 25668 return s 25669} 25670 25671// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 25672func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetValue(v string) *ProcessorFeature { 25673 s.Value = &v 25674 return s 25675} 25676 25677type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { 25678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25679 25680 // The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter 25681 // is not case-sensitive. 25682 // 25683 // Constraints: 25684 // 25685 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster Read Replica. 25686 // 25687 // Example: my-cluster-replica1 25688 // 25689 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 25690 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25691} 25692 25693// String returns the string representation 25694func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { 25695 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25696} 25697 25698// GoString returns the string representation 25699func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 25700 return s.String() 25701} 25702 25703// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25704func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 25705 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} 25706 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 25707 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 25708 } 25709 25710 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25711 return invalidParams 25712 } 25713 return nil 25714} 25715 25716// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 25717func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { 25718 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 25719 return s 25720} 25721 25722type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { 25723 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25724 25725 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 25726 // 25727 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 25728 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 25729} 25730 25731// String returns the string representation 25732func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { 25733 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25734} 25735 25736// GoString returns the string representation 25737func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 25738 return s.String() 25739} 25740 25741// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 25742func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { 25743 s.DBCluster = v 25744 return s 25745} 25746 25747type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct { 25748 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25749 25750 // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to 25751 // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated 25752 // backups. 25753 // 25754 // Default: 1 25755 // 25756 // Constraints: 25757 // 25758 // * Must be a value from 0 to 8 25759 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 25760 25761 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 25762 // 25763 // Constraints: 25764 // 25765 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Read Replica DB instance. 25766 // 25767 // Example: mydbinstance 25768 // 25769 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 25770 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25771 25772 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 25773 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 25774 // 25775 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 25776 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 25777 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 25778 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 25779 // 25780 // Constraints: 25781 // 25782 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 25783 // 25784 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 25785 // 25786 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 25787 // 25788 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 25789 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 25790} 25791 25792// String returns the string representation 25793func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string { 25794 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25795} 25796 25797// GoString returns the string representation 25798func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 25799 return s.String() 25800} 25801 25802// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25803func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 25804 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"} 25805 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 25806 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 25807 } 25808 25809 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25810 return invalidParams 25811 } 25812 return nil 25813} 25814 25815// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 25816func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 25817 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 25818 return s 25819} 25820 25821// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 25822func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 25823 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 25824 return s 25825} 25826 25827// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 25828func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 25829 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 25830 return s 25831} 25832 25833type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct { 25834 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25835 25836 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 25837 // 25838 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 25839 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 25840} 25841 25842// String returns the string representation 25843func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 25844 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25845} 25846 25847// GoString returns the string representation 25848func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 25849 return s.String() 25850} 25851 25852// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 25853func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput { 25854 s.DBInstance = v 25855 return s 25856} 25857 25858type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct { 25859 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25860 25861 // The number of instances to reserve. 25862 // 25863 // Default: 1 25864 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 25865 25866 // Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. 25867 // 25868 // Example: myreservationID 25869 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 25870 25871 // The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. 25872 // 25873 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 25874 // 25875 // ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field 25876 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25877 25878 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 25879 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 25880} 25881 25882// String returns the string representation 25883func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string { 25884 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25885} 25886 25887// GoString returns the string representation 25888func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string { 25889 return s.String() 25890} 25891 25892// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25893func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error { 25894 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"} 25895 if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil { 25896 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId")) 25897 } 25898 25899 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25900 return invalidParams 25901 } 25902 return nil 25903} 25904 25905// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 25906func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 25907 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 25908 return s 25909} 25910 25911// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 25912func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 25913 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 25914 return s 25915} 25916 25917// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 25918func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 25919 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 25920 return s 25921} 25922 25923// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 25924func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 25925 s.Tags = v 25926 return s 25927} 25928 25929type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct { 25930 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25931 25932 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 25933 // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 25934 ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"` 25935} 25936 25937// String returns the string representation 25938func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string { 25939 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25940} 25941 25942// GoString returns the string representation 25943func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 25944 return s.String() 25945} 25946 25947// SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value. 25948func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput { 25949 s.ReservedDBInstance = v 25950 return s 25951} 25952 25953// A range of integer values. 25954type Range struct { 25955 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25956 25957 // The minimum value in the range. 25958 From *int64 `type:"integer"` 25959 25960 // The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 25961 // 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step 25962 // up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value 25963 // for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... 25964 Step *int64 `type:"integer"` 25965 25966 // The maximum value in the range. 25967 To *int64 `type:"integer"` 25968} 25969 25970// String returns the string representation 25971func (s Range) String() string { 25972 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25973} 25974 25975// GoString returns the string representation 25976func (s Range) GoString() string { 25977 return s.String() 25978} 25979 25980// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 25981func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range { 25982 s.From = &v 25983 return s 25984} 25985 25986// SetStep sets the Step field's value. 25987func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range { 25988 s.Step = &v 25989 return s 25990} 25991 25992// SetTo sets the To field's value. 25993func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range { 25994 s.To = &v 25995 return s 25996} 25997 25998type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { 25999 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26000 26001 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 26002 // 26003 // Constraints: 26004 // 26005 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 26006 // 26007 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 26008 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26009 26010 // When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. 26011 // 26012 // Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for 26013 // MultiAZ. 26014 ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` 26015} 26016 26017// String returns the string representation 26018func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { 26019 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26020} 26021 26022// GoString returns the string representation 26023func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 26024 return s.String() 26025} 26026 26027// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26028func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 26029 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} 26030 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 26031 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 26032 } 26033 26034 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26035 return invalidParams 26036 } 26037 return nil 26038} 26039 26040// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 26041func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 26042 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 26043 return s 26044} 26045 26046// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. 26047func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 26048 s.ForceFailover = &v 26049 return s 26050} 26051 26052type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { 26053 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26054 26055 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 26056 // 26057 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 26058 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 26059} 26060 26061// String returns the string representation 26062func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 26063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26064} 26065 26066// GoString returns the string representation 26067func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 26068 return s.String() 26069} 26070 26071// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 26072func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { 26073 s.DBInstance = v 26074 return s 26075} 26076 26077// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 26078// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions. 26079type RecurringCharge struct { 26080 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26081 26082 // The amount of the recurring charge. 26083 RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"` 26084 26085 // The frequency of the recurring charge. 26086 RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"` 26087} 26088 26089// String returns the string representation 26090func (s RecurringCharge) String() string { 26091 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26092} 26093 26094// GoString returns the string representation 26095func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string { 26096 return s.String() 26097} 26098 26099// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value. 26100func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge { 26101 s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v 26102 return s 26103} 26104 26105// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value. 26106func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge { 26107 s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v 26108 return s 26109} 26110 26111type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { 26112 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26113 26114 // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. 26115 // 26116 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26117 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26118 26119 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora 26120 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 26121 // 26122 // RoleArn is a required field 26123 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26124} 26125 26126// String returns the string representation 26127func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { 26128 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26129} 26130 26131// GoString returns the string representation 26132func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 26133 return s.String() 26134} 26135 26136// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26137func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 26138 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} 26139 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26140 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 26141 } 26142 if s.RoleArn == nil { 26143 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 26144 } 26145 26146 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26147 return invalidParams 26148 } 26149 return nil 26150} 26151 26152// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26153func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 26154 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 26155 return s 26156} 26157 26158// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 26159func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 26160 s.RoleArn = &v 26161 return s 26162} 26163 26164type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { 26165 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26166} 26167 26168// String returns the string representation 26169func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { 26170 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26171} 26172 26173// GoString returns the string representation 26174func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 26175 return s.String() 26176} 26177 26178type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { 26179 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26180 26181 // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB 26182 // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. 26183 // 26184 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 26185 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26186 26187 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a 26188 // source identifier from. 26189 // 26190 // SubscriptionName is a required field 26191 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26192} 26193 26194// String returns the string representation 26195func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { 26196 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26197} 26198 26199// GoString returns the string representation 26200func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 26201 return s.String() 26202} 26203 26204// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26205func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 26206 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} 26207 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 26208 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 26209 } 26210 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 26211 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 26212 } 26213 26214 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26215 return invalidParams 26216 } 26217 return nil 26218} 26219 26220// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 26221func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 26222 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 26223 return s 26224} 26225 26226// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 26227func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 26228 s.SubscriptionName = &v 26229 return s 26230} 26231 26232type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { 26233 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26234 26235 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 26236 // action. 26237 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 26238} 26239 26240// String returns the string representation 26241func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 26242 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26243} 26244 26245// GoString returns the string representation 26246func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 26247 return s.String() 26248} 26249 26250// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 26251func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { 26252 s.EventSubscription = v 26253 return s 26254} 26255 26256type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 26257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26258 26259 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an 26260 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 26261 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 26262 // 26263 // ResourceName is a required field 26264 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26265 26266 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 26267 // 26268 // TagKeys is a required field 26269 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 26270} 26271 26272// String returns the string representation 26273func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 26274 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26275} 26276 26277// GoString returns the string representation 26278func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 26279 return s.String() 26280} 26281 26282// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26283func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 26284 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 26285 if s.ResourceName == nil { 26286 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 26287 } 26288 if s.TagKeys == nil { 26289 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 26290 } 26291 26292 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26293 return invalidParams 26294 } 26295 return nil 26296} 26297 26298// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 26299func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 26300 s.ResourceName = &v 26301 return s 26302} 26303 26304// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 26305func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 26306 s.TagKeys = v 26307 return s 26308} 26309 26310type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 26311 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26312} 26313 26314// String returns the string representation 26315func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 26316 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26317} 26318 26319// GoString returns the string representation 26320func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 26321 return s.String() 26322} 26323 26324// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 26325// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 26326type ReservedDBInstance struct { 26327 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26328 26329 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance. 26330 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 26331 26332 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 26333 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 26334 26335 // The number of reserved DB instances. 26336 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 26337 26338 // The duration of the reservation in seconds. 26339 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 26340 26341 // The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. 26342 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 26343 26344 // Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 26345 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 26346 26347 // The offering type of this reserved DB instance. 26348 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 26349 26350 // The description of the reserved DB instance. 26351 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 26352 26353 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 26354 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 26355 26356 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. 26357 ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 26358 26359 // The unique identifier for the reservation. 26360 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 26361 26362 // The offering identifier. 26363 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 26364 26365 // The time the reservation started. 26366 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 26367 26368 // The state of the reserved DB instance. 26369 State *string `type:"string"` 26370 26371 // The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. 26372 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 26373} 26374 26375// String returns the string representation 26376func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string { 26377 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26378} 26379 26380// GoString returns the string representation 26381func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string { 26382 return s.String() 26383} 26384 26385// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 26386func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26387 s.CurrencyCode = &v 26388 return s 26389} 26390 26391// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 26392func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26393 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 26394 return s 26395} 26396 26397// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 26398func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 26399 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 26400 return s 26401} 26402 26403// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 26404func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 26405 s.Duration = &v 26406 return s 26407} 26408 26409// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 26410func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 26411 s.FixedPrice = &v 26412 return s 26413} 26414 26415// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 26416func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance { 26417 s.MultiAZ = &v 26418 return s 26419} 26420 26421// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 26422func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26423 s.OfferingType = &v 26424 return s 26425} 26426 26427// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 26428func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26429 s.ProductDescription = &v 26430 return s 26431} 26432 26433// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 26434func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance { 26435 s.RecurringCharges = v 26436 return s 26437} 26438 26439// SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value. 26440func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26441 s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v 26442 return s 26443} 26444 26445// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 26446func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26447 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 26448 return s 26449} 26450 26451// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 26452func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26453 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 26454 return s 26455} 26456 26457// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 26458func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance { 26459 s.StartTime = &v 26460 return s 26461} 26462 26463// SetState sets the State field's value. 26464func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 26465 s.State = &v 26466 return s 26467} 26468 26469// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 26470func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 26471 s.UsagePrice = &v 26472 return s 26473} 26474 26475// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 26476// action. 26477type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct { 26478 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26479 26480 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. 26481 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 26482 26483 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 26484 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 26485 26486 // The duration of the offering in seconds. 26487 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 26488 26489 // The fixed price charged for this offering. 26490 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 26491 26492 // Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 26493 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 26494 26495 // The offering type. 26496 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 26497 26498 // The database engine used by the offering. 26499 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 26500 26501 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 26502 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 26503 26504 // The offering identifier. 26505 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 26506 26507 // The hourly price charged for this offering. 26508 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 26509} 26510 26511// String returns the string representation 26512func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string { 26513 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26514} 26515 26516// GoString returns the string representation 26517func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string { 26518 return s.String() 26519} 26520 26521// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 26522func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26523 s.CurrencyCode = &v 26524 return s 26525} 26526 26527// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 26528func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26529 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 26530 return s 26531} 26532 26533// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 26534func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26535 s.Duration = &v 26536 return s 26537} 26538 26539// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 26540func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26541 s.FixedPrice = &v 26542 return s 26543} 26544 26545// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 26546func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26547 s.MultiAZ = &v 26548 return s 26549} 26550 26551// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 26552func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26553 s.OfferingType = &v 26554 return s 26555} 26556 26557// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 26558func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26559 s.ProductDescription = &v 26560 return s 26561} 26562 26563// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 26564func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26565 s.RecurringCharges = v 26566 return s 26567} 26568 26569// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 26570func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26571 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 26572 return s 26573} 26574 26575// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 26576func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 26577 s.UsagePrice = &v 26578 return s 26579} 26580 26581type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 26582 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26583 26584 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. 26585 // 26586 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 26587 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26588 26589 // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the 26590 // default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter 26591 // is set to true. 26592 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 26593 26594 // A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter 26595 // group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter 26596 // if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. 26597 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 26598} 26599 26600// String returns the string representation 26601func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 26602 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26603} 26604 26605// GoString returns the string representation 26606func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 26607 return s.String() 26608} 26609 26610// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26611func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 26612 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 26613 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 26614 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 26615 } 26616 26617 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26618 return invalidParams 26619 } 26620 return nil 26621} 26622 26623// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 26624func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 26625 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 26626 return s 26627} 26628 26629// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 26630func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 26631 s.Parameters = v 26632 return s 26633} 26634 26635// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 26636func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 26637 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 26638 return s 26639} 26640 26641type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { 26642 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26643 26644 // The name of the DB parameter group. 26645 // 26646 // Constraints: 26647 // 26648 // * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 26649 // 26650 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 26651 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26652 26653 // To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name 26654 // and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide 26655 // a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters 26656 // can be modified in a single request. 26657 // 26658 // MySQL 26659 // 26660 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 26661 // 26662 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 26663 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 26664 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 26665 // 26666 // MariaDB 26667 // 26668 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 26669 // 26670 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 26671 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 26672 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 26673 // 26674 // Oracle 26675 // 26676 // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot 26677 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 26678 26679 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB 26680 // parameter group to default values. 26681 // 26682 // Default: true 26683 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 26684} 26685 26686// String returns the string representation 26687func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 26688 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26689} 26690 26691// GoString returns the string representation 26692func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 26693 return s.String() 26694} 26695 26696// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26697func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 26698 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} 26699 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 26700 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 26701 } 26702 26703 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26704 return invalidParams 26705 } 26706 return nil 26707} 26708 26709// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 26710func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 26711 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 26712 return s 26713} 26714 26715// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 26716func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 26717 s.Parameters = v 26718 return s 26719} 26720 26721// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 26722func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 26723 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 26724 return s 26725} 26726 26727// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 26728type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { 26729 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26730 26731 // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the 26732 // resource. 26733 PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` 26734 26735 // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. 26736 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26737} 26738 26739// String returns the string representation 26740func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { 26741 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26742} 26743 26744// GoString returns the string representation 26745func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { 26746 return s.String() 26747} 26748 26749// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. 26750func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 26751 s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v 26752 return s 26753} 26754 26755// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 26756func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 26757 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 26758 return s 26759} 26760 26761type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { 26762 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26763 26764 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster 26765 // can be created in. 26766 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 26767 26768 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 26769 // value to 0. 26770 // 26771 // Default: 0 26772 // 26773 // Constraints: 26774 // 26775 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 26776 // hours). 26777 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 26778 26779 // The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster 26780 // are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. 26781 // 26782 // Default: 1 26783 // 26784 // Constraints: 26785 // 26786 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 26787 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 26788 26789 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 26790 // with the specified CharacterSet. 26791 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 26792 26793 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3 26794 // bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. 26795 // 26796 // Constraints: 26797 // 26798 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 26799 // 26800 // * First character must be a letter. 26801 // 26802 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 26803 // 26804 // Example: my-cluster1 26805 // 26806 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26807 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26808 26809 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored 26810 // DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. 26811 // 26812 // Constraints: 26813 // 26814 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 26815 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26816 26817 // A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. 26818 // 26819 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 26820 // 26821 // Example: mySubnetgroup 26822 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26823 26824 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 26825 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 26826 26827 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 26828 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 26829 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 26830 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 26831 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 26832 26833 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 26834 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 26835 // 26836 // Default: false 26837 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 26838 26839 // The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. 26840 // 26841 // Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql 26842 // 26843 // Engine is a required field 26844 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26845 26846 // The version number of the database engine to use. 26847 // 26848 // Aurora MySQL 26849 // 26850 // Example: 5.6.10a 26851 // 26852 // Aurora PostgreSQL 26853 // 26854 // Example: 9.6.3 26855 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 26856 26857 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 26858 // 26859 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 26860 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 26861 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 26862 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 26863 // 26864 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 26865 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 26866 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 26867 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 26868 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 26869 26870 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 26871 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 26872 // 26873 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 26874 // 26875 // MasterUserPassword is a required field 26876 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26877 26878 // The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. 26879 // 26880 // Constraints: 26881 // 26882 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 26883 // 26884 // * First character must be a letter. 26885 // 26886 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 26887 // 26888 // MasterUsername is a required field 26889 MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26890 26891 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 26892 // with the specified option group. 26893 // 26894 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group 26895 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 26896 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26897 26898 // The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept 26899 // connections. 26900 // 26901 // Default: 3306 26902 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 26903 26904 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 26905 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 26906 // 26907 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 26908 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 26909 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 26910 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 26911 // 26912 // Constraints: 26913 // 26914 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 26915 // 26916 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 26917 // 26918 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 26919 // 26920 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 26921 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 26922 26923 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 26924 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 26925 // 26926 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 26927 // 26928 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 26929 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 26930 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 26931 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 26932 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 26933 // 26934 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 26935 // 26936 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 26937 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 26938 26939 // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the 26940 // Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 26941 // 26942 // S3BucketName is a required field 26943 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26944 26945 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management 26946 // (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your 26947 // behalf. 26948 // 26949 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 26950 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26951 26952 // The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create 26953 // the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value, 26954 // then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in 26955 // the Amazon S3 bucket. 26956 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 26957 26958 // The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files 26959 // stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. 26960 // 26961 // Valid values: mysql 26962 // 26963 // SourceEngine is a required field 26964 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26965 26966 // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. 26967 // 26968 // MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported. 26969 // 26970 // Example: 5.6.22 26971 // 26972 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 26973 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26974 26975 // Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. 26976 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 26977 26978 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 26979 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 26980 26981 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster. 26982 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 26983} 26984 26985// String returns the string representation 26986func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string { 26987 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26988} 26989 26990// GoString returns the string representation 26991func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string { 26992 return s.String() 26993} 26994 26995// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26996func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error { 26997 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"} 26998 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26999 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 27000 } 27001 if s.Engine == nil { 27002 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 27003 } 27004 if s.MasterUserPassword == nil { 27005 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword")) 27006 } 27007 if s.MasterUsername == nil { 27008 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername")) 27009 } 27010 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 27011 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 27012 } 27013 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 27014 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 27015 } 27016 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 27017 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 27018 } 27019 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 27020 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 27021 } 27022 27023 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27024 return invalidParams 27025 } 27026 return nil 27027} 27028 27029// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 27030func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27031 s.AvailabilityZones = v 27032 return s 27033} 27034 27035// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 27036func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27037 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 27038 return s 27039} 27040 27041// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 27042func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27043 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 27044 return s 27045} 27046 27047// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 27048func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27049 s.CharacterSetName = &v 27050 return s 27051} 27052 27053// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 27054func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27055 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 27056 return s 27057} 27058 27059// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 27060func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27061 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 27062 return s 27063} 27064 27065// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27066func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27067 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27068 return s 27069} 27070 27071// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 27072func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27073 s.DatabaseName = &v 27074 return s 27075} 27076 27077// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 27078func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27079 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 27080 return s 27081} 27082 27083// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 27084func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27085 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 27086 return s 27087} 27088 27089// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 27090func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27091 s.Engine = &v 27092 return s 27093} 27094 27095// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 27096func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27097 s.EngineVersion = &v 27098 return s 27099} 27100 27101// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 27102func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27103 s.KmsKeyId = &v 27104 return s 27105} 27106 27107// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 27108func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27109 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 27110 return s 27111} 27112 27113// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 27114func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27115 s.MasterUsername = &v 27116 return s 27117} 27118 27119// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27120func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27121 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27122 return s 27123} 27124 27125// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 27126func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27127 s.Port = &v 27128 return s 27129} 27130 27131// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 27132func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27133 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 27134 return s 27135} 27136 27137// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 27138func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27139 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 27140 return s 27141} 27142 27143// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 27144func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27145 s.S3BucketName = &v 27146 return s 27147} 27148 27149// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 27150func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27151 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 27152 return s 27153} 27154 27155// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 27156func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27157 s.S3Prefix = &v 27158 return s 27159} 27160 27161// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 27162func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27163 s.SourceEngine = &v 27164 return s 27165} 27166 27167// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 27168func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27169 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 27170 return s 27171} 27172 27173// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 27174func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27175 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 27176 return s 27177} 27178 27179// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 27180func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27181 s.Tags = v 27182 return s 27183} 27184 27185// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 27186func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 27187 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 27188 return s 27189} 27190 27191type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct { 27192 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27193 27194 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 27195 // 27196 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 27197 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 27198} 27199 27200// String returns the string representation 27201func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string { 27202 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27203} 27204 27205// GoString returns the string representation 27206func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string { 27207 return s.String() 27208} 27209 27210// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 27211func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output { 27212 s.DBCluster = v 27213 return s 27214} 27215 27216type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { 27217 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27218 27219 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored 27220 // DB cluster can be created in. 27221 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 27222 27223 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 27224 // value to 0. 27225 // 27226 // Default: 0 27227 // 27228 // Constraints: 27229 // 27230 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 27231 // hours). 27232 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 27233 27234 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 27235 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 27236 // 27237 // Constraints: 27238 // 27239 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 27240 // 27241 // * First character must be a letter 27242 // 27243 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 27244 // 27245 // Example: my-snapshot-id 27246 // 27247 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 27248 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27249 27250 // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. 27251 // 27252 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 27253 // 27254 // Example: mySubnetgroup 27255 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27256 27257 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 27258 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 27259 27260 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 27261 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 27262 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 27263 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 27264 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 27265 27266 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 27267 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 27268 // 27269 // Default: false 27270 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 27271 27272 // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 27273 // 27274 // Default: The same as source 27275 // 27276 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 27277 // 27278 // Engine is a required field 27279 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27280 27281 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless. 27282 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 27283 27284 // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 27285 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 27286 27287 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 27288 // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 27289 // 27290 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 27291 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 27292 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 27293 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 27294 // 27295 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 27296 // will occur: 27297 // 27298 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, 27299 // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used 27300 // to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 27301 // 27302 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not 27303 // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. 27304 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 27305 27306 // The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. 27307 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27308 27309 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 27310 // 27311 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 27312 // 27313 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 27314 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 27315 27316 // For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the 27317 // DB cluster. 27318 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 27319 27320 // The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. 27321 // 27322 // You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify 27323 // a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB 27324 // snapshot. 27325 // 27326 // Constraints: 27327 // 27328 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. 27329 // 27330 // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field 27331 SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27332 27333 // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. 27334 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 27335 27336 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. 27337 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 27338} 27339 27340// String returns the string representation 27341func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 27342 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27343} 27344 27345// GoString returns the string representation 27346func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 27347 return s.String() 27348} 27349 27350// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27351func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 27352 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} 27353 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 27354 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 27355 } 27356 if s.Engine == nil { 27357 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 27358 } 27359 if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { 27360 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) 27361 } 27362 27363 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27364 return invalidParams 27365 } 27366 return nil 27367} 27368 27369// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 27370func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27371 s.AvailabilityZones = v 27372 return s 27373} 27374 27375// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 27376func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27377 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 27378 return s 27379} 27380 27381// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 27382func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27383 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 27384 return s 27385} 27386 27387// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27388func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27389 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27390 return s 27391} 27392 27393// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 27394func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27395 s.DatabaseName = &v 27396 return s 27397} 27398 27399// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 27400func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27401 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 27402 return s 27403} 27404 27405// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 27406func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27407 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 27408 return s 27409} 27410 27411// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 27412func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27413 s.Engine = &v 27414 return s 27415} 27416 27417// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 27418func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27419 s.EngineMode = &v 27420 return s 27421} 27422 27423// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 27424func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27425 s.EngineVersion = &v 27426 return s 27427} 27428 27429// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 27430func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27431 s.KmsKeyId = &v 27432 return s 27433} 27434 27435// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27436func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27437 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27438 return s 27439} 27440 27441// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 27442func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27443 s.Port = &v 27444 return s 27445} 27446 27447// SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 27448func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27449 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 27450 return s 27451} 27452 27453// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. 27454func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27455 s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v 27456 return s 27457} 27458 27459// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 27460func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27461 s.Tags = v 27462 return s 27463} 27464 27465// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 27466func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 27467 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 27468 return s 27469} 27470 27471type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { 27472 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27473 27474 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 27475 // 27476 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 27477 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 27478} 27479 27480// String returns the string representation 27481func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 27482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27483} 27484 27485// GoString returns the string representation 27486func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 27487 return s.String() 27488} 27489 27490// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 27491func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { 27492 s.DBCluster = v 27493 return s 27494} 27495 27496type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { 27497 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27498 27499 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 27500 // value to 0. 27501 // 27502 // Default: 0 27503 // 27504 // Constraints: 27505 // 27506 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 27507 // hours). 27508 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 27509 27510 // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. 27511 // 27512 // Constraints: 27513 // 27514 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 27515 // 27516 // * First character must be a letter 27517 // 27518 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 27519 // 27520 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 27521 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27522 27523 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. 27524 // 27525 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 27526 // 27527 // Example: mySubnetgroup 27528 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27529 27530 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 27531 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 27532 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 27533 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 27534 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 27535 27536 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 27537 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 27538 // 27539 // Default: false 27540 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 27541 27542 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 27543 // from an encrypted DB cluster. 27544 // 27545 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 27546 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 27547 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 27548 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 27549 // 27550 // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a 27551 // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB 27552 // cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the 27553 // KmsKeyId parameter. 27554 // 27555 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 27556 // will occur: 27557 // 27558 // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted 27559 // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. 27560 // 27561 // * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is 27562 // not encrypted. 27563 // 27564 // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then 27565 // the restore request is rejected. 27566 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 27567 27568 // The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. 27569 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27570 27571 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 27572 // 27573 // Constraints: A value from 1150-65535. 27574 // 27575 // Default: The default port for the engine. 27576 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 27577 27578 // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. 27579 // 27580 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 27581 // 27582 // Constraints: 27583 // 27584 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 27585 // 27586 // * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided 27587 // 27588 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 27589 // 27590 // * Cannot be specified if RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write 27591 // 27592 // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z 27593 RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 27594 27595 // The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following 27596 // values: 27597 // 27598 // * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source 27599 // DB cluster. 27600 // 27601 // * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source 27602 // DB cluster. 27603 // 27604 // Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the 27605 // source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. 27606 // 27607 // If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored 27608 // as a full copy of the source DB cluster. 27609 RestoreType *string `type:"string"` 27610 27611 // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. 27612 // 27613 // Constraints: 27614 // 27615 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 27616 // 27617 // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field 27618 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27619 27620 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 27621 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 27622 27623 // A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable 27624 // backup time, and false otherwise. 27625 // 27626 // Default: false 27627 // 27628 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. 27629 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 27630 27631 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. 27632 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 27633} 27634 27635// String returns the string representation 27636func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 27637 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27638} 27639 27640// GoString returns the string representation 27641func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 27642 return s.String() 27643} 27644 27645// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27646func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 27647 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} 27648 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 27649 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 27650 } 27651 if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { 27652 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) 27653 } 27654 27655 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27656 return invalidParams 27657 } 27658 return nil 27659} 27660 27661// SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 27662func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27663 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 27664 return s 27665} 27666 27667// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 27668func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27669 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 27670 return s 27671} 27672 27673// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27674func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27675 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27676 return s 27677} 27678 27679// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 27680func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27681 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 27682 return s 27683} 27684 27685// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 27686func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27687 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 27688 return s 27689} 27690 27691// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 27692func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27693 s.KmsKeyId = &v 27694 return s 27695} 27696 27697// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27698func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27699 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27700 return s 27701} 27702 27703// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 27704func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27705 s.Port = &v 27706 return s 27707} 27708 27709// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. 27710func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27711 s.RestoreToTime = &v 27712 return s 27713} 27714 27715// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value. 27716func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27717 s.RestoreType = &v 27718 return s 27719} 27720 27721// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 27722func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27723 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 27724 return s 27725} 27726 27727// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 27728func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27729 s.Tags = v 27730 return s 27731} 27732 27733// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 27734func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27735 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 27736 return s 27737} 27738 27739// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 27740func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 27741 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 27742 return s 27743} 27744 27745type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { 27746 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27747 27748 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 27749 // 27750 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 27751 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 27752} 27753 27754// String returns the string representation 27755func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 27756 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27757} 27758 27759// GoString returns the string representation 27760func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 27761 return s.String() 27762} 27763 27764// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 27765func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { 27766 s.DBCluster = v 27767 return s 27768} 27769 27770type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { 27771 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27772 27773 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 27774 // instance during the maintenance window. 27775 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 27776 27777 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. 27778 // 27779 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 27780 // 27781 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 27782 // parameter is set to true. 27783 // 27784 // Example: us-east-1a 27785 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 27786 27787 // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB 27788 // instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. 27789 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 27790 27791 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 27792 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, 27793 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 27794 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 27795 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 27796 // 27797 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 27798 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 27799 27800 // Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't 27801 // case-sensitive. 27802 // 27803 // Constraints: 27804 // 27805 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens 27806 // 27807 // * First character must be a letter 27808 // 27809 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 27810 // 27811 // Example: my-snapshot-id 27812 // 27813 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 27814 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27815 27816 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 27817 // 27818 // This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines. 27819 DBName *string `type:"string"` 27820 27821 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. 27822 // 27823 // Constraints: 27824 // 27825 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 27826 // 27827 // * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 27828 // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 27829 // 27830 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 27831 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27832 27833 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 27834 // 27835 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 27836 // 27837 // Example: mySubnetgroup 27838 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27839 27840 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. 27841 Domain *string `type:"string"` 27842 27843 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 27844 // Directory Service. 27845 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 27846 27847 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 27848 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 27849 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 27850 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 27851 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 27852 27853 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 27854 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 27855 // 27856 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 27857 // 27858 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 27859 // 27860 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 27861 // 27862 // Default: false 27863 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 27864 27865 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 27866 // 27867 // Default: The same as source 27868 // 27869 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example, 27870 // you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. 27871 // 27872 // Valid Values: 27873 // 27874 // * mariadb 27875 // 27876 // * mysql 27877 // 27878 // * oracle-ee 27879 // 27880 // * oracle-se2 27881 // 27882 // * oracle-se1 27883 // 27884 // * oracle-se 27885 // 27886 // * postgres 27887 // 27888 // * sqlserver-ee 27889 // 27890 // * sqlserver-se 27891 // 27892 // * sqlserver-ex 27893 // 27894 // * sqlserver-web 27895 Engine *string `type:"string"` 27896 27897 // Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in 27898 // I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value 27899 // is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance 27900 // is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time, 27901 // though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion 27902 // starts. 27903 // 27904 // The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database 27905 // engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to 27906 // Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 27907 // 27908 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 27909 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 27910 27911 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 27912 // 27913 // Default: Same as source. 27914 // 27915 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 27916 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 27917 27918 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 27919 // 27920 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 27921 // parameter is set to true. 27922 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 27923 27924 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 27925 // 27926 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 27927 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 27928 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 27929 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27930 27931 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 27932 // 27933 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance 27934 // 27935 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 27936 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 27937 27938 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 27939 // class of the DB instance. 27940 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 27941 27942 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 27943 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 27944 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 27945 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more 27946 // information, see CreateDBInstance. 27947 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 27948 27949 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 27950 // 27951 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 27952 // 27953 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 27954 // 27955 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 27956 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 27957 27958 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 27959 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 27960 27961 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 27962 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 27963 27964 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 27965 // device. 27966 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 27967 27968 // A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 27969 // its default processor features. 27970 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 27971} 27972 27973// String returns the string representation 27974func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 27975 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27976} 27977 27978// GoString returns the string representation 27979func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 27980 return s.String() 27981} 27982 27983// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27984func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 27985 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"} 27986 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 27987 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 27988 } 27989 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 27990 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 27991 } 27992 27993 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27994 return invalidParams 27995 } 27996 return nil 27997} 27998 27999// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 28000func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28001 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 28002 return s 28003} 28004 28005// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 28006func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28007 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 28008 return s 28009} 28010 28011// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 28012func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28013 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 28014 return s 28015} 28016 28017// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 28018func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28019 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 28020 return s 28021} 28022 28023// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 28024func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28025 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 28026 return s 28027} 28028 28029// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 28030func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28031 s.DBName = &v 28032 return s 28033} 28034 28035// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 28036func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28037 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 28038 return s 28039} 28040 28041// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 28042func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28043 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 28044 return s 28045} 28046 28047// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 28048func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28049 s.Domain = &v 28050 return s 28051} 28052 28053// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 28054func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28055 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 28056 return s 28057} 28058 28059// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 28060func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28061 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 28062 return s 28063} 28064 28065// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 28066func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28067 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 28068 return s 28069} 28070 28071// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 28072func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28073 s.Engine = &v 28074 return s 28075} 28076 28077// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 28078func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28079 s.Iops = &v 28080 return s 28081} 28082 28083// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 28084func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28085 s.LicenseModel = &v 28086 return s 28087} 28088 28089// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 28090func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28091 s.MultiAZ = &v 28092 return s 28093} 28094 28095// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 28096func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28097 s.OptionGroupName = &v 28098 return s 28099} 28100 28101// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 28102func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28103 s.Port = &v 28104 return s 28105} 28106 28107// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 28108func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28109 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 28110 return s 28111} 28112 28113// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 28114func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28115 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 28116 return s 28117} 28118 28119// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 28120func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28121 s.StorageType = &v 28122 return s 28123} 28124 28125// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 28126func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28127 s.Tags = v 28128 return s 28129} 28130 28131// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 28132func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28133 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 28134 return s 28135} 28136 28137// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 28138func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28139 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 28140 return s 28141} 28142 28143// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 28144func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 28145 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 28146 return s 28147} 28148 28149type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct { 28150 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28151 28152 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 28153 // 28154 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 28155 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 28156} 28157 28158// String returns the string representation 28159func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 28160 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28161} 28162 28163// GoString returns the string representation 28164func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 28165 return s.String() 28166} 28167 28168// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 28169func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput { 28170 s.DBInstance = v 28171 return s 28172} 28173 28174type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct { 28175 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28176 28177 // The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance. 28178 // Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 28179 // 28180 // Be sure to allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore 28181 // operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future 28182 // growth. 28183 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 28184 28185 // True to indicate that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to 28186 // the DB instance during the maintenance window, and otherwise false. 28187 // 28188 // Default: true 28189 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 28190 28191 // The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information 28192 // about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones 28193 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 28194 // 28195 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 28196 // Region. 28197 // 28198 // Example: us-east-1d 28199 // 28200 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 28201 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 28202 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 28203 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 28204 28205 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 28206 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see 28207 // CreateDBInstance. 28208 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 28209 28210 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 28211 // and otherwise false. 28212 // 28213 // Default: false. 28214 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 28215 28216 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 28217 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 28218 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 28219 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 28220 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 28221 // 28222 // Importing from Amazon S3 is not supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance 28223 // class. 28224 // 28225 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 28226 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28227 28228 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 28229 // 28230 // Constraints: 28231 // 28232 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 28233 // 28234 // * First character must be a letter. 28235 // 28236 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 28237 // 28238 // Example: mydbinstance 28239 // 28240 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 28241 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28242 28243 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow 28244 // the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 28245 DBName *string `type:"string"` 28246 28247 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 28248 // this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine 28249 // is used. 28250 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28251 28252 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 28253 // 28254 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 28255 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 28256 28257 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 28258 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28259 28260 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 28261 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 28262 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 28263 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 28264 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 28265 28266 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 28267 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 28268 // 28269 // Default: false 28270 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 28271 28272 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 28273 // 28274 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 28275 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 28276 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 28277 28278 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 28279 // 28280 // Valid Values: mysql 28281 // 28282 // Engine is a required field 28283 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28284 28285 // The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor 28286 // version of your database engine. For information about engine versions, see 28287 // CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 28288 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 28289 28290 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate 28291 // initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see 28292 // see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 28293 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 28294 28295 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 28296 // 28297 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 28298 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 28299 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 28300 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 28301 // 28302 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 28303 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 28304 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 28305 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 28306 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 28307 28308 // The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license. 28309 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 28310 28311 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 28312 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 28313 // 28314 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 28315 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 28316 28317 // The name for the master user. 28318 // 28319 // Constraints: 28320 // 28321 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 28322 // 28323 // * First character must be a letter. 28324 // 28325 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 28326 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 28327 28328 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 28329 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 28330 // metrics, specify 0. 28331 // 28332 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 28333 // to a value other than 0. 28334 // 28335 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 28336 // 28337 // Default: 0 28338 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 28339 28340 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 28341 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 28342 // For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling 28343 // Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling). 28344 // 28345 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 28346 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 28347 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 28348 28349 // Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If MultiAZ is 28350 // set to true, you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter. 28351 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 28352 28353 // The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this 28354 // argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is 28355 // used. 28356 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28357 28358 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 28359 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or 28360 // the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 28361 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 28362 28363 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 28364 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 28365 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 28366 28367 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 28368 // 28369 // Type: Integer 28370 // 28371 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 28372 // 28373 // Default: 3306 28374 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 28375 28376 // The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated 28377 // backups are enabled. For more information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow). 28378 // 28379 // Constraints: 28380 // 28381 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 28382 // 28383 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 28384 // 28385 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 28386 // 28387 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 28388 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 28389 28390 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 28391 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 28392 // Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). 28393 // 28394 // Constraints: 28395 // 28396 // * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. 28397 // 28398 // * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 28399 // 28400 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 28401 // 28402 // * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. 28403 // 28404 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 28405 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 28406 28407 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 28408 // class of the DB instance. 28409 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 28410 28411 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 28412 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 28413 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 28414 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more 28415 // information, see CreateDBInstance. 28416 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 28417 28418 // The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file. 28419 // 28420 // S3BucketName is a required field 28421 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28422 28423 // An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access 28424 // your Amazon S3 bucket. 28425 // 28426 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 28427 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28428 28429 // The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket. 28430 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 28431 28432 // The name of the engine of your source database. 28433 // 28434 // Valid Values: mysql 28435 // 28436 // SourceEngine is a required field 28437 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28438 28439 // The engine version of your source database. 28440 // 28441 // Valid Values: 5.6 28442 // 28443 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 28444 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28445 28446 // Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not. 28447 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 28448 28449 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 28450 // 28451 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 28452 // 28453 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 28454 // 28455 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard 28456 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 28457 28458 // A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, 28459 // see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 28460 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 28461 28462 // A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 28463 // its default processor features. 28464 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 28465 28466 // A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 28467 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 28468} 28469 28470// String returns the string representation 28471func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string { 28472 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28473} 28474 28475// GoString returns the string representation 28476func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) GoString() string { 28477 return s.String() 28478} 28479 28480// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28481func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error { 28482 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input"} 28483 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 28484 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 28485 } 28486 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 28487 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 28488 } 28489 if s.Engine == nil { 28490 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 28491 } 28492 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 28493 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 28494 } 28495 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 28496 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 28497 } 28498 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 28499 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 28500 } 28501 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 28502 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 28503 } 28504 28505 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28506 return invalidParams 28507 } 28508 return nil 28509} 28510 28511// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 28512func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28513 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 28514 return s 28515} 28516 28517// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 28518func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28519 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 28520 return s 28521} 28522 28523// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 28524func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28525 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 28526 return s 28527} 28528 28529// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 28530func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28531 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 28532 return s 28533} 28534 28535// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 28536func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28537 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 28538 return s 28539} 28540 28541// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 28542func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28543 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 28544 return s 28545} 28546 28547// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 28548func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28549 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 28550 return s 28551} 28552 28553// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 28554func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28555 s.DBName = &v 28556 return s 28557} 28558 28559// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 28560func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28561 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 28562 return s 28563} 28564 28565// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 28566func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28567 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 28568 return s 28569} 28570 28571// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 28572func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28573 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 28574 return s 28575} 28576 28577// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 28578func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28579 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 28580 return s 28581} 28582 28583// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 28584func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28585 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 28586 return s 28587} 28588 28589// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 28590func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28591 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 28592 return s 28593} 28594 28595// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 28596func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28597 s.Engine = &v 28598 return s 28599} 28600 28601// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 28602func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28603 s.EngineVersion = &v 28604 return s 28605} 28606 28607// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 28608func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28609 s.Iops = &v 28610 return s 28611} 28612 28613// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 28614func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28615 s.KmsKeyId = &v 28616 return s 28617} 28618 28619// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 28620func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28621 s.LicenseModel = &v 28622 return s 28623} 28624 28625// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 28626func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28627 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 28628 return s 28629} 28630 28631// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 28632func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28633 s.MasterUsername = &v 28634 return s 28635} 28636 28637// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 28638func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28639 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 28640 return s 28641} 28642 28643// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 28644func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28645 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 28646 return s 28647} 28648 28649// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 28650func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28651 s.MultiAZ = &v 28652 return s 28653} 28654 28655// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 28656func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28657 s.OptionGroupName = &v 28658 return s 28659} 28660 28661// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 28662func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28663 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 28664 return s 28665} 28666 28667// SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 28668func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28669 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 28670 return s 28671} 28672 28673// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 28674func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28675 s.Port = &v 28676 return s 28677} 28678 28679// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 28680func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28681 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 28682 return s 28683} 28684 28685// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 28686func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28687 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 28688 return s 28689} 28690 28691// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 28692func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28693 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 28694 return s 28695} 28696 28697// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 28698func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28699 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 28700 return s 28701} 28702 28703// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 28704func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28705 s.S3BucketName = &v 28706 return s 28707} 28708 28709// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 28710func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28711 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 28712 return s 28713} 28714 28715// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 28716func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28717 s.S3Prefix = &v 28718 return s 28719} 28720 28721// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 28722func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28723 s.SourceEngine = &v 28724 return s 28725} 28726 28727// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 28728func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28729 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 28730 return s 28731} 28732 28733// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 28734func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28735 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 28736 return s 28737} 28738 28739// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 28740func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28741 s.StorageType = &v 28742 return s 28743} 28744 28745// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 28746func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28747 s.Tags = v 28748 return s 28749} 28750 28751// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 28752func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28753 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 28754 return s 28755} 28756 28757// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 28758func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 28759 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 28760 return s 28761} 28762 28763type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct { 28764 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28765 28766 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 28767 // 28768 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 28769 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 28770} 28771 28772// String returns the string representation 28773func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string { 28774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28775} 28776 28777// GoString returns the string representation 28778func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) GoString() string { 28779 return s.String() 28780} 28781 28782// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 28783func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output { 28784 s.DBInstance = v 28785 return s 28786} 28787 28788type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { 28789 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28790 28791 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 28792 // instance during the maintenance window. 28793 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 28794 28795 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. 28796 // 28797 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 28798 // 28799 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 28800 // parameter is set to true. 28801 // 28802 // Example: us-east-1a 28803 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 28804 28805 // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB 28806 // instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. 28807 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 28808 28809 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 28810 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, 28811 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 28812 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 28813 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 28814 // 28815 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 28816 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 28817 28818 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 28819 // 28820 // This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines. 28821 DBName *string `type:"string"` 28822 28823 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 28824 // 28825 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 28826 // 28827 // Example: mySubnetgroup 28828 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28829 28830 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. 28831 Domain *string `type:"string"` 28832 28833 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 28834 // Directory Service. 28835 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 28836 28837 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 28838 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 28839 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 28840 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 28841 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 28842 28843 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 28844 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 28845 // 28846 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 28847 // 28848 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 28849 // 28850 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 28851 // 28852 // Default: false 28853 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 28854 28855 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 28856 // 28857 // Default: The same as source 28858 // 28859 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 28860 // 28861 // Valid Values: 28862 // 28863 // * mariadb 28864 // 28865 // * mysql 28866 // 28867 // * oracle-ee 28868 // 28869 // * oracle-se2 28870 // 28871 // * oracle-se1 28872 // 28873 // * oracle-se 28874 // 28875 // * postgres 28876 // 28877 // * sqlserver-ee 28878 // 28879 // * sqlserver-se 28880 // 28881 // * sqlserver-ex 28882 // 28883 // * sqlserver-web 28884 Engine *string `type:"string"` 28885 28886 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 28887 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 28888 // 28889 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 28890 // 28891 // SQL Server 28892 // 28893 // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. 28894 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 28895 28896 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 28897 // 28898 // Default: Same as source. 28899 // 28900 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 28901 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 28902 28903 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 28904 // 28905 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 28906 // parameter is set to true. 28907 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 28908 28909 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 28910 // 28911 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 28912 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 28913 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 28914 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28915 28916 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 28917 // 28918 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 28919 // 28920 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance. 28921 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 28922 28923 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 28924 // class of the DB instance. 28925 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 28926 28927 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 28928 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 28929 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 28930 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more 28931 // information, see CreateDBInstance. 28932 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 28933 28934 // The date and time to restore from. 28935 // 28936 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 28937 // 28938 // Constraints: 28939 // 28940 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 28941 // 28942 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 28943 // 28944 // Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z 28945 RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 28946 28947 // The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. 28948 // 28949 // Constraints: 28950 // 28951 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. 28952 // 28953 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 28954 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28955 28956 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 28957 // 28958 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 28959 // 28960 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 28961 // 28962 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 28963 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 28964 28965 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 28966 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 28967 28968 // The name of the new DB instance to be created. 28969 // 28970 // Constraints: 28971 // 28972 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 28973 // 28974 // * First character must be a letter 28975 // 28976 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 28977 // 28978 // TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 28979 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28980 28981 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 28982 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 28983 28984 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 28985 // device. 28986 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 28987 28988 // A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 28989 // its default processor features. 28990 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 28991 28992 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from 28993 // the latest backup time. 28994 // 28995 // Default: false 28996 // 28997 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. 28998 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 28999} 29000 29001// String returns the string representation 29002func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 29003 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29004} 29005 29006// GoString returns the string representation 29007func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 29008 return s.String() 29009} 29010 29011// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29012func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 29013 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"} 29014 if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 29015 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) 29016 } 29017 if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 29018 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier")) 29019 } 29020 29021 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29022 return invalidParams 29023 } 29024 return nil 29025} 29026 29027// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 29028func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29029 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 29030 return s 29031} 29032 29033// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 29034func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29035 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 29036 return s 29037} 29038 29039// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 29040func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29041 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 29042 return s 29043} 29044 29045// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 29046func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29047 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 29048 return s 29049} 29050 29051// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 29052func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29053 s.DBName = &v 29054 return s 29055} 29056 29057// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 29058func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29059 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 29060 return s 29061} 29062 29063// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 29064func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29065 s.Domain = &v 29066 return s 29067} 29068 29069// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 29070func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29071 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 29072 return s 29073} 29074 29075// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 29076func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29077 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 29078 return s 29079} 29080 29081// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 29082func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29083 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 29084 return s 29085} 29086 29087// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 29088func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29089 s.Engine = &v 29090 return s 29091} 29092 29093// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 29094func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29095 s.Iops = &v 29096 return s 29097} 29098 29099// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 29100func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29101 s.LicenseModel = &v 29102 return s 29103} 29104 29105// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 29106func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29107 s.MultiAZ = &v 29108 return s 29109} 29110 29111// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 29112func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29113 s.OptionGroupName = &v 29114 return s 29115} 29116 29117// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 29118func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29119 s.Port = &v 29120 return s 29121} 29122 29123// SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 29124func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29125 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 29126 return s 29127} 29128 29129// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 29130func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29131 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 29132 return s 29133} 29134 29135// SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value. 29136func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29137 s.RestoreTime = &v 29138 return s 29139} 29140 29141// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29142func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29143 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29144 return s 29145} 29146 29147// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 29148func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29149 s.StorageType = &v 29150 return s 29151} 29152 29153// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 29154func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29155 s.Tags = v 29156 return s 29157} 29158 29159// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29160func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29161 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29162 return s 29163} 29164 29165// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 29166func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29167 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 29168 return s 29169} 29170 29171// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 29172func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29173 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 29174 return s 29175} 29176 29177// SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 29178func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29179 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 29180 return s 29181} 29182 29183// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 29184func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 29185 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 29186 return s 29187} 29188 29189type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct { 29190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29191 29192 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 29193 // 29194 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 29195 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 29196} 29197 29198// String returns the string representation 29199func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 29200 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29201} 29202 29203// GoString returns the string representation 29204func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 29205 return s.String() 29206} 29207 29208// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 29209func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput { 29210 s.DBInstance = v 29211 return s 29212} 29213 29214type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 29215 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29216 29217 // The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP 29218 // is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 29219 // can't be provided. 29220 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 29221 29222 // The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. 29223 // 29224 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 29225 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 29226 29227 // The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 29228 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 29229 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 29230 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 29231 29232 // The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 29233 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 29234 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 29235 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 29236 29237 // The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in 29238 // the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable 29239 // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, 29240 // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId 29241 // must be provided. 29242 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 29243} 29244 29245// String returns the string representation 29246func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 29247 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29248} 29249 29250// GoString returns the string representation 29251func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 29252 return s.String() 29253} 29254 29255// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29256func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 29257 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 29258 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 29259 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 29260 } 29261 29262 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29263 return invalidParams 29264 } 29265 return nil 29266} 29267 29268// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 29269func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 29270 s.CIDRIP = &v 29271 return s 29272} 29273 29274// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 29275func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 29276 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 29277 return s 29278} 29279 29280// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 29281func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 29282 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 29283 return s 29284} 29285 29286// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 29287func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 29288 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 29289 return s 29290} 29291 29292// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 29293func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 29294 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 29295 return s 29296} 29297 29298type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 29299 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29300 29301 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 29302 // 29303 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 29304 // action. 29305 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 29306} 29307 29308// String returns the string representation 29309func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 29310 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29311} 29312 29313// GoString returns the string representation 29314func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 29315 return s.String() 29316} 29317 29318// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 29319func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 29320 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 29321 return s 29322} 29323 29324// Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster. 29325// 29326// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 29327// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 29328type ScalingConfiguration struct { 29329 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29330 29331 // A value that specifies whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an 29332 // Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused 29333 // only when it's idle (it has no connections). 29334 // 29335 // If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might 29336 // be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when 29337 // there is a request to connect to it. 29338 AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"` 29339 29340 // The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 29341 // 29342 // Valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. 29343 // 29344 // The maximum capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity. 29345 MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 29346 29347 // The minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 29348 // 29349 // Valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. 29350 // 29351 // The minimum capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity. 29352 MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 29353 29354 // The time, in seconds, before an Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused. 29355 SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"` 29356} 29357 29358// String returns the string representation 29359func (s ScalingConfiguration) String() string { 29360 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29361} 29362 29363// GoString returns the string representation 29364func (s ScalingConfiguration) GoString() string { 29365 return s.String() 29366} 29367 29368// SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value. 29369func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfiguration { 29370 s.AutoPause = &v 29371 return s 29372} 29373 29374// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value. 29375func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 29376 s.MaxCapacity = &v 29377 return s 29378} 29379 29380// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value. 29381func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 29382 s.MinCapacity = &v 29383 return s 29384} 29385 29386// SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value. 29387func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 29388 s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v 29389 return s 29390} 29391 29392// Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB 29393// engine mode. 29394// 29395// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 29396// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 29397type ScalingConfigurationInfo struct { 29398 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29399 29400 // A value that indicates whether automatic pause is allowed for the Aurora 29401 // DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 29402 AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"` 29403 29404 // The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 29405 MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 29406 29407 // The maximum capacity for the Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 29408 MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 29409 29410 // The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in 29411 // serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle 29412 // (it has no connections). 29413 SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"` 29414} 29415 29416// String returns the string representation 29417func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) String() string { 29418 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29419} 29420 29421// GoString returns the string representation 29422func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) GoString() string { 29423 return s.String() 29424} 29425 29426// SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value. 29427func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 29428 s.AutoPause = &v 29429 return s 29430} 29431 29432// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value. 29433func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 29434 s.MaxCapacity = &v 29435 return s 29436} 29437 29438// SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value. 29439func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 29440 s.MinCapacity = &v 29441 return s 29442} 29443 29444// SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value. 29445func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 29446 s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v 29447 return s 29448} 29449 29450// Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions 29451// action. 29452type SourceRegion struct { 29453 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29454 29455 // The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. 29456 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 29457 29458 // The name of the source AWS Region. 29459 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 29460 29461 // The status of the source AWS Region. 29462 Status *string `type:"string"` 29463} 29464 29465// String returns the string representation 29466func (s SourceRegion) String() string { 29467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29468} 29469 29470// GoString returns the string representation 29471func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string { 29472 return s.String() 29473} 29474 29475// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 29476func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion { 29477 s.Endpoint = &v 29478 return s 29479} 29480 29481// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 29482func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion { 29483 s.RegionName = &v 29484 return s 29485} 29486 29487// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 29488func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion { 29489 s.Status = &v 29490 return s 29491} 29492 29493type StartDBInstanceInput struct { 29494 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29495 29496 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 29497 // 29498 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 29499 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 29500} 29501 29502// String returns the string representation 29503func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string { 29504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29505} 29506 29507// GoString returns the string representation 29508func (s StartDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 29509 return s.String() 29510} 29511 29512// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29513func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 29514 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceInput"} 29515 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 29516 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 29517 } 29518 29519 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29520 return invalidParams 29521 } 29522 return nil 29523} 29524 29525// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29526func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StartDBInstanceInput { 29527 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29528 return s 29529} 29530 29531type StartDBInstanceOutput struct { 29532 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29533 29534 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 29535 // 29536 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 29537 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 29538} 29539 29540// String returns the string representation 29541func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 29542 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29543} 29544 29545// GoString returns the string representation 29546func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 29547 return s.String() 29548} 29549 29550// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 29551func (s *StartDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StartDBInstanceOutput { 29552 s.DBInstance = v 29553 return s 29554} 29555 29556type StopDBInstanceInput struct { 29557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29558 29559 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 29560 // 29561 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 29562 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 29563 29564 // The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately 29565 // before the DB instance is stopped. 29566 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29567} 29568 29569// String returns the string representation 29570func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string { 29571 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29572} 29573 29574// GoString returns the string representation 29575func (s StopDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 29576 return s.String() 29577} 29578 29579// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29580func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 29581 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceInput"} 29582 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 29583 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 29584 } 29585 29586 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29587 return invalidParams 29588 } 29589 return nil 29590} 29591 29592// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29593func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 29594 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29595 return s 29596} 29597 29598// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 29599func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 29600 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 29601 return s 29602} 29603 29604type StopDBInstanceOutput struct { 29605 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29606 29607 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 29608 // 29609 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 29610 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 29611} 29612 29613// String returns the string representation 29614func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 29615 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29616} 29617 29618// GoString returns the string representation 29619func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 29620 return s.String() 29621} 29622 29623// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 29624func (s *StopDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StopDBInstanceOutput { 29625 s.DBInstance = v 29626 return s 29627} 29628 29629// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 29630// action. 29631type Subnet struct { 29632 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29633 29634 // Contains Availability Zone information. 29635 // 29636 // This data type is used as an element in the following data type: 29637 // 29638 // * OrderableDBInstanceOption 29639 SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 29640 29641 // Specifies the identifier of the subnet. 29642 SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29643 29644 // Specifies the status of the subnet. 29645 SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` 29646} 29647 29648// String returns the string representation 29649func (s Subnet) String() string { 29650 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29651} 29652 29653// GoString returns the string representation 29654func (s Subnet) GoString() string { 29655 return s.String() 29656} 29657 29658// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. 29659func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { 29660 s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v 29661 return s 29662} 29663 29664// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. 29665func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { 29666 s.SubnetIdentifier = &v 29667 return s 29668} 29669 29670// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. 29671func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { 29672 s.SubnetStatus = &v 29673 return s 29674} 29675 29676// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. 29677type Tag struct { 29678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29679 29680 // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 29681 // 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". 29682 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 29683 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 29684 Key *string `type:"string"` 29685 29686 // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 29687 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or 29688 // "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, 29689 // white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 29690 Value *string `type:"string"` 29691} 29692 29693// String returns the string representation 29694func (s Tag) String() string { 29695 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29696} 29697 29698// GoString returns the string representation 29699func (s Tag) GoString() string { 29700 return s.String() 29701} 29702 29703// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 29704func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 29705 s.Key = &v 29706 return s 29707} 29708 29709// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 29710func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 29711 s.Value = &v 29712 return s 29713} 29714 29715// A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type 29716// is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots, 29717// and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions. 29718type Timezone struct { 29719 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29720 29721 // The name of the time zone. 29722 TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` 29723} 29724 29725// String returns the string representation 29726func (s Timezone) String() string { 29727 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29728} 29729 29730// GoString returns the string representation 29731func (s Timezone) GoString() string { 29732 return s.String() 29733} 29734 29735// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. 29736func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { 29737 s.TimezoneName = &v 29738 return s 29739} 29740 29741// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 29742type UpgradeTarget struct { 29743 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29744 29745 // A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source 29746 // DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. 29747 AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 29748 29749 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 29750 Description *string `type:"string"` 29751 29752 // The name of the upgrade target database engine. 29753 Engine *string `type:"string"` 29754 29755 // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. 29756 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 29757 29758 // A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. 29759 IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 29760} 29761 29762// String returns the string representation 29763func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { 29764 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29765} 29766 29767// GoString returns the string representation 29768func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { 29769 return s.String() 29770} 29771 29772// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. 29773func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 29774 s.AutoUpgrade = &v 29775 return s 29776} 29777 29778// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 29779func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 29780 s.Description = &v 29781 return s 29782} 29783 29784// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 29785func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 29786 s.Engine = &v 29787 return s 29788} 29789 29790// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 29791func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 29792 s.EngineVersion = &v 29793 return s 29794} 29795 29796// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 29797func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 29798 s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 29799 return s 29800} 29801 29802// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 29803// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 29804// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 29805type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct { 29806 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29807 29808 // Valid storage options for your DB instance. 29809 Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"` 29810 29811 // Valid processor features for your DB instance. 29812 ValidProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 29813} 29814 29815// String returns the string representation 29816func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string { 29817 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29818} 29819 29820// GoString returns the string representation 29821func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string { 29822 return s.String() 29823} 29824 29825// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value. 29826func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 29827 s.Storage = v 29828 return s 29829} 29830 29831// SetValidProcessorFeatures sets the ValidProcessorFeatures field's value. 29832func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetValidProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 29833 s.ValidProcessorFeatures = v 29834 return s 29835} 29836 29837// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 29838// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 29839// action. 29840type ValidStorageOptions struct { 29841 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29842 29843 // The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For 29844 // example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 29845 // times storage. 29846 IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"` 29847 29848 // The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. 29849 ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 29850 29851 // The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. 29852 StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 29853 29854 // The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. 29855 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 29856} 29857 29858// String returns the string representation 29859func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string { 29860 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29861} 29862 29863// GoString returns the string representation 29864func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string { 29865 return s.String() 29866} 29867 29868// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value. 29869func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions { 29870 s.IopsToStorageRatio = v 29871 return s 29872} 29873 29874// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value. 29875func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 29876 s.ProvisionedIops = v 29877 return s 29878} 29879 29880// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value. 29881func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 29882 s.StorageSize = v 29883 return s 29884} 29885 29886// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 29887func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions { 29888 s.StorageType = &v 29889 return s 29890} 29891 29892// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security 29893// group membership. 29894type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { 29895 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29896 29897 // The status of the VPC security group. 29898 Status *string `type:"string"` 29899 29900 // The name of the VPC security group. 29901 VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 29902} 29903 29904// String returns the string representation 29905func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 29906 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29907} 29908 29909// GoString returns the string representation 29910func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 29911 return s.String() 29912} 29913 29914// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 29915func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 29916 s.Status = &v 29917 return s 29918} 29919 29920// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. 29921func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 29922 s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v 29923 return s 29924} 29925 29926const ( 29927 // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value 29928 ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" 29929 29930 // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value 29931 ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" 29932) 29933 29934const ( 29935 // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value 29936 SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" 29937 29938 // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value 29939 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" 29940 29941 // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value 29942 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" 29943 29944 // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 29945 SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" 29946 29947 // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value 29948 SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" 29949 29950 // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 29951 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" 29952) 29953